# Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015

September 2015

In dependent Statistics & Analysis

www.eia.gov U.S. Departme nt of Energy

Washington, DC 20585U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 i 

### This report was prepared by the U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA), the statistical and analytical agency within the U.S. Department of Energy. By law, EIA’s data, analyses, and forecasts are independe nt of approval by any other officer or employee of the United States Government. The views in this report therefore should not be construed as representing those of the U.S. Department of Energy

or other f ederal agencies

.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 i i 

# Table of Contents

Introduction

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .................. 1

The National Energy Modeling System

................................ ................................ ................................ .... 1

Component modules

................................ ................................ ................................ ............................... 3

Macroeconomic Activity Module

................................ ................................ ................................ ...... 3

International Energy Module

................................ ................................ ................................ ............ 4

Residential and Commercial Demand Modules

................................ ................................ ................ 4

Industrial Demand Module

................................ ................................ ................................ ............... 4

Transportation Demand Module

................................ ................................ ................................ ...... 5

Electricity Market Module

................................ ................................ ................................ ................. 6

Renewable Fuels Module

................................ ................................ ................................ .................. 6

Oil and Gas Supply Module

................................ ................................ ................................ ............... 7

Natural Gas Transmission and Distribution Module

................................ ................................ ......... 7

Liquids Fuels Market Module

................................ ................................ ................................ ............ 8

Coal Market Module

................................ ................................ ................................ ......................... 9

Annual Energy Outlook 2015 cases

................................ ................................ ................................ ....... 10

Carbon dioxide emissions

................................ ................................ ................................ ...................... 13

Macroeconomic Activity Module

................................ ................................ ................................ ................ 16

Key assumptions

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 16

International Energy Module

................................ ................................ ................................ ...................... 18

Key assumptions

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 18

Residential Demand Module

................................ ................................ ................................ ...................... 23

Key assumptions

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 24

Legislation and regulations

................................ ................................ ................................ .................... 30

Commercial Demand Module

................................ ................................ ................................ ..................... 33

Key assumptions

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 33

Technology Choice Submodule

................................ ................................ ................................ .............. 36

Legislation and regulations

................................ ................................ ................................ .................... 43

Industrial Demand Module

................................ ................................ ................................ ......................... 47

Key assumptions

- manufacturing

................................ ................................ ................................ ......... 48

Petrochemical feedstock requirement

................................ ................................ ................................ .. 58

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 iii 

### Buildings component

................................ ................................ ................................ ............................. 58

Boiler, steam, and cogeneration component

................................ ................................ ........................ 60

Combined heat and power

................................ ................................ ................................ .................... 60

Key assumptions

- non

- manufacturing

................................ ................................ ................................ .. 65

Legislation and r egulations

................................ ................................ ................................ .................... 68

Transportation Demand Module

................................ ................................ ................................ ................ 72

Key assumptions

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 72

Commercial light

- duty fleet assumptions

................................ ................................ .............................. 78

Legislation and regulations

................................ ................................ ................................ .................... 90

Transportation alternative case

................................ ................................ ................................ ............. 92

Electricity Market Module

................................ ................................ ................................ ........................ 102

EMM regions

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 102

Model parameters and assumptions

................................ ................................ ................................ ... 103

New generating plant characteristics

................................ ................................ ................................ .. 104

Technological opt imism and learning

................................ ................................ ................................ .. 106

Electricity pricing

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ . 114

Legislation and regulations

................................ ................................ ................................ .................. 116

Oil and Gas Supply Module

................................ ................................ ................................ ....................... 128

Key assumptions

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 128

Lower 48 onshore

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ 132

CO2 enhanced oil recovery

................................ ................................ ................................ .................. 137

Lower 48 offshore

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ 138

Alaska crude oil production

................................ ................................ ................................ ................. 141

Legislation and regulations

................................ ................................ ................................ .................. 143

Oil and gas supply alternative cases

................................ ................................ ................................ .... 144

Natural Gas Transmission and Distribution Module

................................ ................................ ................. 147

Key assumptions

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 148

Legislation and regulations

................................ ................................ ................................ .................. 155

Liquid Fuels Market Module

................................ ................................ ................................ ..................... 157

Key assumptions

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 158

Non

- petroleum fossil fuel supply

................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 169

Combined heat and pow er (CHP)

................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 170

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 iv 

### Short

- term methodology

................................ ................................ ................................ ..................... 170

Legislation and regulation

................................ ................................ ................................ ................... 170

Coal Market Module

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ . 173

Key assumptions

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 173

Legislati on and regulations

................................ ................................ ................................ .................. 183

Renewable Fuels Module

................................ ................................ ................................ .......................... 188

Key assumptions

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 188

Capital costs

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ......... 189

Solar Submodule

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 190

Wind Energy Power Submodule

................................ ................................ ................................ .......... 191

Geothermal Electricity Submodule

................................ ................................ ................................ ...... 193

Biomass Submodule

................................ ................................ ................................ ............................. 194

Landfill Gas (LFG) Submodule

................................ ................................ ................................ .............. 195

Conventional Hydroelectricity Submodule

................................ ................................ .......................... 196

Legislation and regulations

................................ ................................ ................................ .................. 196

State RPS programs

................................ ................................ ................................ ............................. 197

Appendix A: Handling of federal and selected state legislation and regulations in the AEO

................... 200

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 v 

# Figures

Figure 1. National Energy Modeling System

................................ ................................ ................................ . 3 Figure 2. World oil prices in three cases, 1995

- 2040

................................ ................................ .................. 19 Figure 3. OPEC total liquids production in the Reference case, 1995

- 2040

................................ ............... 20 Figure 4. Non

- OPEC total liquids production in the Reference case, 1995

- 2040

................................ ....... 20 Figure 5. United States Census Divisions

................................ ................................ ................................ .... 23 Figure 6. Electricity Market Model Supply Regions

................................ ................................ .................. 102 Figure 7. States covered by the Clean Air Interstate Rule

................................ ................................ ........ 117 Figure 8. Oil and Gas Supply Model regions

................................ ................................ ............................. 128 Figure 9. Nat ural Gas Transmission and Distribution regions

................................ ................................ .. 147 Figure 10. Liquid Fuels Market Module Regions

................................ ................................ ....................... 157 Figure 11. Coal Supply Region s

................................ ................................ ................................ ................. 176 Figure 12. Coal Demand Regions

................................ ................................ ................................ .............. 1 77

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 vi 

# Tables

Table 1. 1. Summary of AEO2014 cases

................................ ................................ ................................ ...... 12

Table 1. 2. Carbon dioxide emission factors

................................ ................................ ............................... 14

Table 2.1. Growth in gross domestic product, nonfarm employment a nd productivity

............................ 17

Table 3.1. Worldwide oil reserves as of January 1, 2013

................................ ................................ ............ 21 Table 3.2. Average annu al real gross domestic product rates, 2010

- 40

................................ .................... 21 Table 3.3. Average annual growth rates for total liquids demand in the Reference case, 2010

- 40

.......... 22

Table 4.1. 2009 Households

................................ ................................ ................................ ........................ 25 Table 4.2. Installed cost and efficiency ratings of selected equipment

................................ ...................... 26 Table 4.3. Capital cost and performance parameters of selected residential distributed generation technologies

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................ 27 Table 4.4. Minimum and maximum life expectancies of equipme nt

................................ ......................... 28

Table 5.1. 2003 Total floorspace by Census Division and principal building activity

................................ . 35

Table 5. 2. Floorspace attrition parameters

................................ ................................ ................................ 35 Table 5.3. Capital cost and performance parameters of selected commercial distributed generation technologies

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................ 37 Table 5.4. Assumed behavior rules for choosing space heating equipment in large office buildings

........ 39

Table 5.5. Assumed distribution of risk

- adjusted time preference premium s for space heating and lighting equipment in 2015

................................ ................................ ................................ ......................... 39 Table 5.6. Capital cost and efficiency ratings of selected commercial space heating equipment 1



### ............ 41

Table 6.1. Industry categories and NAICS codes

................................ ................................ ......................... 47

Table 6.2. Retirement rates

................................ ................................ ................................ ........................ 49 Table 6.3. Coefficients for technology possibility curve for manufacturing industries and all industrial

scenarios

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ..................... 50 Table 6.4. Cost and performance parameters for industrial motor choice mo del

................................ ..... 57

Table 6.5. Non

- combustion use of fossil fuels, selected years 1980

- 2013

................................ ............... 59 Table 6.6. 2010 Building component energy cons umption

................................ ................................ ........ 61 Table 6.7. 2010 Boiler fuel component and logit parameter

................................ ................................ ..... 63 Table 6.8. Cost characteristics of industrial CHP systems

................................ ................................ ........... 65 Table 6.9. Regional collaboration coefficients for CHP deployment

................................ .......................... 65 Table 6.10. 2010 UECs for nonmanufacturing

................................ ................................ ............................ 66

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 vii 

# Tables

Table 7.1. Standard technology matrix for cars 1



### ................................ ................................ ........................ 73 Table 7.2. Standard technology matrix for light truck s 1



### ................................ ................................ ............. 75 Table 7.3. Car and light truck degradation factors

................................ ................................ ..................... 77 Table 7.4. Vehicle miles traveled equation coefficients, by age and ge nder cohorts

................................ 77 Table 7.5. Percent of fleet alternative fuel vehicles by fleet type by size class, 2005

................................ 78

Table 7.6. Commercial f leet size class shares by fleet and vehicle type, 2005

................................ ........... 79 Table 7.7. Share of new vehicle purchases by fleet type and technology type, 2009

................................ 79 Table 7.8. Vehicle technology category for technology matrix for freight trucks

................................ ...... 81 Table 7.9. Standard technology matrix for freight trucks

................................ ................................ ........... 82 Table 7.10. Thirteen regions for the world model

................................ ................................ ...................... 85 Table 7.11. 2013 Regional population, GDP, per capita GDP, domestic and international RPM and per

capita RPM

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .................. 86 Table 7.12. 2013 Regional passenger and cargo aircraft supply

................................ ................................ 87 Table 7.13. Standard technology matrix for air travel

................................ ................................ ............... 90 Table 7.14. EPACT legislative mandates for AFV purchases by fleet type and year

................................ ... 92 Table 7.15. High technology matrix for cars

................................ ................................ ............................... 93 Table 7.16. High technology matrix for light trucks

................................ ................................ .................... 95 Table 7.17. High technology matrix for freight trucks

................................ ................................ ................ 97 Table 7.18. High technology matrix for air travel

................................ ................................ ....................... 98

Table 8.1. Generating capacity types represented in the Electricity Market M odule

.............................. 103 Table 8.2. Cost and performance characteristics of new central station electricity generating technologies

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .............. 105

Table 8.3 . Learning parameters for new generating technology components

................................ ........ 107 Table 8.4. Component cost weights for new technologies

................................ ................................ ....... 109

Tabl e 8.5. Component capacity weights for new technologies

................................ ................................ 109 Table 8.6. Coal plant retrofit costs

................................ ................................ ................................ ............ 119 Table 8.7. Mercury emission mo dification factors

................................ ................................ ................... 119 Table 8.8. Planned SO2 scrubber additions by EMM region

................................ ................................ .... 120 Table 8.9. Existing coal plant types in the NEM S Electricity Market Module

................................ ........... 122 Table 8.10. Heat rate improvement (HRI) potential and cost (capital, fixed O&M) by Plant Code and quartile as used for input to NEMS

................................ ................................ ................................ ........... 123

Table 9.1. Technically recoverable U.S. crude oil resources as of January 1, 2013

................................ .. 129 Table 9.2. Technically recoverable U.S. dry natural gas resources as of January 1, 2012

........................ 130 Table 9.3. U.S. unproved technically recoverable tight/shale oil and gas resources by play (as of January 1, 2013)

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ..................... 133 Table 9.4. U.S. unproved technically recoverable coalbed methane resources by play (as of January 1, 2013)

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ......................... 135

Table 9.5. Distribution of crude oil EUR s in the Bakken

................................ ................................ ........... 136

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 viii 

### Table 9.6. Maximum volume of CO2 available

................................ ................................ ......................... 137 Table 9.7. CO2 availability assumptions

................................ ................................ ................................ ... 138 Table 9.8. Industrial CO2 capture and transportation costs by region

................................ ..................... 138 Table 9.9. Assumed size and initial production year of major announced deepw ater discoveries

......... 139 Table 9.10. Offshore exploration and production technology levels

................................ ....................... 140

Table 10. 1. Assumptions related to CNG and LNG fuel prices

................................ ................................ .. 150 Table 10.2. Primary assumptions for natural gas pipelines from Alaska and Mackenzie Delta into Alberta,

Canada

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ...................... 152 Table 10.3. Exogenously specified Mexico natural gas consumption, production, and LNG imports

...... 153 Table 10.4. Exogenously specified Canada natural gas con sumption, production, and LNG exports

..... 154 Table 10.5. Charges related to LNG exports

................................ ................................ ............................. 155 Table 10.6. International natural gas vo lume drivers for world LNG Europe and Asia market price
projections

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ................ 155

Table 11.1. Petroleum product categories

................................ ................................ ............................... 158

Table 11.2. Year

- round gasoline specifications by Petroleum Administration for Defense District (PADD)

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .......... 159 Table 11.3. Market share for gasoline types by Census Division

................................ .............................. 160 Table 11.4. Petroleum product end

- use markups by sector and Census Division

................................ ... 162 Table 11.5. State and local taxes on petroleum tran sportation fuels by Census Division

........................ 163

Table 11.6. Federal taxes

................................ ................................ ................................ .......................... 163 Table 11.7. Crude oil specifications

................................ ................................ ................................ .......... 163 Table 11.8. Alternative fuel technology product type

................................ ................................ .............. 165

Table 11.9. Non

- petroleum fuel technology characteristics 1



### ................................ ................................ ... 167

Table 12.1. Coal mining productivity by region

................................ ................................ ........................ 174 Table 12.2. Transportation rate multipliers

................................ ................................ .............................. 179 Table 12.3. World steam coal import demand by import region 1



### ................................ ............................ 182 Table 12.4. World metallurgical coal import demand by import region 1



### ................................ ................. 183 Table 12.5. Production, heat content, sulfur, mercury and carbon dioxide emission factors by coal type and region

................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ . 184

Tab le 13.1. Aggregate regional renewable portfolio standard requirements

................................ .......... 198

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 1 

# Introduction

This report presents the major assumptions of the National Energy Modeling System (NEMS) used to generate the projections in the Annua l Energy Outlook 2015 [1] (AEO2015), including general features of the model structure, assumptions concerning energy markets, and the key input data and parameters that are the most significant in formulating the model results. Detailed documentation of t he modeling system is available in a series of documentation reports [2].



## The National Energy Modeling System Projections in AEO2015 are generated using NEMS [3], developed and maintained by the Office of Energy Analysis of the U.S. Energy Information Admi nistration (EIA). In addition to its use in developing the Annual Energy Outlook (AEO) projections, NEMS is used to complete analytical studies for the U.S. Congress, the Executive Office of the President, other offices within the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE), and other federal agencies. NEMS is also used by nongovernment al groups, such as the Electric Power Research Institute, Duke University, and Georgia Institute of Technology. In addition, AEO projections are used by analysts and planners in other go vernment agencies and nongovernmental organizations.

The projections in NEMS are developed with the use of a market

- based approach, subject to regulations and standards. For each fuel and consuming sector, NEMS balances energy supply and demand, accounting for economic competition across the various energy fuels and sources. The time horizon of NEMS extends to 2040. To represent regional differences in energy markets, the component modules of NEMS function at the regional level: the 9 Census divisions for t he end

- use demand modules; production regions specific to oil, natural gas, and coal supply and distribution; 22 regions and subregions of the North American Electric Reliability Corporation for electricity; and 9 refining regions within the 5 Petroleum Ad ministration for Defense Districts (PADDs). Complete regional and detailed results are available on the EIA Analys i s and Projections Home Page ( www.eia.gov/analysis/ ).

NEMS is organized and implemented as a mod ular system (Figure 1). The modules represent each of the fuel supply markets, conversion sectors, and end

- use consumption sectors of the energy system. The modular design also permits the use of the methodology and level of detail most appropriate for eac h energy sector. NEMS executes each of the component modules to solve for prices of energy delivered to end users and the quantities consumed, by product, region, and sector. The delivered fuel prices encompass all activities necessary to produce, import, and transport fuels to end users. The information flows also include such areas as economic activity, domestic production, and international petroleum supply. NEMS calls each supply, conversion, and end

- use demand module in sequence until the delivered pri ces of energy and the quantities demanded have converged within tolerance, thereby achieving an economic equilibrium of supply and demand in the consuming sectors. A solution is reached for each year from 2014 through 2040. Other variables, such as petrole um product imports, crude oil imports, and several macroeconomic indicators, also are evaluated for convergence.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 2 

### Each NEMS component represents the effects and costs of legislation and environmental regulations that

affect that sector. NEMS accounts for all combustion

- related carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions, as well as emissions of sulfur dioxide (SO2), nitrogen oxides (NO X ), and mercury from the electricity generation sector.

The integrating module of NEMS controls the execution of each of the component m odules. To facilitate modularity, the components do not pass information to each other directly but communicate through a central data storage location. This modular design provides the capability to execute modules individually, thus allowing decentralize d development of the system and independent analysis and testing of individual

modules that appropriately reflect each energy sector

.

The version of NEMS used for AEO2015 generally represents current legislation and environmental regulations, including re cent government actions for which implementing regulations were available as of the end of October, 2014, as discussed in the Legislation and Regulations section of the AEO. The potential effects of proposed federal and state legislation, regulations, or s tandards

— or of sections of legislation that have been enacted but require funds or implementing regulations that have not been provided or specified

— are not reflected in NEMS. Because AEO2015 is a short version of the repor t, the scenarios are

limited. EIA is undertaking a separate analysis of the proposed rules of the Environmental Protection Agency’s Clean Power Plan, which will be available after AEO2015 is published. A list of the specific federal and selected state legislation and regulations included in the AEO, including how they are incorporated, is provided in Appendix A.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 3 

### Figure 1

. National Energy Modeling System



## Component modules The component modules of NEMS represent the individual supply, demand, and conversion sector s of domestic energy markets and also include international and macroeconomic modules. In general, the modules interact through values representing prices or expenditures for energy delivered to the consuming sectors and the quantities of end

- use energy co nsumption. This section provides brief summaries of each of

the modules.



## Macroeconomic Activity Module The Macroeconomic Activity Module (MAM) provides a set of macroeconomic drivers to the energy modules and receives energy

- related indicators from the NEM S energy components as part of the macroeconomic feedback mechanism within NEMS. Key macroeconomic variables used in the energy modules include gross domestic product (GDP), disposable income, value of industrial shipments, new housing starts, sales of new l ight

- d uty v ehicles, interest rates, and employment. Key energy indicators fed back to the MAM include aggregate energy prices and costs. The MAM uses the following models from IHS Global Insight: Macroeconomic Model of the U.S. Economy, National Industry Model, and National Employment Model. In addition, EIA has constructed a Regional Economic and Industry Model to project regional economic drivers, and a Commercial Floorspace Model to project 13 floorspace types in 9 Census

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 4 

### divisions. The accounting fram ework for industrial value of shipments uses the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS).



## International Energy Module The International Energy Module (IEM) uses assumptions of economic growth and expectations of future U.S. and world petroleu m and other liquids production and consumption, by year, to project the interaction of U.S. and international petroleum and other liquids markets. This module provides a world crude

- like liquids supply curve and ge nerates a worldwide oil supply/ demand bala nce for each year of the projection period. The supply

- curve calculations are based on historical market data and a world oil supply/demand balance, which is developed from reduced

- form models of international petroleum and other liquids supply
and demand, current investment trends in exploration and development, and long

- term resource economics by country and territory. The oil production estimates include both petroleum and other liquids supply recovery technologies. The IEM also provides, for each year o f the projection period, endogenous assumptions for petroleum products for import and export in the United States. The IEM, through interacting with the rest of NEMS, changes North Sea Brent and West Texas Intermediate prices in response to changes in expe cted production and consumption of crude

- like liquids in the United States.



## Residential and Commercial Demand Modules The Residential Demand Module (RDM) projects energy consumption in the residential sector by Census division, housing type, and end use, b ased on delivered energy prices, the menu of equipment available, the availability of renewable sources of energy, and changes in the housing stock. The Commercial Demand Module (CDM) projects energy consumption in the commercial sector by Census division, building type, and category of end use, based on delivered prices of energy, availability of renewable sources of energy, and changes in commercial floorspace.

The RDM estimates the equipment stock for major end

- use services, while the CDM estimates servi ce demand met by major end

- use equipment. Both incorporate assessments of advanced technologies, representations of renewable energy technologies, projections of distributed generation including commercial combined heat and power (CHP), and the effects of both building shell and appliance standards. The modules incorporate changes to heating and cooling degree days by Census division, based on a 30

- year
historical trend and state

- level population projections. The RDM projects an increase in the average squa re footage of both new construction and existing structures, based on trends in new construction and remodeling, and commercial floorspace increases as a result of projected growth within the Macroeconomic Activity Module of NEMS.



## Industrial Demand Module The Industrial Demand Module (IDM) projects the consumption of energy for heat and power, as well as the consumption of feedstocks and raw materials in each of 21 industry groups, subject to the delivered prices of energy and macroeconomic estimates of emp loyment and the value of shipments for each industry. As noted in the description of the MAM, the representation of industrial activity in NEMS is based on the NAICS. The industries are classified into three groups : energy

- intensive manufacturing, non

- ener gy

- intensive manufacturing, and nonmanufacturing. Seven of eight energy

- intensive manufacturing industries are modeled in the IDM, including energy

- consuming components for boiler/steam/cogeneration, buildings, and process/assembly use of energy. Energy de mand for petroleum and other liquids refining (the other energy

-

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 5 

### intensive manufacturing industry) is modeled in the Liquid Fuels Market Module (LFMM) as described below, but the projected consumption is reported under the industrial totals.

The only modeli ng change in AEO2015 was the introduction of a new Bayesian Dynamic Linear Model (DLM) for ethane and propane pric e projections in the industrial sector

. To compute sectoral propane price s, historical differen ces between the base and sectoral prices for pr opane were applied to the DLM projections for propane. The resulting AEO2015 ethane and propane price projections exhibit a dominant natural gas
price influence in the near term and a growing oil price influence in the long term.

One data change was made f or AEO2015. Historical natural gas feedstock data in the industrial sector were updated and implemented through 2013, based on data from GlobalData. [4]



## Transportation Demand Module The Transportation Demand Module projects consumption of energy by mode an d fuel type in the transportation sector, subject to delivered energy prices, macroeconomic variables such as GDP, and other factors such as technology adoption. Transportation modes include light

- duty vehicles, heavy

- duty vehicles, air, marine, and rail. Fuel types include motor gasoline, distillate, jet fuel, and alternate fuels such as ethanol (E85) and compressed and liquefied natural gas (CNG/LNG). The light

- duty vehicle travel component uses fuel prices, personal income, and ten age and gender populat ion groups to generate projections. The Transportation Demand Module considers legislation and regulations, such as the Energy Policy Act of 2005 (EPACT2005), the Energy Improvement and Extension Act of 2008 (EIEA2008), and the American Recovery

and Reinv estment Act of 2009 (ARRA2009), which contain tax credits for the purchase of alternatively fueled vehicles. Representations of light

- duty

- vehicle Corporate Average Fuel Economy (CAF E ) and Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions standards, heavy

- duty vehicle fuel c onsumption and GHG emissions standards, and biofuels consumption reflect requirements enacted by NHTSA and the EPA, as well as provisions in the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA2007).

The air transportation component of the Transportation Demand Module represents air travel in thirteen domestic and foreign markets (U.S., Canada, Central America, South America, Europe, Africa, Middle East, CIS, China, Northeast Asia, Southeast Asia, Southwest Asia, and Oceania) and includes the industry pra ctice of parking aircraft in both domestic and international markets to reduce operating costs, as well as the movement of aging aircraft from passenger to cargo markets. For passenger travel and air freight shipments, the module represents regional fuel u se and travel demand for three aircraft types: regional, narrow

- body,

and wide

- body. An infrastructure constraint, which is also modeled, can potentially limit overall growth in passenger and freight air travel to levels commensurate with industry

- projecte d infrastructure expansion and capacity growth.

The Transportation Demand Module projects energy consumption for freight trucks (heavy

- duty vehicles including buses, vocational vehicles, and tractor trailers), freight and passenger rail, and international and domestic marine vessels by fuel and C ensus division. Freight trucks, freight rail, and marine are subject to macroeconomic variables such as the value and type of industrial shipments. Passenger rail projections are subject to personal income and fuel prices.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 6 

## Electricity Market Module There are three primary submodules of the Electricity Market Module (EMM) : capacity planning, fuel dispatching, and finance and pricing. The capacity expansion submodule uses the stock of existing
generation capacity, t he cost and performance of future generation capacity, expected fuel prices, expected financial parameters, expected electricity demand, and expected environmental regulations to project the optimal mix of new generation capacity that should be added in fu ture years. The fuel dispatching submodule uses the existing stock of generation equipment types, their operation and maintenance costs and performance, fuel prices to the electricity sector, electricity demand, and all applicable environmental regulations to determine the least

- cost way to meet that demand. The submodule also determines inter

regional trade and costs of electricity generation. The finance and pricing submodule uses capital costs, fuel and operating costs, macroeconomic parameters, environm ental regulations, and load shapes to estimate retail electricity prices for each sector.

All final regulations, as of September 2014, issued by the EPA for compliance with the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 are explicitly represented in the capacity exp ansion and dispatch decisions. All financial incentives for power generation expansion and dispatch specifically identified in EPACT2005 have been implemented. Several s tates, primarily in the northeast, have enacted air emission regulations for CO2

that a ffect the electricity generation sector, and those regulations are represented in AEO2015. The AEO2015 Reference case also imposes a limit on CO2 emissions for specific covered sectors, including the electric power sector, in California, as represented in California’s AB 32. The AEO2015 Reference case assumes implementation of the Clean Air Interstate Rule (CAIR), which has been replaced by the Cross

- State Air Pollution Rule (CSAPR) following a recent D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals decision to lift a stay on CSAPR. CAIR incorporates a cap and trade program for annual emissions of SO2 and annual and seasonal emissions

of NO x from fossil power plants. Although CAIR and CSAPR are broadly similar, future AEOs will incorporate CSAPR, absent further court action t o stay its implementation. Reductions in mercury emissions from coal

and oil

- fired power plants also are reflected through the inclusion of the Mercury and Air Toxics Standards for power plants, finalized by the EPA on December 16, 2011.

Although currentl y there is no f ederal legislation in place that restricts GHG emissions, regulators and the investment community have continued to push energy companies to invest in technologies that are less

GHG

- intensive. The trend is captured in the AEO2015 Reference c as e through a 3

- percentage

- point increase in the cost of capital, when evaluating investme nts in new coal

- fired power plants, new coal

- to

- liquids (CTL) plants without carbon capture and storage, and pollution control retrofits.



## Renewable Fuels Module

The R enewable Fuels Module (RFM) includes submodules representing renewable resource supply and technology input information for central

- station, grid

- connected electricity generation technologies, including conventional hydroelectricity, biomass (dedicated bio mass plants and co

- firing in existing coal plants), geothermal, landfill gas, solar thermal electricity, solar photovoltaics, and both onshore and offshore wind energy. The RFM contains renewable resource supply estimates representing the regional

opportun ities for renewable energy development. Investment tax credits (ITCs) for renewable fuels are incorporated, as currently enacted, including a permanent 10% ITC for business investment in solar energy (thermal nonpower uses as well as power uses) and geothe rmal power (available only to those projects not accepting the production tax credit [PTC] for geothermal power). In addition, the module reflects the

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 7 

### increase in the ITC to 30% for solar energy systems installed before January 1, 2017. The extension of th e credit to individual homeowners under EIEA2008 is reflected in the Residential and Commercial Demand

Modules.

PTCs for wind, geothermal, landfill gas, and some types of hydroelectric and biomass

- fueled plants also are

represente d, based on the laws in ef fect i n December 2014. They provide a credit of up to 2.3 cents/kilowatthour (kWh) for electricity produced in the first 10 years of plant operation. For AEO2015, new plants under construction before January 1, 2015, are eligible to receive the PTC. As par t of ARRA2009, plants eligible for the PTC may instead elect to receive a 30% ITC or an equivalent direct grant. AEO2015 also accounts for new renewable energy capacity resulting from state renewable portfolio standards.



## Oil and Gas Supply Module

The Oil a nd Gas Supply Module represents domestic crude oil and natural gas supply within an integrated framework that captures the interrelationships among the various sources of supply

— onshore, offshore,

and Alaska

— by all production techniques, including natural gas recovery from coalbeds and low

permeability geologic formations. The framework analyzes cash flow and profitability to compute investment and drilling for each of the supply sources, based on the prices for crude oil and natural gas, the

domestic recov erable resource base, and the state of technology. Oil and natural gas production activities are modeled for 12 supply regions, including six onshore, three offshore, and in three Alaska regions.

The Onshore Lower 48 Oil and Gas Supply Submodule evaluates the economics of future exploration and development projects for crude oil and natural gas plays. Crude oil resources include structurally reservoired resources (i.e., conventional) as well as highly fractured continuous zones, such as the Austin Chalk and Bakken shale formations. Production potential from advanced secondary recovery techniques (such as infill drilling, horizontal continuity, and horizontal profile) and enhanced oil recovery (such as CO2 flooding, steam flooding, polymer flooding, and prof ile modification) are explicitly represented. Natural gas resources include high

- permeability carbonate and sandstone, tight gas, shale gas, and coalbed methane.

Domestic crude oil production volumes are used as inputs to the LFMM for conversion and blendi ng into refined petroleum products. Supply curves for natural gas are used as inputs to the Natural Gas Transmission and Distribution Module (NGTDM) for determining natural gas wellhead prices and domestic production.



## Natural Gas Transmission and Distribut ion Module The NGTDM represents the transmission, distribution, and pricing of natural gas, subject to end

- use demand for natural gas and the availability of domestic natural gas and natural gas traded on the international

market. The module balances natur al gas supply and demand, tracks the flows of natural gas, and determines the associated capacity expansion requirements in an aggregate pipeline network, connecting domestic and limited foreign supply sources with 12 lower 48 states regions.

The 12 lower 48 states regions align with the nine Census divisions, with three subdivided, and Alaska handled separately. The flow of natural gas is determined for both a peak and off

- peak period in the year, assuming a historically based seasonal distribution of natu ral gas demand. Key components of pipeline and

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 8 

### distributor tariffs are included in separate pricing algorithms. The primary outputs of the module are delivered natural gas prices by region and sector, supply prices, and realized domestic natural gas

pro duction. The module also projects natural gas pipeline imports and exports to Canada and Mexico, as well as LNG imports and exports.



## Liquids Fuels Market Module The LFMM projects prices of petroleum products, crude oil and product import activity, as well as domestic refinery operations, subject to demand for petroleum products, availability and price of imported petroleum, and domestic production of crude oil, HGL, and biofuels and nonpetroleum liquids

— ethanol, biodiesel, biomass

- to

- liquids (BTL), coal

- to

- liquids (CTL), gas

- to

- liquids (GTL), and coal

- and

- biomass

- to

liquids (CBTL). Costs, performance, and first dates of commercial availability for the advanced liquid fuels technologies [9] are reviewed and updated annually.

The module represents refining act ivities in eight domestic U.S. regions, and a Maritime Canada/Caribbean refining region (created to represent short

- haul international refineries that predominantly serve U.S. markets). In order to better represent policy, import/export patterns, and biofu els production, the eight U.S. regions were defined by subdividing three of the five U.S. PADDs. All nine refining regions are defined

below:

PADD I

– East Coast

PADD II

– Interior

PADD II

– Great Lakes

PADD III

– Gulf Coast

PADD III

– Interior

PADD I V

– Mountain

PADD V

– California

PADD V

– Other Maritime Canada/Caribbean

The LFMM models the costs of automotive fuels, such as conventional and reformulated gasoline, and includes production of biofuels for blending in gasoline and diesel. Fuel ethanol and biodiesel are included in the LFMM because they are commonly blended into petroleum products. The module allows ethanol blending into gasoline at 10% by volume (E10), 15% by volume (E15) in states that lack explicit language capping ethanol volume or oxygen content, and high

- volume blends (E85) for use in flex

- fuel vehicles. The module also includes a 16% by volume biobutanol/gasoline blend. Crude oil and refinery product imports are represented by supply curves defined by the NEMS IEM. Products also c an be imported from refining region nine (Maritime Canada/Caribbean). Refinery product exports are represented by demand curves, also provided by the IEM. Based on the ruling by the U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS) that a llows for the export of processed lease condensate, the LFMM also allows export of condensate (defined in the model as API 50+ crude).

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 9 

### Capacity expansion of refinery process units and nonpetroleum liquid fuels production facilities is also

modeled in the LFMM. The model uses current liquid fuels production capacity, the cost and performance of each production unit, expected fuel and feedstock costs, expected financial parameters, expected liquid fuels demand, and relevant environmental policies to project the optimal mix of new capacity that should be

added in the future.

The LFMM includes representation of the renewable fuels standard (RFS) specified in EISA2007, which

mandates the use o f 36 billion ethanol

- equivalent gallons of renewable fuel by 2022. Bo th domestic and imported biofuels count toward the RFS. Domestic ethanol production is modeled for three feedstock categories: corn, cellulosic plant materials, and advanced feedstock materials. Starch

- based ethanol plants are numerous (more than 175 are n ow in operation, with a total maximum sustainable nameplate capacity of more than 13 billion gallons annually), and are based on a well

- known technology that converts starch and sugar into ethanol. Ethanol from cellulosic sources is a relatively new techno logy with only a few commercial plants built and working towards full operation. Ethanol from advanced feedstocks

— grains

other than corn and which reduce GHG emissions by at least 50%

— is another new technology modeled in the LFMM. The LFMM also has the cap ability to produce biobutanol from a retrofitted corn ethanol facility, if economically competitive.

Fuels produced by Fischer

- Tropsch synthesis and through a pyrolysis process are also modeled in the LFMM, based on their economics compared with competing feedstocks and products. The five processes modeled are CTL, CBTL, GTL, BTL, and pyrolysis.

Two California

- specific policies are also represented in the LFMM: the low carbon fuel standar d (LCFS) and the AB 32 cap

- and

- trade program. The LCFS requires the ca rbon intensity (amount of GHG per unit of energy) of transportation fuels sold for use in California to decrease according to a schedule published by the California Air Resources Board. California’s AB 32 cap

- and

- trade program is established to help Califo rnia achieve its goal of reducing CO2 emissions to 1990 levels by 2020. Working with other NEMS modules (IDM, EMM, and Emissions Policy Module), the LFMM provides emissions allowances and actual emissions of CO2 from California refineries, and NEMS provide s the mechanism (carbon price) to trade allowances such that the total CO2 emissions cap is met.



## Coal Market Module The Coal Market Module (CMM) simulates mining, transportation, and pricing of coal, subject to end

- use demand for coal differentiat ed by hea t and sulfur content. U.S. coal production is represented in the CMM by 41 separate supply curves

— differentiated by region, mine type, coal rank, and sulfur content. The coal supply curves respond to mining capacity, capacity utilization of mines, labor p roductivity, and factor input costs (mining equipment, mining labor, and fuel requirements).

Projections of U.S. coal distribution are determined by minimizing the cost of coal supplied, given coal demands by region and sector; environmental restrictions; and accounting for minemouth prices, transportation costs, and coal supply contracts. Over the projection horizon, coal transportation costs in the CMM vary in response to changes in the cost of rail investments.

The CMM produces projections of U.S. steam and metallurgical coal exports and imports in the context of world coal trade, determining the pattern of world coal trade flows that minimizes production and

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 10 

### transportation costs while meeting a specified set of regional coal import demands, subject to co nstraints on export capacities and trade flows. The international coal market component of the module computes trade in two types of coal (steam and metallurgical) for 17 export regions and 20 import regions. U.S. coal production and distribution are compu ted for 14 supply regions and 16 demand regions.



## Annual Energy Outlook 201 5 cases In preparing projections for AEO2015, EIA evaluated a wide range of trends and issues that could have major implications for U.S. energy markets between now and 2040. Besides the Reference case, AEO2015 presents detailed results for four alternative cases that differ from each other due to fundamental assumptions concerning the domestic economy and world oil market conditions. These alternative cases include the following:

Eco nomic Growth :

• In the Reference case, population grows by 0.7%/year, nonfarm employment by 0.8%/year, and labor productivity by 2.0%/ year from 2013 to 2040. Economic output as measured by real GDP increases by 2.4%/year from 2013 through 2040, and growth in real disposable income per capita averages 1.9%/year.

• The Low Economic Growth case assumes lower growth rates for population (0.6%/year) and labor productivity (1.5%/year), resulting in lower nonfarm employment (0.6%/year), higher prices and

interest rate s, and lower growth in industrial output. In the Low Economic Growth case, economic output as measured by real GDP increases by 1.8%/year from 2013 through 2040, and growth in real disposable income per capita averages 1.7%/year.

• The High Economic Growth c ase assumes higher growth rates for population (0.8%/year) and labor productivity (2.2%/year), resulting in higher nonfarm employment (1.0%/year). With higher productivity gains and employment growth, inflation and interest rates are lower than in the

Refe rence case, and consequently economic output grows at a higher rate (2.9%/year) than in the Reference case (2.4%). Real disposable income per capita grows by 2.1%/year.

Oil Price Cases:

• The benchmark oil price is the price for Brent crude oil, which best r eflects the marginal price paid by refineries for imported light, sweet crude oil used to produce petroleum products for consumers. EIA continues to report the WTI price and the Imported Refiner Acquisition Cost.

• The historical record shows substantial var iability in oil prices, and there is arguably even more uncertainty about future prices in the long term. AEO2015 considers three oil price cases (Reference, Low Oil Price, and High Oil Price) to allow an assessment of alternative views on the

future cour se of oil prices.

• The Low and High Oil Price cases reflect a wide range of potential price paths, resulting primarily from variation in demand for petroleum and other liquid fuels in non

- OECD countries due to different levels of economic growth. The Low an d High Oil Price cases also reflect different assumptions about decisions by members of OPEC regarding the preferred rate of oil production and about the future finding and development costs and accessibility of non

- OPEC oil resources.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 11 

### • In the Reference cas e, real oil prices (in 2013 dollars) decline from $109/barrel in 2013 to $56/ barrel in 2015 and then rise to $141/barrel in 2040. The Reference case represents EIA’s current judgment regarding exploration and development costs and accessibility of oil res ources. Compared with AEO2014, EIA sees increasing production from non

- OPEC countries, particularly the United States. However, EIA also assumes that OPEC producers will choose to maintain their share of the

market and will schedule investments in incremen tal production capacity so that OPEC oil production will represent between 36% and 41% of the world’s total petroleum and other liquids production over the projection period.

• In the Low Oil Price case, crude oil prices remain around $52/barrel (2013 dollar s) from 2015 through 2017, then begin to rise slowly to almost $66/b in 2026, and to $76/b in 2040. The low price results from lower costs of production and lower demand from China and the Middle East compared

with the Reference case. Crude and lease conde nsate production from across OPEC rises during the second half of the projection period in this case. OPEC market share of petroleum production rises steadily from 40% in 2020 to 55% in 2040. In addition, in this case, bitumen production in Canada

and rene wable fuels from Brazil and the United States see decreases in costs, leading to increased production that keeps OPEC’s market share between 38% and 51% of the total liquids market. With the exceptions of China and the Middle East, which see reduced econom ic growth in this case, the lower prices generally lead to higher demand than projected in the Reference case.

• In the High Oil Price case, oil prices reach about $252/barrel (2013 dollars) in 2040. The high prices result primarily from higher costs of petr oleum supply. Fewer structurally reservoired crude oil supplies are developed than in the Reference case, leading to increased development of more costly resources, including tight oil and bitumen. Higher prices also lead to significant increases in

renewa ble liquid fuels and coal

- to

- liquid products as compared with the Reference case. In this case, OPEC’s share of world liquids production never exceeds the high of 41% that it reaches in 2012 and drops over the projection period, reaching as low as 30%. The higher supply costs depress demand globally through 2028, but stronger growth in non

- OECD countries than is projected in the Reference case leads to higher demand than in the Reference case, starting in these countries in

202 8 , and starting globally in 20 3 5

.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 12 

### Table 1. 1

. Summary of AEO2015 cases

Case name Description

Reference Real GDP grows at an average annual rate of 2.4% from 2013 to 2040. Crude oil price rise s to about $140/barrel (Brent 2013 dollars) in 2040.

Low Economi c Growth Real GDP grows at an average annual rate of 1. 8 % from 201 3 to 2040. Other energy market

assumptions are the same as in the Reference case.

High Economic Growth Real GDP grows at an average annual rate of 2. 9 % from 201 3 to 2040. Other energy marke t
assumptions are the same as in the Reference case.

Low Oil Price Low prices result from a combination of low demand for petroleum and other liquids in the

non

- Organization for Economic Cooperati on and Development (non

- OECD) nations and higher

global sup ply. Lower demand is measured by lower economic growth compared with the

Reference case. On the supply side, the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries

(OPEC) increases its liquids market share to 51%, and the costs of other liquids production

t echnologies are lower than in the Reference case. Light, sweet crude oil prices remain

around $ 52 / b (2013 dollars) through 2017

, then begin to rise slowly to almost $ 66 / bbl in

2026, and to $ 76 / b in 2040.

High Oil Price High prices result from a combinatio n of higher demand for liquid fuels in non

- OECD nations

and lower global supply. Higher demand is measured by higher economic growth compared

with the Reference case. OPEC market share averages 3 2 % throughout the projection. Non

OPEC petroleum production expands more slowly in the short to middle term compared to
the Reference case. Crude oil prices rise to $2 52 /barrel (201 3 dollars) in 2040.

Oil and Gas: High Oil and Gas

Resource Estimated ultimate recovery (EUR) per shale gas, tight gas, and tight oil w ell is 50% higher,

well spacing is 50% closer (i.e., the number of wells left to be drilled is 100% higher ) than in

the Reference case. In addition, tight oil resources are added to reflect new plays or the

expansion of known tight oil plays

, and the EUR f or tight and shale wells increases by 1%/year

beyond the Reference case annual increase to reflect additional technolog y improvement s

. This case a lso includes kerogen development , as well as undiscovered resources in the

offshore lower 48 states

, Alaska , a nd shale gas and coalbed resources in Canada that are 50%

higher than in the Reference case.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 13 

## Carbon dioxide emissions

CO 2 emissions from energy use are dependent on the carbon content of the fossil fuel, the fraction of the fuel consumed in combustion, and the consumption of that fuel. The product of the carbon content at full combustion and the combustion fraction yields an adjusted CO 2 factor for each fossil fuel. The emissions factors are expressed in millions of metric tons of carbon dioxide emitted per quadrillion Btu of energy use, or equivalently, in kilograms of CO 2 per million Btu. The adjusted emissions factors are multiplied by the energy consumption of the fossil fuel to arrive at the CO 2 emissions projections.

For fuel uses of energy, all of the carbon is assumed to be oxidized, so the combustion fraction is equal to 1.0 (in keeping with international conventions). Previously, a small fraction of the carbon content of the fuel
was assumed to remain unoxidized. The carbon in nonfuel use of ene rgy, such as for asphalt and petrochemical feedstocks, is assumed to be sequestered in the product and not released to the atmosphere. For energy categories that are mixes of fuel and nonfuel uses, the combustion fractions are based on the proportion of fu el use. In calculating CO 2 emissions for motor gasoline, the direct emissions from renewable blending stock (ethanol) is omitted. Similarly, direct emissions from biodiesel are omitted from reported

CO 2 emissions.

Any CO 2 emitted by biogenic renewable sour ces, such as biomass and alcohols, is considered balanced by
the CO 2 sequestration that occurred in its creation. Therefore, following convention, net emissions of CO 2 from biogenic renewable sources are assumed to be zero in reporting energy

- related CO 2 e missions; however, to illustrate the potential for these emissions in the absence of any offsetting sequestration, as might occur under related land use change, the CO 2 emissions from biogenic fuel use are calculated and reported separately.

Table 1.2 pres ents the assumed CO 2 coefficients at full combustion, the combustion fractions, and the adjusted CO 2 emission factors used for AEO2015.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 14 

### Table 1. 2

. Carbon dioxide emission factors

million metric tons carbon dioxide equivalent p er quadrillion Btu

Fuel Type Carbon Dioxide
Coefficient at Full
Combustion Combustion
Fraction Adjusted Emission

Factor

Petroleum

Propane

Used as fuel 63.07 1.000 63.07
Used as feedstock 61.07 0.200 12.61
Ethane used as fee dstock 59.58 0.200 11

. 92
Butane used as feedstock 64.94 0.200 12.98
Isobutane used as feedstock 65.08 0.200 13.02 Natural gasoline used as feedstock 66.88 0.300 21.12 Motor gasoline (net of ethanol) 71.26 1.000 71.2 6
Jet fuel 70.88 1.000 7 0

. 88 Distillate fuel (net of biodiesel) 73.15 1.000 73.15
Residual fuel 78.8 0 1.000 78

. 80 Asphalt and road oil 75.61 0.000 0.00
Lubricants 74.21 0.500 37.11
Petrochemical feedstocks 7 1.02 0.410 29.11

Kerosene 72.31 1.000 72.31
Petroleum coke 10 1

. 09 0.956 97.6 4 Petroleum still gas 64.2 0 1.000 64.2 0
Other industrial 74.54 1.000 74.54
Coal

Residential and commercial 95.33 1.000 95.3 3

Met allurgical 93.72 1.000 93.72
Coke 117.81 1.000 117.81
Industrial other 93.98 1.000 93.98 Electric utility 1 95.52 1.000 95.52 Natural gas

Used as fuel 53.06 1.000 53.06
Used as feedstock 53.06 0.437 23.21 Biogenic en ergy sources

Biomass 93.81 1.000 93.81 Biogenic waste 90.64 1.000 90.64 Biofuels heats and coproducts 93.81 1.000 93.81
Ethanol 68.42 1.000 68.42
Biodiesel 72.73 1.000 72.73 Liquids from biomass 73.15 1.000 73.15

Green liquids 73.15 1.000 73.15

1 Emission factors for coal used for electric power generation within NEMS are specified by coal supply region and types of coal, so the average CO 2 content for coal varies throughout the projection. The value of 95.52 shown here is representative of recent history. Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Monthly Energy Review, November 2014, DOE/EIA

- 0035(2014/11), (Washington, DC, November 2014)

.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 15 

# Notes and sources

[1] U.S. Energy Information Administration, Annual E nergy Outlook 2015 (AEO2015), DOE/EIA

- 0383(2015) (Washington, DC, April 2015).

[2] NEMS documentation reports are available on the EIA Homepage ( http://www.eia.gov/reports/index. cfm#/KNEMS Documentation ).

[3] U.S. Energy Information Administration, The National Energy Modeling System : An Overview 2009, DOE/EIA

- 0581(2009) (Washington, DC, October 2009), http://www.eia.gov/oiaf/ae o/overview

.

[4] GlobalData (New York, NY, 2014) http://www.globaldata.com (subscription site).

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 16 

# Macroeconomic Activity Module

The Macroeconomic Activity Module (MAM) represents interactions between the U.S. econ omy and energy
markets. How fast the economy grows, as measured by either growth in gross domestic product or industrial shipments , is a key determinant of growth in the demand for energy. Associated economic factors, such as interest rates and disposable income, strongly influence various elements of the supply and demand for energy. At the same time, reactions to energy markets by the aggregate economy, such as a slowdown in economic growth resulting from increasing energy prices, are also reflected in t his module. A detailed description of the MAM is provided in the EIA publication, Model Documentation Report: Macroeconomic Activity Module (MAM) of the National Energy Modeling System (Washington, DC, May 2014 ).



## Key assumptions The output of the U.S. econ omy, measured by GDP, is expected to increase by 2.4% per year between 201 3 and 2040 in the Reference case. Two key factors help explain the growth in GDP: the growth rate of nonfarm employment and the rate of productivity change associated with employment

. As Table 2.1 indicates, in the Reference case, real GDP grows by 2. 6 % per year from 2015

- 25 and 2. 3 % from 2025

- 40, the last fifteen years of the forecast . Both the high and low macroeconomic growth cases show roughly 0.5

- percentage

point differences in growth as compared with the Reference case. Non

- farm employment shows higher growth from 201 3

- 2015 and then returns to its long

- run trend growth of 0.8% . In the High and Low Growth

cases , nonfarm employment growth differs by 0.2 percentage points compare d with the Reference case growth of 0.8% from 2013 to 2040, reaching 1.0% and 0.6% in the High Growth and Low Growth cases, respectively. In the Reference case, productivity (measured as output per hour in nonfarm businesses) grows by 2.0 % from 201 3 to 20 40 showing s imilar growth to th at experienced during the previous 30 years. Business fixed investment as a share of nominal GDP is expected to grow over the last 10 years of the projection. The resulting growth in the capital stock and the technology base of that capital stock helps to sustain productivity growth of 2.0 % from 201 3 to 2040.

The Census Bureau’s middle series population projection is used as a basis for population growth in AEO2014. Total population is expected to grow by 0.7% per year between 201 3 and 2040, and the share of population over 65 is expected to increase over time. However, the share of the labor force in the population over 65 is also projected to increase in the projection period.

To achieve the Reference case’s long

- run 2.4% eco nomic growth, there is an anticipated steady growth in labor productivity. The improvement in labor productivity reflects the positive effects of a growing capital stock as well as technological change over time. Nonfarm labor productivity growth is expect ed to remain

between 1. 8 and 2.2 % throughout of the projection period from 2015 through 2040.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 17 

### Table 2. 1

. Growth in gross domestic product, nonfarm employment and productivity

Assumptions 201 3

- 20 20 20 20

- 20 30 20 30

- 2040 201 3

- 2040

Real GDP (Billion Chain

- weighted $2005)

High Growth 3. 2 % 2.9 % 2. 7 % 2.9 %

Reference 2.6% 2. 4 % 2. 3 % 2.4%

Low Growth 1.8 % 1.8 % 2.0% 1. 8 %

Nonfarm Employment

High Growth 1.6 % 0.9 % 0. 6 % 1.0%

Reference 1. 3 % 0.6 % 0. 6 % 0.8%

Low Growth 1. 0 % 0. 5 % 0. 5 % 0. 6 %

Productivity

High Growth 2 .1% 2. 3 % 2.1% 2. 2 %

Reference 1.8 % 2.1 % 1.9% 2.0 %

Low Growth 1.4 % 1. 7 % 1. 4 % 1. 5 % Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, AEO2015 National Energy Modeling sys tem runs: AEO2015.d021915A, LM2015.d021915A, and HM2015. D021915A

.



### To reflect uncertainty in the projection of U.S. economic growth, the AEO201 5 uses High and Low Economic

Growth cases to project the possible impacts of alternative economic growth assump tions on energy markets. The High Economic Growth case incorporates higher population, labor force and productivity growth rates than the Reference case. Due to the higher productivity gains, inflation and interest rates are

lower than the Reference case. Investment, disposable income and industrial production are greater.
Economic output is projected to increase by 2.9 % per year between 201 3 and 2040. The Low Economic Growth case assumes lower population, labor force, and productivity gains, with resulting higher prices and interest rates and lower industrial output growth. In the Low Economic Growth case, economic output is expected to increase by 1. 8 % per year over the projection horizon

.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 18 

# International Energy Module

The National Energy Modeling System I nternational Energy Module (IEM) simulates the interaction between U.S. and global petroleum markets. It uses assumptions of economic growth and expectations of future U.S.

and world crude

- like liquids production and consumption to estimate the effects of changes in U.S. liquid fuels markets on the international petroleum market. For each year of the forecast, the IEM computes Brent and WTI prices, provides a supply curve of world crude

- like liquids, and generates a worldwide oil supply

demand balance with regional detail. The IEM also provides, for each year of the projection period, endogenous and exogenous assumptions for petroleum products for import and export in the United States.

Changes in the oil price (Brent) are computed in response to:

1. The differ ence between projected U.S. total crude

- like liquids production and the expected U.S. total

crude

- like liquids production at the current oil price (estimated using the current oil price and the exogenous U.S. total crude

- like liquids supply curve for each year).

and

2. The difference between projected U.S. total crude

- like liquids consumption and the expected U.S. total

crude

- like liquids consumption at the current oil price (estimated using the current oil price and the exogenous U.S. total crude

- like liquids demand curve).



## Key assumptions AEO2015 considers a number of factors related to the uncertainty of future oil prices, including changes in worldwide demand for petroleum products, OPEC investment and production decisions

, non

- OPEC petroleum liquid fuels s upply , and supplies of other liquid fuels.

In the AEO2015 Reference case, the growth in U.S. crude oil production, combined with the fall in world oil prices, contributes to a decrease in the oil price to $56 (2013 dollars) per barrel in 2015. Oil prices r ise steadily after 2015 in response to growth in demand from countries outside of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) even if downward pressure from increases in U.S. oil production keeps the oil price below $80 per barrel thro ugh 2020. Growth in demand from non

- OECD countries combined with a decline in U.S. crude oil production after 2020 will push the oil price to $141 per

barrel in 2040. The AEO2015 Reference case also assumes that the OPEC market share of liquids production will decrease from 39% in 2014 to 37% in 2020 followed by an increase to 41% by 2040.

In the AEO2015 Low Oil Price case, the oil price drops to $52 per barrel in 2015 followed by a slow increase to $76 per barrel in 2040. This is in response to higher upst ream investment by OPEC and lower non

- OECD demand. In the AEO2015 Low Oil Price case, OPEC countries increase their liquids production to obtain an

increase in market share from 38% in 2015 to 51% in 2040.

In the AEO2015 High Oil Price case, the oil price increases to $122 per barrel in 2015 and to above $252 per barrel in 2040. This is in response to significantly lower OPEC production and higher non

- OECD demand, higher demand for petroleum products, and a more limited supply of other liquid fuels than in the Reference

case. Also, U.S. production is significantly greater, resulting in lower net imports of crude oil. In the

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 19 

### AEO2015 High Oil Price case, OPEC countries ’ share of world liquids production decrease s to 30% by 2025 followed by an increase to 33% by 2040.

OPEC oil production in the AEO2015 Reference case is assumed to increase throughout the 2015

- 2040 projection period (Figure 3), at a rate that enables the organization to achieve a 41 % market share of the world’s total petroleum and other liquids in 2040. OPEC is assumed to be an important source of additional production because its member nations hold a major portion of the world’s total reserves

— around 1,200 billion barrels, about 73 % of the world’s estimated total, at the end of 2014. [ 5 ]

Non

- U .S., non

- OPEC oil production projections in the AEO2015 are developed in two stages. Projections of liquids production before 2015 are based largely on a project

- by

- project assessment of major fields, including volumes and expected schedules, with consider ation given to the decline rates of active projects, planned exploration and development activity, and country

- specific geopolitical situations and fiscal regimes. Incremental production estimates from existing and new fields after 2015 are estimated base d on

country

- specific consideration of economics and ultimate technically recoverable resource estimates. The

non

- OPEC production path for the AEO2015 Reference case is shown in Figure 4.

Figure 2

. World oil prices in three cases, 1995

- 2040

million barrels per day

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 20 

### Figure 3

. OPEC total liquids production in the Reference case, 1995

- 2040

million barrels per day



### Figure 4

. Non

- OPEC total liquids production in the Reference case, 1 995

- 2040

million barrels per day

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 21 

### The non

- U.S. oil production projections in AEO2015 are limited by country

- level assumptions regarding technically recoverable oil resources. Inputs to these resource estimates include the USGS World Petroleum

Assessment o f 2000 and oil reserves published in the Oil & Gas Journal by PennWell Publishing Company, a summary of which is shown in Table 3.1.

The AEO2015 Reference case growth rates for GDP for various regions in the world are shown in Table 3.2. The GDP growth rat e assumptions for non

- U.S. countries/regions are taken from Oxford Economic Model (October, 2012).

The values for growth in total liquids demand in the International Energy Module, which depend upon the oil price levels as well as GDP growth rates, are sho wn in Table 3.3 for the Reference case by region.

Table 3. 1

. Worldwide oil reserves as of January 1, 201 4

million barrels

Region Proved Oil Reserves

Western Hemisphere 544.9

Western Europe 11.1

Asia

- Pacific 46.0

Eastern Euro pe and Former Soviet Union (F.S.U.) 120.0

Middle East 798.6

Africa 126.7

Total World 1,647.4

Total OPEC 1,200.8
Source: Pennwell Corporation, Oil and Gas Journal, Vol 11 2. 12 (Dec. 1 , 201 4 ).



### Table 3. 2

. Average annual real g ross domestic product rates, 2010

- 40

2005 purchasing power parity weights and prices

Region Average Annual Percentage Change

OECD 2. 0 %

OECD Americas 2. 4 %

OECD Europe 2.0 %

OECD Asia 1. 4 %

Non

- OECD 4. 6 %

Non

- OECD Europe and Eurasia 2.9 %

Non

- OECD Asia 5. 3 %

Middle East 3.9 %

Africa 4. 8 %

Central and South America 3.2%

Total World 3. 5 %
Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Derived from Oxford Economic Model (February 2014)

.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 22 

### Table 3. 3

. Average annual growth rates for total liquids demand in the Reference case, 2010

- 40

percent per year

Region Demand Growth

OECD

- 0.0 5 %

OECD Americas 0. 07 %

OECD Europe

- 0.1 6 %

OECD Asia 0. 07 %

Non

- OECD 2.07 %

Non

- OECD Europe and Eurasia 0.51 %

Non

- OECD Asia 2. 66 %

Middle East 1. 69 %

Af rica 2.04 %

Central and South America 1.27 %

Total World 1.0 9 %
Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, National Energy Modeling System run REF201 5 .d 010515 A.



# Notes and sources

[ 5 ] PennWell Corporation, Oil and Gas Journal, Vol. 111.12 (December 1

, 201 4 ).

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 23 

# Residential Demand Module

The NEMS Residential Demand Module projects future residential sector energy requirements based on projections of the number of households and the stock, efficiency, and intensity of energy

- consuming equipment. The Resid ential Demand Module projections begin with a base year estimate of the housing stock, the types and numbers of energy

- consuming appliances servicing the stock, and the “unit energy consumption” (UEC) by appliance (in million Btu per household per year). T he projection process adds new housing units to the stock, determines the equipment installed in new units, retires existing housing units, and retires and replaces appliances. The primary exogenous drivers for the module are housing starts by type (single

- family, multifamily and mobile homes) and by Census division, and prices for each energy source for each of the nine Census divisions (see Figure 5).

The Residential Demand Module also requires projections of available equipment and their installed costs over the projection horizon. Over time, equipment efficiency tends to increase because of general technological advances and also because of federal and/or state efficiency standards. As energy prices and available equipment change over the projection hori zon, the module includes projected changes to the type and efficiency of equipment purchased as well as projected changes in the usage intensity of the equipment

stock.

Figure 5

. United States Census Divisions

Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Office of Energy Analysis.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 24 

### The end

- use equipment for which stocks are modeled include those major end uses that often span several fuels, such as space conditioning (heating and cooling) equipment, water heaters, refrigerators, freezers, dishwashers, clothes washers, cookstoves, clothes dryers, light bulbs, furnace fans, as well as several

miscellaneous electric loads: televisi ons and related equipment (set

- top boxes, home theater systems, DVD players, and video game consoles), computers and related equipment (desktops, laptops, monitors, networking equipment), rechargeable electronics, ceiling fans, coffee makers, dehumidifiers, microwaves, pool heaters and pumps, home security systems, and portable electric spas. In addition to the modeled end uses previously listed, the average energy consumption per household is projected for other electric and nonelectric uses. The fuels represented are distillate fuel oil, liquefied petroleum gas, natural gas, kerosene, electricity, wood, ge othermal, and solar energy. The module’s output includes number of households, equipment stock, average equipment efficiencies, and energy consumed by service, fuel, and geographic

location.

One of the implicit assumptions embodied in the residential secto r Reference case projections is that, through 2040, there will be no radical changes in technology or consumer behavior. No new regulations of efficiency beyond those currently embodied in law or new government programs fostering efficiency
improvements ar e assumed. Technologies which have not gained widespread acceptance today will generally not achieve significant penetration by 2040. Currently available technologies will evolve in both efficiency and cost. In general, future technologies at the same effi ciency level will be less expensive, in real dollar terms, than those available today. When choosing new or replacement technologies, consumers will behave similarly to the way they now behave, and the intensity of end uses will change moderately in

respo nse to price changes. [ 6 ]



## Key assumptions Housing Stock S ubmodule An important determinant of future energy consumption is the projected number of households. Base year estimates for 2009 are derived from the U.S. Energy Information Administration’s (EIA) Residential Energy Consumption Survey (RECS) (Table 4.1). The projection for occupied households is done separately for each Census division. It is based on the combination of the previous year’s surviving stock with projected housing starts provided by t he NEMS Macroeconomic Acti vity Module. The Housing Stock S ubmodule assumes a constant survival rate (the percentage of households which are present in the current projection year, which were also present in the preceding year) for each type of housing unit : 99.7% for single

- family units, 99.5% for multifamily units, and 96.6% for mobile home units.

Projected fuel consumption is dependent not only on the projected number of housing units, but also on the type and geographic distribution of the houses. The in tensity of space heating energy use varies greatly across the various climate zones in the United States. Also, fuel prevalence varies across the country

— oil (distillate) is more frequently used as a heating fuel in the New England and Middle Atlantic Cens us divisions than in the rest of the country, while natural gas dominates in the Midwest. An example of differences by housing type is the more prevalent use of liquefied petroleum gas in mobile homes relative to other housing

types.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 25 

### Table 4. 1

. 2009 Households

Census Single

- Family Units Multifamily Units Mobile Homes Total Units

New England 3,374,597 2,052,063 84,437 5,511,097

Middle Atlantic 9,287,267 5,536,739 435,344 15,259,350

East North Central 13,077,414 4,217,199 558,8 02 17,853,414

West North Central 6,153,386 1,406,903 503,817 8,064,106

South Atlantic 15,162,865 4,656,262 2,405,757 22,224,884

East South Central 5,480,023 945,846 658,471 7,084,340

West South Central 9,095,440 2,822,348 853,143 12,770,931

Mountain 5 ,983,945 1,258,517 662,813 7,905,276

Pacific 10,937,616 5,226,838 778,377 16,942,832

United States 78,552,553 28,122,715 6,940,961 113,616,230 Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, 2009 Residential Energy Consumption Survey.



## Technology Choice S ubmodule The key inputs for the Technology Choice S ubmodule are fuel prices by Census division and characteristics of available equipment (installed cost, maintenance cost, efficiency, and equipment life). The Integrating Module of NEMS estimates fuel pr ices through an equilibrium simulation that balances supply and demand and passes the prices to the Residential S ubmodule.

Prices combined with equipment UEC (a function of efficiency) determine the operating costs of equipment. Equipment characteristics a re exogenous to the model and are modified to reflect both federal standards and anticipated changes in the market place. Table 4.2 lists capital costs and efficiency for selected residential appliances for the years 2010 and 2020.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 26 

### Table 4. 2

. Installed cost and efficiency ratings of selected equipment

Equipment Type Relative
Performance 1 2013
Installed Cost (2013$) 2013 Efficiency 2 2020 Efficiency 2 Approximate

Hu r dle

Rate Electric Heat Pump (heating component) Minimum $3,150 7.7 8. 2

Best $4,500 9.0 10.8 25%
Natural Gas Furnace Minimum $1,900 0.80 0. 8 0

Best $2,950 0.98 0.98 15%
Room Air Conditioner Minimum $385 9.8 10. 8

Best $565 11.5 11.9 42%
Central Air Conditioner 3 Minimum $2,100 13.0 13.0

Best $5,100 24.0 24.0 25% Refrigerator 4 Minimum $580 541 406

Best $930 349 349 10%
Electric Water Heater Minimum $615 0.90 0.9 5

Best $2,170 2.45 2.75 50%
Solar Water Heater N/A $7,840 N/A N/A 30%

1 Minimum performance refers to the lowest

- efficiency equipment available. Best refers to the highest

- efficiency equipment

available.

2 Efficiency measurements vary by equipment type. Electric heat pumps are based on Heating Seasonal Performance Factor (HSPF); natural gas furnaces are based on Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency (AFUE); central air conditioners are based on Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio (SEER); room air conditioners are based on Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER); refrigerators are based on kilowat t

- hours per year; and water hea ters are based on Energy Factor (delivered Btu divided by input Btu).

3 Values are for northern regions of United States.

4 Ref lects a refrigerator with a top

- mounted freezer with 20.6 cubic feet nominal volume.

Source: EIA

- Technology Forecast Updates

– Re sidential and Commercial Building Technologies

– Reference Case, prepared for U.S. Energy Information Administration

, Navigant Consulting, Inc., March 2014

.



### Table 4.3 provides the cost and performance parameters for representative distributed generation technologies. The model also incorporates endogenous “learning” for the residential distributed generation technologies, allowing for declining technology costs as shipments increase. For fuel cell and photovoltaic systems, learning parameter assumptions f or the Reference case result in a 13% reduction in capital costs each time the installed capacity in buildings doubles (in the case of photovoltaics, utility

- scale capacity is also included for learning). Capital costs for small wind, a relatively mature t echnology, only decline 3% with each doubling of shipments.

The Residential Demand Module projects equipment purchases based on a nested choice methodology. The first stage of the choice methodology determines the fuel and technology to be used. The equipm ent choices for cooling and water heating are linked to the space heating choice for new construction. Technology and fuel choice for replacement equipment uses a nested methodology similar to that for new construction, but includes (in addition to the cap ital and installation costs of the equipment) explicit costs for fuel or technology switching (e.g., costs for installing gas lines if switching from electricity or oil to gas, or costs for adding ductwork if switching from electric resistance heat to cent ral heating types). Also, for replacements, there is no linking of fuel choice for water heating and cooking as is done for new construction. Technology switching across fuels upon replacement is allowed for space heating, air conditioning, water heating, cooking and clothes drying.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 27 

### Table 4. 3

. Capital cost and performance parameters of selected residential distributed generation technologies

Technology Type Year of

Introduction Average Generating
Capacity (kW DC ) Electrical

Effici ency Combined

Efficiency

(Elec. +

Thermal) Installed

Capital Cost
(2009 $ per

kW DC ) 1 Service

Life

(Years)

Solar Photovoltaic 2010 3.5 0.150 N/A $7,117 30

2015 4.0 0.175 N/A 3,903 30

2025 5.0 0.197 N/A 2,831 30

2035 5.0 0.200 N/A 2,674 30

Fu el Cell 2010 10 0.364 0.893 $14,837 20

2015 10 0.429 0.859 $14,837 20

2025 10 0.456 0.842 $14,837 20

203 5 10 0.479 0.842 $14,837 20

Wind 2010 2 0.13 N/A $7,802 30

2015 3 0.13 N/A $6,983 30

2025 3 0.13 N/A $6,234 30

2035 4 0.13 N/A $5,903 30

1 The original source documents presented solar photovoltaic costs in 2008 dollars, fuel cell and wind costs in 2010 dollars. Source: EIA analysis, as well as technology

- specific reports: Solar photovoltaic: Photovoltaic (PV) Cost and Perform ance Characteristics for Residential and Commercial Applications (ICF International, 2010). Fuel cell: Commercial and Industrial C HP Technology Cost and Performance Data Analysis for EIA (SENTECH Incorporated, 2010). Wind: The Cost and Performance of

Distr ibuted Wind Turbines, 2010

- 35 (ICF International, 2010).



### Once the fuel and technology choice for a particular end use is determined, the second stage of the choice methodology determines efficiency. In any given year, there are several available prototype s of varying efficiency (minimum standard, some intermediate levels, and highest efficiency). Efficiency choice is based on a functional form and coefficients which give greater or lesser importance to the installed capital cost (first cost) versus the ope rating cost. Generally, within a technology class, the higher the first cost, the lower the operating cost. For new construction, efficiency choices are made based on the costs of both the heating and cooling equipment and the building shell characteristic s.

Once equipment efficiencies for a technology and fuel are determined, the installed efficiency for its entire

stock is calculated.



## Appliance Stock S ubmodule The Appliance Stock S ubmodule is an accounting framework which tracks the quantity and average

e fficiency of equipment by end use, technology, and fuel. It separately tracks equipment requirements for new construction and existing housing units. For existing units, this module calculates the number of units which survive from previous years, allows c ertain end uses to further penetrate into the existing housing stock and calculates the total number of units required for replacement and further penetration. Air conditioning, dishwashing, and clothes drying are three major end uses not considered to be “fully penetrated.”

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 28 

### Once a piece of equipment enters into the stock, an accounting of its remaining life begins. The decay function is based on Weibull distribution shape parameters that approximate linear decay functions. The

estimated maximum and minimu m equipment lifetimes used to inform the Weibull shape parameters are shown in Table 4.4. Weibull shapes allow some retirement before the listed minimum lifetime, as well as allow some equipment to survive beyond its listed maximum lifetime. It is assumed that, when a house is retired from the stock, all of the equipment contained in that house retires as well; i.e., there is no second

hand market for this equipment.

Table 4. 4

. Minimum and maximum life expectancies of equipment

Eq uipment Minimum Life Maximum Life
Heat Pumps 7 21
Central Forced

- Air Furnaces 10 25 Hydronic Space Heaters 20 30
Room Air Conditioners 8 16
Central Air Conditioners 7 21

Gas Water Heaters 4 14
Electric Water Heaters 5 22 Cooking Stoves 16 21
Cloth es Dryers 11 20 Refrigerators 7 26

Freezers 11 31 Source: Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory

, Baseline Data for the Residential Sector and Development of a Residential Forecasting Database, May 1994, and analysis of RECS 2001 data.



## Fuel Consumption S ubmodule Energy consumption is calculated by multiplying the vintage equipment stocks by their respective UECs . The UECs include adjustments for the average efficiency of the stock vintages, short

- term price elasticity of

demand and “rebound” effects on u sage (see discussion below), the size of new construction relative to the existing stock, people per household, shell efficiency and weather effects (space heating and cooling). The various levels of aggregated consumption (consumption by fuel, by service, etc.) are derived from these detailed equipment

- specific calculations.



## Equipment efficiency The average energy consumption for most technology types is initially based on estimates derived primarily from RECS 2009. As the stock efficiency changes over the projection period, energy consumption decreases in inverse proportion to efficiency. Also, as efficiency increases, the efficiency rebound effect (discussed below) will offset some of the reductions in energy consumption by increased demand for the end

- us e service. For example, if the stock average for electric heat pumps is now 10% more efficient than in 2005, then all else constant (weather, real energy prices, shell efficiency, etc.), energy consumption per heat pump would average about 9% less.



## Miscel laneous electric loads (MELs) Unlike the technology choice submodule’s accounting framework, the energy consumption projection of several miscellaneous electric loads is characterized by assumed changes in per

- unit consumption multiplied

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 29 

### by assumed changes in the number of units. In this way, stock and UEC concepts are projected, but without

the decision

- making parameters or investment calculations of the technology choice submodule. The UECs of certain MELs may be further modified beyond their input assump tion by factors such as income, square footage, and/or degree days, where relevant.



## Adjusting for the size of housing units Estimates for the size of each new home built in the projection period vary by type and region, and are determined by a projection b ased on historical data from the U.S. Bureau of the Census [7 ]. For existing structures, it is assumed that about 1% of households that existed in 2009 add about 600 square feet to the heated floor space in each year of the projection period [ 8 ]. The energ y consumption for space heating, air conditioning, and lighting is assumed to increase with the square footage of the structure. This results in an increase in the average size of a housing unit from 1,644 to 1,855 square feet from 2009 through 2040.



## Adjus ting for weather and climate Weather in any given year always includes short

- term deviations from the expected longer

- term average (or climate). Recognition of the effect of weather on space heating and air conditioning is necessary to avoid inadvertently projecting abnormal weather conditions into the future. The residential module adjusts space heating and air conditioning UECs by Census division using data on heating and cooling degree days (HDD and CDD). Short

- term projections are informed by the Nation al Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration’s (NOAA) 15

- month outlook from their Climate Prediction Center [ 9 ] , which often encompasses the first forecast year. Projections of degree days beyond that are informed by a 30

- year linear trend of each state’s deg ree days, which are then population

- weighted to the Census division level. In this way, the projection accounts for projected population migrations across the nation and continues any realized historical changes in degree days at the state level.



## Short

- ter m price effect and efficiency rebound It is assumed that energy consumption for a given end

- use service is affected by the marginal cost of providing that service. That is, all else equal, a change in the price of a fuel will have an opposite, but less

tha n proportional, effect on fuel consumption. The current value for the short

- term elasticity parameter for

non

- electric fuels is

- 0.15 [ 10 ]. This value implies that for a 1% increase in the price of a fuel, there will be a corresponding decrease in energy c onsumption of

- 0.15%. Changes in equipment efficiency affect the marginal cost of providing a service. For example, a 10% increase in efficiency will reduce the cost of providing the end

- use service by 10%. Based on the short

- term elasticity, the demand fo r the service will rise by 1.5%(

- 10% multiplied by

- 0.15). Only space heating, cooling, and lighting are assumed to be affected by both elasticities and the efficiency rebound effect. For electricity, the short

- term elasticity parameter is set

to

- 0.30 to account for successful deployment of smart grid projects funded under the American Recovery

and Reinvestment Act of 2009.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 30 

## Shell efficiency The shell integrity of the building envelope is an important determinant of the heating and cooling load for

each t ype of household. In the NEMS Residential Demand Module, the shell integrity is represented by an index, which changes over time to reflect improvements in the building shell. The shell integrity index is dimensioned by vintage of house, type of house, fue l type, service (heating and cooling), and Census division. The age, type, location, and type of heating fuel are important factors in determining the level of shell integrity. Homes are classified by age as new (post

- 2009) or existing. Existing homes are represented by the most recent RECS survey and are assigned a shell index value based on the mix of homes that exist in the base year. The improvement over time in the shell integrity of these homes is a function of two factors : an assumed annual efficienc y improvement and improvements made when real fuel prices increase. No price

related adjustment is made when fuel prices fall. For new construction, building shell efficiency is determined by the relative costs and energy bill savings for several levels of heating and cooling equipment, in conjunction with the building shell attributes. The packages represented in NEMS range from homes that meet the International Energy Conservation Code (IECC) [11] to homes that are built with the most efficient shell comp onents. Shell efficiency in new homes increases over time when energy pric es rise, or the cost of

more

- efficient equipment falls, all else equal.



## Legislation and regulations American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA 20 09 )

The ARRA 20 09 legislati on passed i n February 2009 provides energy

- efficiency funding for f ederal agencies, State Energy Programs, and block grants, as well as a sizable increase in funding for weatherization. To account for the impact of this funding, it is assumed that the tot al funding is aimed at increasing the efficiency of the existing housing stock. The assumptions regarding the energy savings for heating and cooling are based on evaluations of the impact of weatherization programs over time. Further, it is assumed

each ho use requires a $2,600 investment to achieve the heating and cooling energy savings cited in [12] and that the efficiency measures last approximately 20 years. Assumptions for funding amounts and timing were

revised downward and further into the future base d on analysis of the weatherization program by the Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Energy [13].

The ARRA 20 09 provisions remove the cap on the 30% tax credit for ground

- source heat pumps, solar PV, solar thermal water heaters, and small wind tur bines through 2016. Additionally, the cap for t he tax credits for other energy

- efficiency improvements, such as windows and efficient furnaces, was increased to $1,500 through the end of 2010. Several tax credits were extended at reduced credit levels thr ough the end of 2011 as part of the Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization, and Job Creation Act of 2010. These tax credits were further extended through the end of 2013 as part of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, but since those tax c redits were not in existence during 2012 and thus were not part of

consumers’ decision

- making process, these tax credits were only modeled for 2013, not for 2012.

Successful deployment of smart grid projects based on ARRA 20 09 funding could stimulate more r apid investment in smart grid technologies, especially smart meters on buildings and homes, which would make consumers more responsive to electricity price changes. To represent this, the price elasticity of demand for residential electricity was increased for the services that have the ability to alter energy intensity (e.g., lighting).

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 31 

## Energy Improvement and Extension Act of 2008 (EIEA 2008)

EIEA 2008 extends and amends many of the tax credits that were made available to residential consumers in

EPACT 2005. The tax credits for energy

- efficient equipment can now be claimed through 2016, while the $2,000 cap for solar technologies has been removed. Additionally, the tax credit for ground

- source (geothermal) heat pumps was increased to $2,000. The production tax credits for dishwashers, clothes washers, and refrigerators were extended by one to two years, depending on the efficiency l evel and product. See the EPACT 2005 section below for more details about product coverage.



## Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA 2007)

EISA 2007 contains several provisions that impact projections of residential energy use. Standards for general service incandescent light bulbs are phased in over 2012

- 2014, with a more restrictive standard specified in

2020. It is estimated that these standards require 29% less watts per bulb in the first phase

- in, increasing to

67% in 2020. General service incandescent bulbs become substandard in the 2012

- 2014 period and during this time halogen bulbs serve as the incandescent option. The se halogen bulbs then become substandard in the 2020 specification, reducing general service lighting options to compact fluorescent and light

- emitting diode (LED) technologies.



## Energy Policy Act of 2005 (EPACT 20 05) The passage of EPACT 20 05 in August 2005 provides additional minimum efficiency standards for residential equipment and provides tax credits to producers and purchasers of energy

- efficient equipment and builders of energy

- efficient homes. The standards contained in EPACT 2005 include: 190

- watt max imum for torchiere lamps in 2006; dehumidifier standards for 2007 and 2012; and ceiling fan light kit standards in 2007. For manufactured homes that are 30% better than the latest code, a $1,000 tax credit can be claimed in 2006
and 2007. Likewise, build ers of homes that are 50% better than code can claim a $2,000 credit over the same period. The builder tax credits and production tax credits are assumed to be passed through to the consumer in the form of lower purchase cost. EPACT 20 05 includes production tax credits for energy

efficient refrigerators, dishwashers, and clothes washers in 2006 and 2007, with dollar amounts varying by type of appliance and level of efficiency met, subject to annual caps. Consumers can claim a 10% tax credit

in 2006 and 2007 for several types of appliances specified by EPACT 20 05, including: energy

- efficient gas, propane, or oil furnaces or boilers, energy

- efficient central air conditioners, air and ground source heat pumps, water heaters, and windows. Lastly, consumers can cla im a 30% tax credit in 2006 and 2007 for purchases of solar PV, solar water heaters, and fuel cells, subject to a cap.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 32 

# Notes and sources

[ 6 ] The Model Documentation Report contains additional details concerning model structure and operation.

Refer to Ene rgy Information Administration, Model Documentation Report: Residential Sector Demand Module of the National Energy Modeling System, DOE/EIA

- M067(201 4 ) ( August 201 4 ). http://www.eia.gov/forecasts/aeo/nems/documentation/residential/pdf/m067(2014).pdf

.

[ 7 ] U.S. Bureau of Census, Series C25 Data from various years of publications.

[ 8 ] U.S. Bureau of Census, Annual Housing Survey 2001 and Professional Remodeler, 2002 Home Remodeling Study.

[9 ] National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Weather Service, Experimental Monthly
Degree Day Forecast, http://www.cpc.ncep.noaa.gov/pacdi r/DDdir/ddforecast.txt

. Explanation of forecast

availabl e at http://www.cpc.ncep.noaa.gov/pacdir/DDdir/N1.html

.

[ 10 ] See Dahl, Carol, A Survey of Energy Demand Elasticities in Support of t he Development of the NEMS,

October 1993.

[ 11 ] The IECC established guidelines for builders to meet specific targets concerning energy efficiency with respect to heating and cooling load.

[ 12 ] Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Estimating the National Effects of the U.S. Department of Energy’s

Weatherization Assistance Program with State

- Level Data: A Metaevaluation Using Studies from 1993 to 2005, September 2005.

[ 13 ] U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Inspector General, Office of Audit Services, Special Rep ort: Progress in Implementing the Department of Energy’s Weatherization Assistance Program under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, February 2010.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 33 

# Commercial Demand Module

The NEMS Commercial Demand Module (CDM) generates projections of commerc ial sector energy demand through 2040. The definition of the commercial sector is consistent with EIA’s State Energy Data System (SEDS). That is, the commercial sector includes business establishments that ar e not engaged in
transportation, manufacturing

, or other types of industrial activity (e.g., agriculture, mining

, or construction). The bulk of commercial sector energy is consumed within buildings; however, street lights, pumps, bridges, and public services are also included if the establishment operat ing them is considered

commercial.

Because most of commercial energy consumption occurs in buildings, the commercial module relies on the data from the EIA Commercial Buildings Energy Consumption Survey (CBECS) for characterizing the

commercial sector acti vity mix as well as the equipment stock an d fuels consumed to provide end

- use services [1 4 ].

The CDM projects consumption by fuel [ 1 5 ] at the Census division level using prices from the NEMS energy supply modules , macr oeconomic variables from the NEMS Macr oeconomic Activity Module (MAM), and

external data sources for technology characterizations and other inputs . Energy demands are projected for

10 end

- use services [ 1 6 ] for 11 building categories [ 1 7 ] in each of the 9 Census divisions (see Figure 5). The

mo del begins by developing projections of floorspace for the 99 building category and Census division combinations. Next, the ten end

- use service demands required for the projected floorspace are developed. The electricity generation and water and space heat ing supplied by distributed generation (DG) and combined heat and power (CHP) technologies are projected. Technologies are then chosen to meet the projected service demands for the seven major end uses. Once technologies are chosen, the energy consumed by the equipment stock (both existing and purchased equipment) is developed to meet the projected end

- use service demands [ 1 8 ]. Minor end uses are modeled in less detail. Annual energy consumption of select miscellaneous end

- use loads (MELs) are derived by co mbining existing and projected equipment stock, energy consumption per device, and hours of use where applicable.



## Key assumptions The key assumptions made by the commercial module are presented in terms of the flow of the calculations

described above. The sections below summarize the assumptions in each of the CDM S ubmodules: floorspace, service demand, distributed generation, technology choice, and end

- use consumption. The submodules are executed sequentially in the order presented, and the outputs of each submodule become the inputs to subsequently executed submodules. As a result, key projection drivers for the floorspace submodule are also key drivers for the service demand submodule, and so on.



## Floorspace S ubmodule Floorspace is projected by starting wi th the previous year’s stock of floorspace and eliminating a portion to represent the age

- related removal of buildings. Total floorspace is the sum of the surviving floorspace and new additions to the stock derived from the MAM floorspace growth projection [ 19 ].

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 34 

## Existing floorspace and attrition Existing floorspace is based on the estimated floorspace reported in the 2003 Commercial Buildings Energy Consumption Survey (Table 5.1). Over time, the 2003 stock is projected to decline as buildings are removed from service (floorspace attrition). Floorspace attrition is estimated by a logistic decay function, the shape of which is dependent upon the values of two parameters: average building lifetime and gamma. The average building lifetime refers to the median expected lifetime of a particular building type. The gamma parameter corresponds to the rate at which buildings retire near their median expected lifetime. The current values for the average building lifetime and gamma vary by building type as presented i n Table 5.2 [ 2 0 ].



## New construction additions to floorspace The commercial module develops estimates of projected commercial floorspace additions by combining the surviving floorspace estimates with the total floorspace projection from MAM. A total NEMS flo orspace projection is calculated by applying the MAM assumed floorspace growth rate within each Census division and MAM building type to the corresponding NEMS CDM building types based on the CBECS building type shares. The NEMS surviving floorspace from t he previous year is then subtracted from the total NEMS floorspace projection for the current year to yield new floorspace additions [ 2 1 ].



## Service demand S ubmodule Once the building stock is projected, the CD M develops a projection of demand for energy

- con suming services required for the projected floorspace. The module projects service demands for the following explicit end

- use services: space heating, space cooling, ventilation, water heating, lighting, cooking, refrigeration, personal computer office equ ipment, and other office equipment [ 2 2 ]. The service demand intensity (SDI) is measured in thousand Btu of end

- use service demand per square foot and differs across service, Census division, and building type. The SDIs are based on a hybrid engineering and statistical approach of CBECS consumption data [ 2 3 ]. Projected service demand is the product of square feet and SDI for all end uses across the eleven building categories with adjustments for changes in shell efficiency for space heating and cooling.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 35 

### Ta ble 5. 1

. 2 003 Total floorspace by Census d ivision and principal building activity

millions of square feet

Assembly Education Food

Sales Food

Service Health

Care Lodging Large

Office Small

Office Merc/

Service Warehouse Other Total

New England 431 299 75 45 48 374 282 320 819 411 351 3,452

Middle

Atlantic 1,243 1,384 163 127 310 797 1,523 1,065 1,641 1,112 1,177 10,543

East North

Central 1,355 1,990 218 248 316 549 1,297 1,129 2,148 2,023 1,152 12,424

West North

Central 7 72 552 102 206 123 595 219 704 1,045 994 369 5,580

South

Atlantic 1,161 2,445 223 433 469 939 1,173 1,065 3,391 1,836 865 13,999

East South

Central 546 341 67 99 134 368 195 371 985 390 223 3,719

West South

Central 965 1,198 197 232 235 387 195 371 98 5 390 223 3,719

Mountain 4 11 640 64 32 94 438 230 535 1,087 506 168 4,207

Pacific 809 1,027 146 232 176 649 1,028 915 2,051 1,066 515 8,613

Total United

States 7,693 9,874 1,255 1,654 1,905 5,096 6,861 6,605 15,242 10,078 5,395 71,658 Note: Totals may not equal sum of components due to independent rounding. Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, 2003 Commercial Buildings Energy Consumption Survey Public Use Data.



### Table 5. 2

. Floorspace attrition parameters

Assembly Education Food

Sales Food

Service Health

Care Lodging Large

Office Small

Office Merc/

Service Ware

house Other

Median Expected

Lifetime (years) 55 62 5 5 50 55 53 65 58 50 58 60

Gamma 2.2 2.1 2.3 2.0 2.5 2.1 2.0 2.0 2.2 2.0 2.3 Source: U.S. Energy I nformation Administration, Commercial Buildings Energy Consumption Survey 2003, 1999, 1995, 1992, and 1989 Public Use Data, 1986 Nonresidentia l Buildings Energy Consumption Survey, McGraw

- Hill Construction Dodge Annual Starts

non

- residential building star ts, Northwest Energy Efficiency Alliance, Assessment of the Commercial Building S tock in the Pacific Northwest, KEMA

- XENERGY, Inc., March 2004, and public information on demolitions.



## Shell efficiency The shell integrity of the building envelope is an impo rtant determinant of the heating and cooling loads for each type of building. In the NEMS Commercial Demand Module, the shell efficiency is represented by separate heating and cooling factors that change over time to reflect improvements in the building sh ell. The factors, dimensioned by building type and Census division, affect the space heating and cooling service demand intensities causing changes in fuel consumed for these services as the shell integrity improves. In

the AEO201 5 Reference case, building shells for new construction built in 2003 are up to 49% more efficient with respect to heating and up to 30% more efficient with respect to cooling relative to the average shell for

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 36 

### existing buildings of the same type. Over the projection horizon, new bui lding shells improve in efficiency by 15% relative to their efficiency in 2003. For existing buildings, efficiency is assumed to increase by 6.9% over the 2003 stock average.



## Distributed generation and combined heat and power
Program

- driven installations o f solar photovoltaic systems are based primarily on information from the Interstate Renewable Energy Council (IREC) annual report on U.S. solar market trends. Historical data from

Form EIA

- 860, Annual Electric Generator Report, are used to derive electrici ty generation by Census division, building type

, and fuel. A projection of distributed generation (DG) and combined heat and power (CHP) of electricity is developed based on the economic returns projected for DG and CHP technologies. The model

uses a detai led cash

- flow approach to estimate the internal rate of return for an investment. Penetration assumptions for distributed generation and CHP technologies are a function of the estimated internal rate of return relative to purchased electricity. Table 5.3 p rovides the cost and performance parameters for representative distributed generation and CHP technologies.

The mode l also incorporates endogenous learning for new DG and CHP technologies, allowing for declining technology costs as shipments increase. For fuel

- cell and photovoltaic systems, parameter assumptions for

the AEO201 5 Reference case result in a 13% reduction in capital costs each time the installed capacity in the

residential and commercial building sectors doubles (in the case of photovoltaics, u tility

- scale capacity is also included for learning) . Doubling the install ed capacity of microturbines results in a 10% reduction in capital costs and doubling the installed capacity of distributed wind systems results in a 3% reduction.



## Technology Choice Submodule The technology choice submodule develops projections of major end

- use equipment to meet projected service demands using the three major fuels : electricity, natural gas, and distillate fuel . Capital purchase decisions are driven by assumptions con cerning behavioral rule proportions and time preferences, described below, as well as projected fuel prices, average annual utilization of equipment (capacity factors), relative technology capital costs, and operating and maintenance (O&M) costs.



## Decision types In each projection year, equipment is potentially purchased for three decision types. Equipment must be purchased for newly added floorspace and to replace the portion of equipment in existing floorspace that is projected to wear out [ 2 4 ]. Equipment is also potentially purchased for retrofitting equipment that has become economically obsolete. The purchase of retrofit equipment occurs only if the annual operating costs of a current technology exceed the annualized capital and operating costs of a tech nology available as a

retrofit candidate.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 37 

### Table 5. 3

. Capital cost and performance parameters of selected commercial distributed generation technologies

Technology Type Year of

Introduction Average

Generating

Capacity

(kW DC ) Ele ctrical

Efficiency Combined

Efficiency

(Elec. +

Thermal) Installed

Capital Cost
(2009 $ per

kW DC ) * Service

Life

(Years)

Solar Photovoltaic 2013 32 0.15 N/A $4,073 30

2015 35 0.18 N/A $3,404 30

2025 40 0.20 N/A $2,320 30

2035 45 0.20 N/A $2,189 30

F uel Cell 2013 300 0.46 0.65 $5,973 20

2015 300 0.49 0.66 $5,019 20

2025 300 0.51 0.69 $4,016 20

2035 300 0.54 0.73 $3,180 20

Natural Gas Engine 2013 334 0.30 0.84 $1,690 20

2015 334 0.31 0.85 $1,630 20

2025 334 0.30 0.87 $1,251 20

2035 334 0.3 0 0.91 $831 20

Oil

- fired Engine 2013 300 0.34 0.74 $2,042 20

2015 300 0.34 0.74 $1,746 20

2025 300 0.35 0.80 $1,669 20

2035 300 0.36 0.78 $1,592 20

Natural Gas Turbine 2013 3510 0.25 0.77 $1,871 20

2015 3510 0.25 0.77 $1,858 20

2025 3510 0.25 0 .80 $1,760 20

2035 3510 0.25 0.82 $1,645 20

Natural Gas Microturbine 2013 200 0.33 0.62 $2,224 20

2015 200 0.34 0.67 $2,098 20

2025 200 0.37 0.73 $1,467 20

2035 200 0.41 0.80 $836 20

Wind 2013 32 0.13 N/A $4,926 30

2015 35 0.13 N/A $4,715 30

2025 40 0.13 N/A $3,973 30

2035 50 0.13 N/A $ 3,627 30 *The original source documents presented solar photovoltaic costs in 2008 dollars and all other technologies in 2010 dollars. Costs for solar photovoltaic, fuel cell, microturbine, and wind technolog ies include learning effects. Sources: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Commercial and Industrial CHP Technology Cost and Performance Data Analysis for EIA SENTECH, Inc., and SAIC, Inc., June 2010; U.S. Energy Information Administration, Photovolta ic (PV) Cost and Performance Characteristics for Residential and Commercial Applications Final Report, ICF International, August 2010; and U.S. Energy Information Administration, The Cost and Performance of Distributed Wind Turbines, 2010

- 35 Final Report, ICF International, August

2010.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 38 

## Behavioral rules The commercial module allows the use of three alternate assumptions about equipment choice behavior. These assumptions constrain the equipment selections to three choice sets, which are progressively more restrictive. The choice sets vary by decision type and building type:

• Unrestricted Choice Behavior

- This rule assumes that commercial consumers consider all types of equipment that meet a given service, across all fuels, when faced with a capital purchase decision.

• Same Fuel Behavior

- This rule restricts the capital purchase decision to the set of technologies that consume the same fuel that currently meets the decision maker’s service demand.

• Same Technology Behavior

- Under this rule, commercial consum ers consider only the available models of the same technology and fuel tha t currently meet service demand when facing a capital

stock decision.

Under any of the above three behavior rules, equipment that meets the service at the lowest annualized lifecycle cost is chosen. Table 5.4 illustrates the proportions of floorspace subject to the different behavior rules for space heating technology choices in large office buildings.



## Time preferences Commercial building owners’ time preferences regarding current ver sus future expenditures are assumed to be distributed among seven alternate time preference premiums. Adding the risk

- adjusted time preference premiums to the 10

- year Treasury note rate from the MAM results in implicit discount rates, also known as

hurdle rates, applicable to the assumed proportions of commercial floorspace. The effect of the use of this distribution of discount rates is to prevent a single technology from dominating purchase decisions in the lifecycle cost comparisons. The distribution use d for AEO201 5 assigns some floorspace a very high discount or hurdle rate to simulate floorspace which will never retrofit existing equipment and which will only purchase equipment with the lowest capital cost. Discount rates for the remaining six segments of the distribution get progressively lower, simulating increased sensitivity to the fuel costs of the equipment that is purchased. The share of floorspace assigned to each rate in the distribution varies by end

- use service.

Table 5.5 illustrates the dist ribution of time preference premiums for space heating and lighting in 2015. The proportion of floorspace assumed for the 0.0 time preference premium represents an estimate of the federally

- owned commercial floorspace that is subject to purchase decisions in a given year. The federal
sector is expec ted to purchase energy

- efficient equipment to meet the federal buildings performance standards of the Energy Policy Act of 2005 (EPAct 20 05) and the Energy Independence and Security Act of

2007 (EISA 20 07) whenever cost

- effective. For federal purchase decisions relating to energy conservation,

cost

- effectiveness is determined using a discount rate based on long

- term Treasury bond rates, approximated in the commercial module by the 10

- year Treasury note rate. For lig hting, the proportion of floorspace assumed for the 0.0 time preference premium is increased to include all federal floorspace

startin g in 2009 to represent the EISA 20 07 provision that all federal buildings be equipped with energy

efficient lighting fixtur es and bulbs to the maximum extent feasible, including when replacing bulbs in existing fixtures

.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 39 

### Table 5. 4

. Assumed behavior rules for choosing space heating equipment in large office buildings

percent

Unrestricted Same Fuel Same Technology Total

New Equipment Decision 21 30 49 100

Replacement Decision 7 31 62 100

Retrofit Decision 1 4 95 100 Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Model Documentation Report: Commercial Demand Module of the National Energy Modeli ng System, DOE/EIA

- M066(201 4 ) ( August 2014 ).



### Table 5. 5

. Assumed distribution of risk

- adjusted time preference premiums for space heating and lighting equipment in 2015

percent

Time Preference Premium Proportion of Floorspace

- spa ce Heating (2015) Proportion of Floorspace

- Lighting (2015)

1000.0 26.5 26.4

100.0 22.6 22.5

45.0 19.6 19.3

25.0 19.2 19.3

15.0 10.5 8.5

6.5 1.3 1.3

0.0 0.3 2.7

-- 100.0 100.0 Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Model Documentation Re port: Commercial Demand Module of the National Energy Modeling System, DOE/EIA

- M066(201 4 ) ( August 2014 ).



### The distribution of hurdle rates used in the commercial module is also affected by changes in fuel prices. If a fuel’s price rises relative to its pri ce in the base year (2003), the nonfinancial portion of each hurdle rate in the distribution decreases to reflect an increase in the relative importance of fuel costs, expected in an environment of rising prices. Parameter assumptions for AEO201 5 result in a 30% reduction in the nonfinancial portion of a hurdle rate if the fuel price doubles. If the risk

- adjusted time preference premium input by the model user results in a hurdle rate below the assumed financial discount rate

– 15% for the

commercial sector

– w ith base year fuel prices (such as the 0.0 rate given in Table 5.5), no response to increasing fuel prices is assumed.



## Technology characterization menu The technology characterization menu organizes all relevant major end

- use equipment data. Equipment is

i ndexed by technology

, vintage

, fuel, end

- use service provided

, and Census division (or building type for ventilation, lighting, and refrigeration end uses). Initial market share, efficiency (coefficient of performance or efficacy in the case of lighting e quipment), installed capital cost per unit of service demand satisfied, operating and maintenance cost per unit of service demand satisfied, average service life, year of initial availability, and last year available for purchase are also characterized . Eq uipment may only be selected to satisfy service demand if the year in which the decision is made falls within the window of availability.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 40 

### Equipment acquired prior to the lapse of its availability continues to be treated as part of the existing stock

and is subject to replacement or retrofitting. This flexibility in limiting equipment availability allows the direct modeling of equipment efficiency standards. Table 5.6 provides a sample of the technology data for space heating in the New England Census divisi on.

An option has been included to allow endogenous price

- induced technological change in the determination of equipment costs and availability for the menu of equipment. This concept allows future technologies

f aster diffusion into the market place if fuel prices increase markedly for a sustained period of time. The option was not exercised for the AEO201 5 model runs.



## End

- Use Consumption Submodule

The end

- use consumption submodule calculates the consumption of each of the three major fuels (electricity, nat ural gas, and distillate fuel oil) for the ten end

- use services plus fuel consumption for CHP and

district services. For the ten end

- use services, energy consumption is calculated as the end

- use service demand met by a particular type of equi pment divided by its efficiency, summed over all existing equipment types. This calculation includes dimensions for Census division, building type, and fuel. Consumption of the five minor fuels (residual fuel oil, liquefied petroleum gas, motor gasoline, kerosene, and c oal) is projected

based on historical trends.



## Equipment efficiency The average energy consumption of a particular appliance is based initially on estimates derived from the 2003 CBECS. As the stock efficiency changes over the model simulation, energy consu mption decreases nearly as much as, but not quite prop ortionally to

, the increase in efficiency. The difference is due to the calculation of efficiency using the harmonic average and also the efficiency rebound effect discussed below. For example, if on av erage, electric heat pumps are now 10% more efficient than in 2003, then all else constant (weather, real energy prices, shell efficiency, etc.), energy consumption per heat pump would now average about 9% less. The s ervice demand and t echnology c hoice s ub modules together determine the average efficiency of the stocks used in adjusting the initial average energy consumption.



## Adjusting for weather and climate Recognition of the effect of weather on space heating and air conditioning is necessary to avoid pro jecting

abnormal weather conditions into the future. In the CDM , proportionate adjustments are made to space heating and air conditioning demand by Census division. These adjustments are based on National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) h eati ng degree day (HDD) and c ooling d egree d ay (CDD) data

. Short

- term projections are informed by NOAA ’s 15

- month outlook from their Climate Prediction Center [2 5 ], which often encompasses the first forecast year. Projections of degree days beyond that are inf ormed by a

30

- year linear trend of each state’s degree days, which are then population

- weighted to the Census division level. In this way, the CDM accounts for projected population migrations across the nation and continues any realized historical changes in degree days at the state level. A 10% increase in HDD would increase space heating consumption by 10% over what it would have been, while a 10% increase in CDD would increase cooling consumption by about 12.5%

.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 41 

### Table 5. 6

. Cap ital cost and efficiency ratings of selected commercial space heating equipment 1

Equipment Type Vintage Efficiency 2 Capital Cost

(201 3 $ per MBtu/

hour) 3 Maintenance Cost

(20 13 $ per MBtu/

hour) 3 Service

Life

(Years)

Rooftop Air

- Source Heat Pump 2003 inst alled base 3.10 $6 7.78 $ 1. 47 15

201 3 current standard/typical 3.30 $ 81.39 $1. 47 15

201 3 high 3.40 $ 102.78 $1. 47 15

2020 typical 3.30 $ 81.39 $1. 47 15

2020 high 3.40 $ 102.78 $1. 47 15

Ground

- Source Heat Pump 2003 installed base 3.40 $ 545.83 $ 3.13 2 5

201 3 typical 3. 6 0 $ 514.58 $ 3.13 2 5

2013 mid 3.70 $530.21 $3.13 25

2013 high 4. 0 0 $ 571.88 $ 3.13 2 5

2020 typical 3. 8 0 $ 514.88 $ 3.13 2 5

2020 high 4. 2 0 $ 571.88 $ 3.13 25

2030 typical 4.00 $514.58 $3.13 25

2030 high 4.40 $571.88 $3.13 25

Electric Boiler 2003 installed base 0.94 $1 6.68 $0.2 6 15

201 2 installed base 0.94 $ 21.13 $0.26 15

Electric Resistance Heater 2003 installed base 0.98 $21.76 $0.01 18

Natural Gas Heat Pump 2003 Installed base (residential type) 1.30 $ 218 .33 $2.. 67 15

201 3 typi cal (engine

- driven rooftop) 1.40 $ 300.00 $4.. 92 30

2020 typical (engine

- driven rooftop) 1.40 $ 300.00 $4. 92 30

20 3 0 typical (engine

- driven rooftop) 1.40 $ 300.00 $4. 92 30

Natural Gas Furnace 2003 installed base 0.71 $ 8.46 $1. 13 15

201 3 current standar d/typical 0.78 $9. 21 $ 1.03 1 5

201 3 high 0.8 8 $1 1.78 $ 2.66 1 5

2020 typical 0.78 $ 10.95 $ 1.03 1 5

2020 high 0.88 $1 1.78 $2 .66 1 5

2030 typical 0.78 $ 10.95 $ 1.03 15

2030 high 0.89 $11. 7 8 $ 2.66 15

Natural Gas Boiler 2003 installed base 0.7 6 $2 9.36 $0. 7 9 30

201 3 current standard/typical 0. 80 $ 31 .64 $0.7 5 30

201 3 mid

- range 0.8 5 $ 33.97 $0 71 30

201 3 high 0.9 8 $3 2.33 $0. 61 30

2020 typical 0.8 2 $ 32.62 $0.7 3 30

2020 high 0.9 8 $3 2.33 $0. 61 30

2030 typical 0.8 3 $ 33.06 $0.7 2 30

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 42 

### Table 5.6. Capital cost and efficiency ratings of selected commercial space heating equipment 1 

### (cont.)

Equipment Type Vintage Efficiency 2 Capital Cost

(201 3 $ per MBtu/

hour) 3 Maintenance Cost

(20 13 $ per MBtu/

hour) 3 Service

Life

(Years)

Distillate Oil Furnace 2003 install ed base 0.76 $1 4.46 $ 1.05 15

201 3 typical 0.80 $1 4.40 $ 1.01 1 5

202 0 typical 0.80 $1 4.40 $ 1.01 15

Distillate Oil Boiler 2003 installed base 0.7 9 $17. 83 $0.17 30

2013 current standard 0.82 $1 9.82 $0.1 7 30

201 3 typical 0.83 $ 20.68 $0.1 7 30

201 3 hig h 0.89 $ 30.90 $0.1 5 30

2020 typical 0.83 $ 20.68 $0.1 7 30

2020 high 0.89 $ 30.90 $0.15 30

1 Equipment listed is for the New England Census division, but is also representative of the technology data for the rest of th e United

States. See the source refer ence below for the complete set of technology data.

2 Efficiency me tric s vary by equipment type. Electric roofto p air

- source heat pumps, ground

- source and natural gas heat pumps are rated for heating performance using coefficient of performance (COP) ; natur al gas and distillate furnaces and boilers reflect thermal

e fficiency. Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, “EIA

- Technology Forecast Updates

- Residential and Commercial Building Technologies

- Reference Case

, ” Navigant Consulting, Inc., Marc h 2014

.



## Short

- term price effect and efficiency rebound It is assumed that energy consumption for a given end

- use service is affected by the marginal cost of providing that service. That is, all else equal, a change in the price of a fuel will have an inve rse, but less than proportional, effect on fuel consumption. The current value for the short

- term price elasticity parameter is

- 0.25 for all major end uses except refrigeration. A value of

- 0.1 0 is currently used for commercial refrigeration. A value of

- 0.05 is currently used for personal computers ( PC ) and non

- PC office equipment

and other minor uses of electricity. For example, for lighting, this value implies that for a 1.0% increase in the price of a fuel, there will be a corresponding decrease in ene rgy consumption of 0.25%. Another way of affecting the marginal cost of providing a service is through equipment efficiency. As equipment efficiency changes over time, so will the marginal cost of providing the end

- use service. For example, a 10% increase in efficiency will reduce the cost of providing the service by 10%. The short

- term elasticity parameter for efficiency rebound effects is

- 0.15 for affected end uses; therefore, the demand for the service will rise by

1.5% (

- 10% x

- 0.15). Currently, all se rvices are affected by the short

- term price effect and services affected by efficiency rebound are space heating and cooling, water heating, ventilation and lighting.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 43 

## Legislation and regulations American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA 20 09)

T he ARRA 20 09 legislation passed in February 2009 provides energy

- efficiency funding for federal agencies, State Energy Programs, and block grants. To account for the impact of this funding, states are assumed to adopt and enforce the ASHRAE 90.1

- 2007 standa rd by 2018 for building shell measures, and all public buildings (federal, state, and local) are assumed to use the 10

- year Treasury note rate for purchase decisions related to both new construction and replacement equipment while stimulus funding is avail able. A percentage of the State Energy Program and Conservation Block Grant funding is assumed to be used for solar photovoltaic and small wind turbine installations. Additional stimulus funding is applied to fuel cell

installations.

The ARRA 20 09 provision s remove th e cap on the 30% business i nvestment tax c redit (ITC) for wind turbines.

The ITC is still available for systems installed through 2016. These credits are directly incorporated into the

cash

- flow approach for distributed generation systems.



## Energ y Improvement and Extension Act of 2008 (EIEA 20 08)

The EIEA 20 08 legislation passed in October 2008 extends the ITC provisions of the Energy Policy Act of 2005 and expands the credit to include additional technologies. The ITCs of 30% for solar energy syste ms and fuel cells and 10% for microturbines are extended through 2016. The cap on the fuel cell credit has been increased from $500 to $1,500 per half kilowatt of capacity. The EIEA 20 08 provisions expand the ITC to include a 10% credit for CHP systems and ground

- source heat pumps and a 30% credit for wind turbines with the wind credit capped at $4,000. The expanded credits are available for systems installed through 2016. These credits are directly incorporated into the cash

- flow approach for distributed ge neration systems, including CHP, and factored into the installed capital cost assumptions for solar hot water heaters and ground

- source heat pumps.



## Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA 20 07 )

The EISA 20 07 legislation passed in December 2007 pr ovides standards for specific explicitly modeled commercial equipment. The EISA 20 07 requires specific energy

- efficiency measures in commercial walk

- in

coolers and walk

- in freezers effective January 1, 2009 , with an additional update effective in 2017

. Inca ndescent and halogen lamps must meet standards for maximum allowable wattage based on lumen output starting in 2012 and metal halide lamp fixtures using lamps between 150 and 500 watts are required to have a minimum ballast efficiency ranging from 88% to 9 4%, depending on ballast type, effective January
1, 2009. Additional requirements become effective in 2017.

The EISA 20 07 requirement for federal buildings to use energy

- efficient lighting fixtures and bulbs to the maximum extent possible is represented by adjusting the proportion of the commercial sector assumed to

use the 10

- year Treasury note rate as an implicit discount or hurdle rate for lighting.



## Energy Policy Act of 2005 (EPA CT20 05) The passage of the EPA CT20 05 in August 2005 provides additional minim um efficiency standards for commercial equipment. Some of the standards for explicitly modeled equipment, effective January 1, 2010,

include an increased Energy Efficiency Rating (EER) for small package air conditioning and heating equipment; daily electri city consumption limits by volume for commercial refrigerators, freezers, and

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 44 

### refrigerator

- freezers; and electricity consumption limits per 100 pounds of ice produced based on equipment type and capacity for automatic ice makers. The EPA CT20 05 adds standar ds for medium

- base compact fluorescent lamps effective January 1, 2006, for ballasts for Energy Saver fluorescent lamps effective in 2009 and 2010, and bans the manufacture or import of mercury vapor lamp ballasts effective
January 1, 2008.

Several efficie ncy standards in the EPA CT20 05 pertain to equipment not explicitly represented in the NEMS

Commercial Demand Module. For low

- voltage dry

- type transformers, effects of the standard are included in estimating the share of projected miscellaneous electricity use attributable to transformer losses . For

illuminated exit signs, traffic signals, and commercial premise spray valves, assumed energy reductions are calculated based on per

- unit savings relative to a baseline unit and the estimated share of installed un its and sales that already meet the standard. Total projected reductions are phased in over time to account for

stock turnover. Under the EPA CT20 05 standards, illuminated exit signs and traffic signal modules must meet ENERGY STAR program requirements as o f January 1, 2006. The requirements limit input power demand to 5 watts or less per face for exit signs. Nominal wattages for traffic signal modules are limited to 8 to 15 watts, based on module type. Effective January 1, 2007, low

- voltage dry

- type distrib ution transformers are required to meet the National Electrical Manufacturers Association Class I Efficiency Levels with minimum efficiency levels ranging from 97% to 98.9% based on output. Commercial pre

- rinse spray valves [ 2 6 ] must

have a maximum flow ra te of 1.6 gallons per minute, effective January 1, 2006

, with energy reductions

attributed to hot water use.

The EPA CT20 05 expands the b usiness investment tax c redit to 30% for solar property installed in 2006 and

2007. ITCs of 30% for fuel cells and 10% f or microturbine power plants are also available for property

installed in 2006 and 2007. The EPA CT20 05 tax credit provisions were extended in December 2006 to cover equipment installed in 2008. These credits are directly incorporated into the cash

- flow app roach for distributed generation systems and factored into the installed capital cost assumptions for solar hot water

heaters.



## Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPA CT19 92) A key assumption incorporated in the technology selection process is that the equipment eff iciency

standards described in the EPA CT19 92 constrain minimum equipment efficiencies. The effects of standards are modeled by modifying the technology database to eliminate equipment that no longer meets minimum efficiency requirements. Some of the EPA CT1 9 92 standards implemented in the module include: gas and oil

fired boilers

— minimum combustion efficiency of 0.80 and 0.83, respectively, amended to minimum thermal efficiency of 0.80 and 0.81, respectively, in 2012; gas and oil

- fired furnaces

— minimum therm al efficiency of 0.80 and 0.81, respectively; electric water heaters

— minimum energy factor of 0.85; and gas and oil water

heaters

— minimum thermal efficiency of 0.80 and 0.78, respectively. A fluorescent lamp ballast standard

effective in 2005 mandates elec tronic ballasts with a minimum ballast efficacy factor of 1.17 for 4

- foot, 2

- lamp ballasts and 0.63 for 8

- foot, 2

- lamp ballasts. Fluorescent lamps and incandescent reflector lamb bulbs must meet amended standard levels for minimum average lamp efficacy in 2012. Recent updates for commercial refrigeration equipment include maximum energy consumption standards for refrigerated vending machines and display cases based on volume.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 45 

### The 10% Business Investment Tax Credit for solar energy property included in EPA CT19 92 is directly incorporated into the cash

- flow approach for projecting distributed generation by commercial photovoltaic systems. For solar water heaters, the tax credit is factored into the installed capital cost assumptions used in the technology cho ice submodule.



## Energy efficiency programs Several energy efficiency programs affect the commercial sector. These programs are designed to stimulate investment in more efficient building shells and equipment for heating, cooling, lighting, and miscellaneous

end

- use loads (MELs). The commercial module includes several features that allow projected efficiency to increase in response to voluntary programs ( e.g., the distribution of risk

- adjusted time preference premiums and shell efficiency parameters). Retrofi ts of equipment for space heating, air conditioning and lighting are incorporated in the distribution of premiums given in Table 5.5. Also

, the shell efficiency of new and existing buildings is assumed to increase from 2003 through 2040. Shells for new bui ldings increase in efficiency by 15.0% over this period, while shells for existing buildings increase in efficiency by 6.9%.



# Notes and sources

[1 4 ] U.S. Energy Information Administration, 2003 Commercial Buildings Energy Consumption S urvey (CBECS) Public U se Files, http://www.eia.gov/consumption/commercial/data/2003/index.cfm?view=microdata

[ 1 5 ] The fuels accounted for by the commercial module are electricity, natu ral gas, distillate fuel oil, residual fuel oil, liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), coal, motor gasoline, and kerosene. Current commercial use of biomass (wood, municipal solid waste) is also included. In addition to these fuels

, the use of solar energy is

pro jected based on an exogenous estimate of existing solar photovoltaic system installations, projected installations due to state and local incentive programs, and the potential endogenous penetration of solar photovoltaic systems and solar thermal water hea ters. The use of wind energy is projected based on an estimate of existing distributed wind turbines and the potential endogenous penetration of wind turbines in

the commercial sector.

[ 1 6 ] The end

- use services in the commercial module are heating, cooling , water heating, ventilation, cooking, lighting, refrigeration, PC and non

- PC office equipment and a category denoted “miscellaneous

end

- use loads (MELs)” to account for all other minor end uses.

[ 1 7 ] The 11 building categories are assembly, education, foo d sales, food services, health care, lodging, large offices, small offices, mercantile/services, warehouse, and other.

[ 1 8 ] The detailed documentation of the commercial module contains additional details concerning model structure and operation. Refer to U .S. Energy Information Administration, Model Documentation Report: Commercial Demand Module of the National Energy Modeling System, DOE/EIA M066(201 4 ) ( August 201 4 ).

[ 19 ] The commercial floorspace equations of the Macroeconomic Activity Model are estimated using the

McGraw

- Hill Construction Research & Analytics database of historical floorspace estimates. The McGraw

- Hill Construction estimate for commercial floorspace in the U nited S tates is approximately 16% lower than the

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 46 

### estimate obtained from the CBECS used for the Commercial module. See F.W. Dodge, Building Stock

Database Methodology and 1991 Results, Construction Statistics and Forecasts, F.W. Dodge, McGraw

- Hill.

[ 2 0 ] The commercial module performs attrition for nine vintages of floorspace developed us ing stock estimates from the previous five CBECS and historical floorspace additions data from McGraw

- Hill

Construction data.

[ 2 1 ] In the event that the computation of additions produces a negative value for a specific building type, it

is assumed to be ze ro.

[ 2 2 ] “Other office equipment” includes copiers, fax machines, scanners, multi

- function devices, data center servers, and other miscellaneous office equipment. A tenth category denoted “miscellaneous end

- use loads (MELs)” includes equipment such as ele vators, escalators, medical and other laboratory equipment, laundry, communications equipment, security equipment, transformers, and miscellaneous electrical appliances. Commercial energy consumed outside of buildings and for combined heat and power is als o included in the “MELs” category.

[ 2 3 ] Based on 2003 CBECS end

- use

- level consumption data developed using the methodology described in
Estimation of Energy End

- Use Intensities, http://www.eia.gov/consumption/commercial/estimation

- enduse

- consumption.cfm

.
[ 2 4 ] The proportion of equipment retiring is inversely related to the equipment life.

[ 2 5 ] National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Weather Servi ce, Experimental Monthly Degree Day Forecast, http://www.cpc.ncep.noaa.gov/pacdir/DDdir/ddforecast.txt

. Explanation of forecast is
available at http://www.cpc.ncep.noaa.gov/pacdir/DDdir/N1.html

.
[ 2 6 ] Commercial pre

- rinse spray valves are handheld devices used to remove food residue from dishes and flatware before cleaning.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 47 

# Industrial Demand Module

The NEMS Industrial Demand Module (IDM) estimates energy consumption by energy source (fuels and feedstocks) for 15 manufacturing and 6 non

- manufacturing industries. The manufacturing industries are subdivided further into the energy

- intensive manufacturing industries and non

- energy

- intensive manufacturing industries (Table 6.1). The manufacturing industries are modeled through the use of a detailed process

- flow or end

- use accounting procedure. The non

- manufacturing industries are modeled with less detail because processes are simpler and there is less available data. The petroleum refining industry is not included in the IDM, as it is simulated separately in the Liquid Fuels Market Module (LFMM) of NEMS. The IDM calculates energy consumption for the four Census Regions (see Fi gure 5) and disaggregates regional energy consumption to the nine Census Divisions based on fixed shares from the U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA) State Energy Data System [ 2 7 ]. The model base year for the IDM was updated to 2010 for AEO2014.

T able 6. 1

. Industry categories and NAICS codes

Energy

- Intensive Manufacturing Non

- Energy

- Intensive Manufacturing Non

- Manufacturing

Food products (NAICS 311) Metal

- based durables

Paper and allied

products (NAICS 322)

Fab ricated metal products (NAICS 332) Agricultural crop

production (NAICS 111)

Bulk chemicals Machinery (NAICS 333)

Inorganic (NAICS 32512

- 32518) Computer and electronic

products (NAICS 334) Other agricultural

production (NAICS 112,

113, 1 15)

Organic (NAICS 32511,

32519) Electrical equipment and

appliances (NAICS 335) Coal mining (NAICS 2121)

Resins (NAICS 3252) Transportation equipment

(NAICS 336) Oil and gas

extraction (NAICS 211)

Agricultural

Chemicals (NAICS 3253) Other Metal and other

non

- metallic mining (NAICS 2122

- 2123)

Glass and glass

products (NAICS 3272,

327993) Wood products (NAICS 321)

Cement and Lime (NAICS 32731,

32741) Plastic and rubber

products (NAICS 326) Construction (NAICS 23 )

Iron and Steel (NAICS 3311

- 3312) Balance of manufacturing (NAICS 31

- 33

not already

classified)

Aluminum (NAICS 3313) NAICS = North American Industry Classification System (2007). Source: Office of Management and Budget, North American Indus try Classification system (NAICS)

- United States (Springfield, VA

, National Technical Information Service).

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 48 

### The energy

- intensive manufacturing industries, consisting of food products, paper and allied products, bulk chemicals, glass and glass products, cement and lime, iron and steel, and aluminum, are modeled in considerable detail. Each industry is modeled as three separate but interrelated components: the Process and Assembly (PA) Component, the Buildings (BLD) Component, and the Boiler, Steam, and C ogeneration (BSC) Component. The BSC Component satisfies the steam demand from the PA and BLD Components. In some industries, the PA Component produces byproducts that are consumed in the BSC Component. For the manufacturing industries, the PA Component i s separated into the major production processes or end uses. Petroleum refining (NAICS 32411) is modeled in detail in the LFMM of NEMS, and the projected energy consumption is reported in the manufacturing total.

Projections of refining energy use, lease and plant fuel, and fuels consumed in cogeneration in the oil and gas extraction industry (NAICS 211) are exogenous to the IDM, but endogenous to the NEMS modeling

system.



## Key assumptions

- manufacturing The IDM primarily uses a bottom

- up modeling approach . An energy accounting framework traces energy flows from fuels to the industry’s output. An important assumption in the development of this system is the use of 2010 baseline Unit Energy Consumption (UEC) estimates based on analysis and interpretations of the 2010 Manufacturing Energy Consumption Survey (MECS)

, which is conducted by EIA on a four

- year survey cycle [2 8 ]. The UECs represent the energy required to produce one unit of the industry’s output. A unit of output may be defined in terms of physical units (e.g., tons of steel) or in dollar value of shipments.

The IDM depicts the manufacturing industries, except for petroleum refining, with either a detailed process flow or end use approach. Generally, industries with homogeneous products use a process flow approach,

and those with he terogeneous products use an end

- use approach. Industries that use a process flow approach are paper, glass, cement and lime, iron and steel, and aluminum. Industries that use an end

- use approach are food, bulk chemicals, th e five metal

- based durables industries, wood, plastic and rubber products, and balance of manufacturing. The dominant process technologies are characterized by a combination of unit energy consumption estimates and Technology Possibility Curves (TPC). With the exception of the cement and lime industries, the aluminum industry, and the glass industry, the TPC depicts the assumed average annual rate of change in energy intensity of either a process step or an energy end use (e.g., heating or cooling). The TPC s for new and existing plants vary by industry, vintage and process. These assumed rates were developed using professional engineering judgments regarding the energy characteristics, year of availability, and rate of market adoptions of new process technol ogies.

For the aluminum, glass, and combined cement and lime industries, energy projections are endogenously derived based on data obtained from the technology estimates (e.g., expenditures, energy coefficients, utility needs) in the Consolidated Impacts M odeling System (CIMS) database prepared by the Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, as calibrated using inputs fr om the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) of the U.S. Department of the Interior, Portland Cement Association and MECS 2010 released by EIA [ 29

, 3 0

, 3 1 ].

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 49 

## Process/assembly component The PA Component models each major manufacturing production step or end use for the manufacturing industries. The throughput production for each process step is computed, as well as the energy required to produce it. The unit energy c onsumption (UEC) is defined as the amount of energy to produce a unit of output; it measures the energy intensity of the process or end use.

The module distinguishes the UECs by three vintages of capital stock. The amount of energy consumption reflects the assumption that new vintage stock will consist of state

- of

- the

- art technologies that have different efficiencies from the existing capital stock. Consequently, the amount of energy required to produce a unit of output using new capital stock is often less than that required by the existing capital stock. The old vintage consists of capital existing in 2010 and surviving after adjusting for assumed retirements each year (Table 6.2). New production capacity is assumed to be added in a given proj ection year such that sufficient surviving and new capacity is available to meet the level of an industry’s output as determined in the NEMS Regional Macroeconomic Module. Middle vintage capital is that which is added after 2010 up through the year prior t o the current projection year.

To simulate technological progress and adoption of more

- efficient energy technologies, the UECs are adjusted each projection year based on the assumed TPC for each step. The TPCs are derived from assumptions about the relati ve energy intensity (REI) of productive capacity by vintage (new capacity relative to existing stock in a given year) or over time (new or surviving capacity in 2040 relative to the 2010 stock). For example, state

- of

- the

- art additions to steel hot

- rolling capacity in 2010 are assumed to require only 80 % as much energy as does the average existing plant, so the REI for new capacity in 2010 is 0.80 (see Table 6.3). Over time, the UECs for new capacity change, and the rate of change is given by the TPC. The

UE Cs of the surviving 2010 capital stock are also assumed to change over time, but not as rapidly as for new capital stock because of retrofitting. For example, with hot rolling, the TPC for new facilities is

- 0.804% per year, while the TPC for existing faci lities is

- 0.699% per year. Table 6.3 provides more examples, including alternative assumptions used to reflect an advanced, “high tech” case.

Table 6. 2

. Retirement rates

Industry Retirement Rate
(percent) Industry Retirement Ra te
(percent)

Iron and Steel

Blast Furnace and Basic Steel Products 1.5 Food Products 1.7

Electric Arc Furnace 1.5 Pulp and Paper 2.3

Coke Oven 2.5 Metal

- Based Durables 1.3

Other Steel 2.9 Other Non

- intensive Manufacturing 1.3

Bulk Chem icals 1.7 Note: Except for the Blast Furnace and Basic Steel Products Industry, the retirement rate is the same for each process step o r end

use within an industry. Source: Energy Information Administration, Model Documentation Report: Industrial Secto r Demand Module of the National Energy Modeling System, (Washington, DC, September 2013).

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 50 

### Table 6. 3

. Coefficients for technology possibility curve for manufacturing industries and all industrial
scenarios

applies to all fuels u nless specified

Existing Facilities New Facilities

Industry/Process Unit Reference

REI2040 1 High Tech

REI 2040 1 Reference

TPC% 2 High

Tech

TPC% 2 REI

2010 3 Reference

REI2040 4 High

Tech REI

2040 4 Reference

TPC% 2 High

Tech

TPC% 2

Food Products

- Milling

Process Heating

- Electricity 0.900 0.987

- 0.351

- 0. 045 0.900 0.800 0.875

- 0.392

- 0.094

Process Heating

- Steam 0.810 0.947

- 0.701

- 0.182 0.900 0.711 0.804

- 0.784

- 0.375

Process Cooling

- Electricity 0.900 0.983

- 0.351

- 0.057 0.900 0.800 0.873

- 0.392

- 0.100

Process Cooling

- Natural Gas 0.900 0.987

- 0.35 1

- 0.045 0.900 0.800 0.875

- 0.392

- 0.094

Other

- Electricity 0.900 0.993

- 0.351

- 0.024 0.900 0.800 0.875

- 0.392

- 0.093

Other

- Natural Gas 0.950 0.987

- 0.171

- 0.045 0.9 5 0 0.850 0.924

- 0.370

- 0.094

Food Products

- Daily

Process Heating

- Electric ity 0.980 0.987

- 0.067

- 0.045 0.970 0.950 0.943

- 0.059

- 0.094

Process Heating

- Steam 0.930 0.947

- 0.242

- 0.182 0.950 0.850 0.849

- 0.370

- 0.375

Process Cooling

- Electricity 0.900 0.983

- 0.351

- 0.057 0.900 0.800 0.873

- 0.392

- 0.100

Process Cooling

- Natural Gas 0.980 0.987

- 0.067 0.045 0.970 0.950 0.943

- 0.069

- 0.094

Other

- Electricity 0.930 0.993

- 0.242 0.024 0.960 0.850 0.934

- 0.405

- 0.093

Other

- Natural Gas 0.980 0.987

- 0.067

- 0.045 0.970 0.950 0.943

- 0.069

- 0.094

Food Products

- Animal Process ing

Process Heating

- Electricity 0.980 0.987

- 0.067

- 0.045 0.970 0.950 0.943

- 0.069

- 0.094

Process Heating

- Steam 0.950 0.947

- 0.171

- 0.182 0.950 0.900 0.849

- 0.180

- 0.375

Process Cooling

- Electricity 0.930 0.983

- 0.242

- 0.057 0.950 0.850 0.922

- 0. 370

- 0.100

Process Cooling

- Natural Gas 0.980 0.987

- 0.067

- 0.045 0.970 0.950 0.943

- 0.069

- 0.094

Other

- Electricity 0.950 0.993

- 0.171

- 0.024 0.980 0.900 0.953

- 0.283

- 0.093

Other

- Natural Gas 0.980 0.987

- 0.067

- 0.045 0.970 0.950 0.943

- 0.069

- 0.0 94

Food Products Other

Process Heating

- Electricity 0.980 0.987

- 0.067 0.045 0.970 0.950 0.943

- 0.069

- 0.094

Process Heating

- Steam 0.930 0.947

- 0.242

- 0.182 0.950 0.850 0.849

- 0.370

- 0.375

Process Cooling

- Electricity 0.930 0.983

- 0.242

- 0.057 0.950 0.850 0.922

- 0.370

- 0.100

Process Cooling

- Natural Gas 0.980 0.987

- 0.067

- 0.045 0.970 0.950 0.943

- 0.069

- 0.094

Other

- Electricity NA NA

- 0.171

- 0.024 NA NA NA

- 0.215

- 0.097

Other

- Natural Gas 0.980 0.987

- 0.067

- 0.045 0.970 0.950 0.94 3

- 0.069

- 0.094

Paper & Allied Products

Wood Preparation 0.785 0.990

- 0.802

- 0.033 0.882 0.696 0.990

- 0.790

- 0.386

Waste Pulping

- Electricity 0.934 0.953

- 0.228

- 0.161 0.936 0.936 0.874 0.000

- 0.228

Waste Pulping

- Steam 0.872 0.908

- 0.456

- 0.322 0.936 0.936 0.816 0.000

- 0.456

Mechanical Pulping

- Electricity 0.794 1.006

- 0.767 0.021 0.931 0.613 1.215

- 1.380 0.893

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 51 

### Table 6.3. Coefficients for technology possibility curve for manufacturing industries and all industrial
scenarios (cont.)

app lies to all fuels unless specified

Existing Facilities New Facilities

Industry/Process Unit Reference

REI2040 1 High Tech

REI 2040 1 Reference

TPC% 2 High

Tech

TPC% 2 REI

2010 3 Reference

REI2040 4 High

Tech REI

2040 4 Reference

TPC% 2 High

Tech

TPC% 2

Paper & Allied Products (cont.)

Mechanical Pulping

- Steam 0. 629 1.013

- 1.533

- 0.04 3 0.9 31 0. 4 0 2 1.583

- 2.760 1.767

Semi

- Chemical

- Electricity 0.949 0.983

- 0.173

- 0.025 0.971 0.929 0.956

- 0.149

- 0.052

Semi

- Chemical

- Steam 0.901 0.985

- 0.346

- 0.051 0.971 0.8 88 0.941

- 0.297

- 0.105

K raft, Sulfite, Misc. Chemicals 0.856 0.928

- 0.519

- 0.249 0.914 0.807 0.786

- 0.415

- 0.502

K raft, Sulfite, Misc. Chemicals

-

Steam 0.731 0.861

- 1.037

- 0.498 0.914 0.712 0.675

- 0.830

- 1.004

Bleaching

- Electricity 0.773 0.927

- 0.853

- 0.252 0.878 0.674 0.913

- 0.878 0.129

Bleaching

- Steam 0.596 0.859

- 1.706

- 0.504 0.878 0.516 0.949

- 1.756 0.259

Paper Making 0.864 0.830

- 0.485

- 0.621 0.855 0.851 0.584

- 0.132

- 1.376

Paper Making

- Steam 0.747 0.687

- 0.969

- 1.242 0.855 0.818 0. 383

- 0.264

- 2.753

Iron and Steel

Coke Oven

- Electricity 0.932 0.879

- 0.233

- 0.429 0.902 0.868 0.652

- 0.128

- 1.216

Coke Oven

- Steam 0.869 0.772

- 0.467

- 0.858 0.902 0.835 0.470

- 0.257

- 2.152

BF/BPF

- Electricity 0.993 0.950

- 0.022

- 0.172 0. 987 0.987 0.882 NA

- 0.375

BF/BOF

- Steam 0.987 0.902

- 0.045

- 0.345 0.987 0.987 0.787 NA

- 0.751

EAF

- Electricity 0.912 0.901

- 0.308

- 0.346 0.990 0.825 0.775

- 0.606

- 0.813

Hot Rolling 7 0.810 0.902

- 0.699

- 0.344 0.800 0.628 0.596

- 0.804

- 0.978

Hot Ro lling

- Steam 7 0.656 0.813

- 1.397

- 0.687 0.800 0.492 0.442

- 1.608

- 1.956

Cold Rolling 7 0.709 0.947

- 1.397

- 0.183 0.924 0.422 0.851

- 2.580

- 0.273

Cold Rolling

- Steam 7 0.500 0.896

- 2.281

- 0.365 0.924 0.189 0.784

- 5.160

- 0.546

Bulk Chemicals

Process He ating

- Electricity 0.893 0.965

- 0.376

- 0.120 0.900 0.793 0.861

- 0.420

- 0.149

Process Heating

- Steam 0.798 0.866

- 0.751

- 0.478 0.900 0.699 0.752

- 0.840

- 0.597

Process Cooling

- Electricity 0.867 0.951

- 0.476

- 0.168 0.850 0.743 0.810

- 0.446

- 0.159

Pro cess Cooling

- Natural Gas 0.893 0.965

- 0.376

- 0.120 0.900 0.793 0.861

- 0.420

- 0.149

Electro

- Chemicals 0.979 0.993

- 0.072

- 0.025 0.950 0.843 0.911

- 0.396

- 0.141

Other

- Electricity 0.908 0.967

- 0.321

- 0.113 0.915 0.803 0.873

- 0.434

- 0.155

Other

- Natur al Gas 0.893 0.965

- 0.376

- 0.120 0.900 0.793 0.861

- 0.420

- 0.149

Metal

- based Durables

Fabricated Metals

Process Heating

- Electricity 0.712 0.642

- 1.427

- 1.468 0.675 0.406 0.329

- 1.679

- 2.370

Process Cooling

- Electricity 0.650 0.57 6

- 1.427

- 1.820 0.636 0.371 0.299

- 1.784

- 2.493

Process Cooling

- Natural Gas 0.712 0.642

- 1.127

- 1.468 0.675 0.406 0.329

- 1.679

- 2.370

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 52 

### Table 6.3. Coefficients for technology possibility curve for manufacturing industries and all industrial
scenarios (c ont.)
applies to all fuels unless specified

Existing Facilities New Facilities

Industry/Process Unit Reference

REI2040 1 High Tech

REI 2040 1 Reference

TPC% 2 High

Tech

TPC% 2 REI

2010 3 Reference

REI2040 4 High

Tech REI

2040 4 Reference

TPC% 2 High

Tech

TPC% 2

Metal

- based Durables

Fabricated Metals (cont.)

Electro

- Chemical Process 0.937 0.887

- 0.216

- 0.398 0.713 0.441 0.359

- 1.586

- 2.261

Other

- Electricity 0.748 0.681

- 0.962

- 1.274 0.686 0.406 0.327

- 1.737

- 2.439

Machinery

Process Heating

- Electricity 0. 712 0. 642

- 1.427

- 1.468 0. 675 0. 314 0. 329

- 2.519

- 2.370

Process Cooling

- Electricity 0.650 0.576

- 1.427

- 1.820 0.638 0.283 0.299

- 2.676

- 2.493

Process Cooling

- Natural Gas 0.712 0.642

- 1.127

- 1.468 0.675 0.314 0.329 2.519

- 2.370

Electro

- Chemical Process 0.937 0.887

- 0.216

- 0.398 0.713 0.346 0.359 2.379

- 2.251

Other

- Electricity 0.748 0.681

- 0.962

- 1.274 0.686 0.311 0.327

- 2.606

- 2.439

Computers and Electronics

Process Heating

- Electricity 0.798 0.744

- 0.75 1

- 0.979 0.720 0.559 0.504

- 0.840

- 1.185

Process Cooling

- Electricity 0.751 0.693

- 0.952

- 1.213 0.680 0.520 0.467

- 0.892

- 1.247

Process Cooling

- Natural Gas NA NA

- 0.751

- 0.979 NA NA NA

- 0.840

- 1.185

Electro

- Chemical Process 0.958 0.923

- 0.144

- 0 .265 0.760 0.599 0.540

- 0.793

- 1.130

Other

- Electricity 0.824 0.774

- 0.641

- 0.850 0.732 0.563 0.507

- 0.869

- 1.219

Electrical Equipment

Process Heating

- Electricity 0.798 0.744

- 0.751

- 0.979 0.720 0.559 0.504

- 0.840

- 1.185

Process Heating

- Steam NA NA

- 1.502

- 3.914 NA NA NA

- 1.679

- 4.740

Process Cooling

- Electricity 0.751 0.693

- 0.952

- 1.213 0.680 0.520 0.467

- 0.892

- 1.247

Process Cooling

- Natural Gas 0.798 0.744

- 0.751

- 0.979 0.720 0.559 0.504

- 0.840

- 1.185

Electro

- Chemical Proces s 0.958 0.923

- 0.144

- 0.265 0.760 0.599 0.540

- 0.793

- 1.130

Other

- Electricity 0.824 0.774

- 0.641

- 0.850 0.732 0.563 0.507

- 0.869

- 1.219

Transportation Equipment

Process Heating

- Electricity 0.854 0.814

- 0.526

- 0.685 0.765 0.625 0.575

- 0.672

- 0.948

Process Heating

- Steam 0.728 0.435

- 1.052

- 2.740 0.765 0.510 0.240

- 1.343

- 3.792

Process Cooling

- Electricity 0.818 0.774

- 0.666

- 0.849 0.723 0.583 0.535

- 0.714

- 0.997

Process Cooling

- Natural Gas 0.854 0.814

- 0.526

- 0.685 0.765 0.625 0.575

- 0.672

- 0.948

Electro

- Chemical Process 0.970 0.946

- 0.101

- 0.186 0.808 0.667 0.615

- 0.635

- 0.904

Other

- Electricity 0.874 0.836

- 0.449

- 0.595 0.778 0.631 0.580

- 0.695

- 0.975

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 53 

### Table 6.3. Coefficients for technology possibility curve for manufacturi ng industries and all industrial
scenarios (cont.)
applies to all fuels unless specified

Existing Facilities New Facilities

Industry/Process Unit Reference

REI2040 1 High Tech

REI 2040 1 Reference

TPC% 2 High

Tech

TPC% 2 REI

2010 3 Reference

REI2040 4 High

Tech REI

2040 4 Reference

TPC% 2 High

Tech

TPC% 2

Other

- Non

- Intensive Manufacturing

Wood Products

Process Heating

- Electricity 0.712 0.747

- 0.751

- 0.968 0.675 0.524 0.308

- 1.679

- 2.358

Process Heating

- Steam 0.505 0.306

- 1.502

- 3.861 0.675 0.406 0.032

- 3.358

- 9.432

Process Cooling

- Electricity 0.650 0.696

- 0.952

- 1.203 0.638 0.487 0.280

- 1.784

- 2.481

Process Cooling

- Natural Gas 0.712 0.747

- 0.751

- 0.968 0.675 0.524 0.308

- 1.679

- 2.558

Electro

- Chemical Process 0.937 0.979

- 0.144

- 0.070 0.713 0. 561 0.600

- 1.586

- 0.342

Other

- Electricity 0.748 0.915

- 0.641

- 0.295 0.686 0.528 0.310

- 1.737

- 2.388

Plastic Products

Process Heating

- Electricity 0.798 0.747

- 0.751

- 0.968 0.675 0.524 0.473

- 0.840

- 1.179

Process Heating

- Steam 0.635 0.306

- 1.052

- 3.871 0.675 0.406 0.158

- 1.679

- 4.716

Process Cooling

- Electricity 0.751 0.696

- 0.952

- 1.203 0.638 0.487 0.438

- 0.892

- 1.241

Process Cooling

- Natural Gas 0.798 0.747

- 0.751

- 0.968 0.675 0.524 0.473

- 0.840

- 1.179

Electro

- Chemical Process 0 .958 0.969

- 0.144

- 0.070 0.713 0.561 0.677

- 0.793

- 0.171

Other

- Electricity 0.824 0.915

- 0.641

- 0.295 0.686 0.528 0.479

- 0.869

-- 1.194

Balance of Manufacturing

Process Heating

- Electricity 0.844 0.804

- 0.563

- 0.726 0.675 0.551 0.508

- 0.672

- 0 .943

Process Heating

- Steam 0.712 0.627

- 1.127

- 1.546 0.675 0.450 0.292

- 1.343

- 2.753

Process Cooling

- Electricity 0.825 0.762

- 0.714

- 0.902 0.638 0.514 0.473

- 0.714

- 0.992

Process Cooling

- Natural Gas 0.844 0.804

- 0.563

- 0.726 0.675 0.551 0.508

- 0.672

- 0.943

Electro

- Chemical Process 0.968 0.984

- 0.108

- 0.053 0.713 0.589 0.684

- 0.634

- 0.137

Other Natural Gas 0.844 0.826

- 0.563

- 0.636 0.675 0.551 0.517

- 0.672

- 0.883

1 REI 2040 Existing Facilities = Ratio of 2040 energy intensity to average 201 0 energy intensity for existing facilities.

2 TPC = annual rate of change between 2010 and 2040.

3 REI 2010 New Facilities = For new facilities, the ratio of state

- of

- the

- art energy intensity to average 2010 energy intensity for existing facilities.

4 REI 204 0 New Facilities = Ratio of 2040 energy intensity for a new state

- of

- the

- art facility to the average 2010 intensity for existing

facilities.

5 REI s and TPCs apply to virgin and recycled materials.

6 No new plants are likely to be built with these technologie s.

7 Net shape casting is projected to reduce the energy requirements for hot and cold rolling rather than for the continuous cast ing step. NA = Not applicable.

BF = Blast furnace. BOF = Basic oxygen furnace. EAF = Electric arc furnace.
Source: SAIC, IDM B ase Year Update with MECS 2010 Data, unpublished data prepared for the Industrial Team, Office of Energy Consumption and Efficiency Analysis, Energy Information Administration, Washington, DC, July 2013.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 54 

### For the new submodules cement and lime, aluminum, a nd glass baseline capacity (as of year 2008 or 2009) is assumed to retire at a linear rate over a fixed period of time (20 years). Incremental, or added, capacity is assumed to retire according to a logistic survival function. In addition, for the cement i ndustry, retirement of existing wet process kiln technology is assumed to be permanent; only dry process kilns can be added to replace retired wet kilns or to satisfy needed additional capacity.

The concepts of REI and TPCs are a means of embodying assumpt ions regarding new technology adoption in the manufacturing industry and the associated change in energy consumption of capital without characterizing individual technologies in detail. The approach reflects the assumption that industrial plants will chang e energy consumption as owners replace old equipment with new, sometimes more

- efficient equipment, add new capacity, add new products, or upgrade their energy management practices. The reasons for the increased efficiency are not likely to be directly attr ibutable to technology choice decisions, changing energy prices, or other factors readily subject to modeling. Instead, the module uses the REI and TPC concepts to characterize intensity trends for bundles of technologies available for major process steps

or end use.

There are two exceptions to the general approach in the PA component. The first is for electric motor technology choice implemented for nine industries to simulate their electric machine drive energy end use. Machine drive electricity consumpti on in the bulk chemicals industry, the food industry, the five metal

based durables industries, wood, plastics and rubber products, and balance of manufacturing is calculated by a motor stock model. The beginning stock of motors is modified over the projec tion horizon as motors are added to accommodate growth in shipments for each sector, as motors are retired and replaced, and as failed motors are rewound. When an old motor fails, an economic choice is made on whether to repair or replace the motor. When a new motor is added, either to accommodate growth or as a replacement, the motor must meet the minimum efficiency standard and a premium efficiency motor is also available. Table 6.4 provides the beginning stock efficiency for seven motor size groups in ea ch of the three industry groups,

as well as efficiencies for EPACT minimum and premium motors [ 3 2 ]. As the motor stock changes over the projection horizon, the overall efficiency of the motor population changes as well.

The second exception in the PA comp onent is the Cement and Lime, Aluminum , and glass submodules. The methodology is described below.

The addition of the cement and lime submodule, the aluminum submodule, and the glass submodule are among several enhancements of the energy

- intensive industri es within the IDM. Instead of the aggregate energy intensity evolving according to TPCs for both new and vintage equipment for the process flows, the new submodules utilize detailed technology choice for each process flows. The new modules calculate

surviv ing capacity based on retirement and needed capacity based on shipments and surviving capacity. Existing capital equipment retires linearly and new capital equipment retires according to a non

- linear “S” curve over the useful life of the equipment. The ex act shape of the “S” curve can be obtained by parameters adjusted by the user. New capital equipment information (capital and operating costs, energy use, and emissions) were obtained from the Consolidated Impacts Modeling System (CIMS) database. Each

st ep of the process flow allows for multiple technology choices whose fuel type and efficiency are known at the national level, as regional fuel breakouts are fixed using available EIA data.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 55 

## Combined cement and lime industry For the cement process flow, each step (raw material grinding, kiln

– both rotation and burner, finished grinding) allows for multiple technology choices whose fuel type and efficiency are known at the national level, as regional fuel breakouts are fixed using available EIA data.

Cement h as both dry and wet mill processes. Some technologies are available to both processes, while others are available to only one process. The technology choices within each group are:

1. Raw materials grinding: ball mill, roller mill

2. Kilns (rotators): rotary lon g with preheat, precalcining, and computer control (dry process o nly), rotary preheat with high

- efficiency cooler (dry only), rotary preheat, precalcine with efficient cooler (dry process only), rotary wet standard with waste heat recovery boiler and cogen eration (wet process only)

3. Kilns (burners): standard fired by natural gas, efficient fired by natural gas, standard fired by oil, efficient fired by oil, standard fired by coal, standard fired by petroleum coke, standard fired by hazardous wa ste,
standard fired by residue

- derived fuel

4. Finished grinders: standard ball mill, finishing ball mill with high

- efficiency separator, standard roller mill, finishing roller mill with high

- efficiency separator

The technology slate in each of these process steps evolves over time and depends on the relative cost of equipment, cost of fuel, and fuel efficiency.

The base year technology slate is determined from the latest CIMS database and calibrated for the year 2008 with dry and wet mill capacity cement fuel use data from the Portland Cement Association, the USGS, and the 2010 MECS. All new cement capacity, both for replacement and increased production, is assumed to be dry cement capacity. Existing wet capacity is assumed to retire at a linear rate over 20 years with no

r eplacement. Imported clinker, additives, and fly

- ash are assumed to make constant percentage contributions to the finished product and thus “displace” a certain amount of domestic clinker production, and therefore energy use.

Lime shipments are estimated u sing a fixed percentage of nonmetallic minerals shipments (NAICS 327)

. Lime shipments, plus cement shipments, are presented together as the consolidated cement and lime output. Energy consumption and technology evolution in the lime industry are driven by the same methods implemented for cement, with different, industry

- specific equipment choices.



## Aluminum industry For the aluminum process flow, each step (alumina production, anode production, and electrolysis for primary aluminum production, and melting f or secondary production), allows for multiple technology choices whose fuel type and efficiency are known, as well as other operating characteristics. Technology shares are known at the national level, with regional fuel breakouts based on fixed allocation s using

available EIA data.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 56 

### The aluminum industry has both primary and secondary production processes, which vary greatly in their energy demands. As such, the extents of these processes are based on the aluminum industry’s projected production and its h istorical share of production processes attenuated by relevant regional energy prices. Therefore, the fraction of total throughput from each aluminum production process varies over the model projections. However, it is assumed based on expert judgment that no new primary aluminum plants will be

built in the U nited S tates before 2040, although capacity expansion of existing primary smelters may occur.

Some technologies are available to both processes, while others are available to only one process. The

techn ology choices within each production processing group are:

1. Primary smelting (Hall

- Heroult electrolysis cell) is represented as smelting in four pre

- bake anode technologies that denote standard and retrofitted choices and one inert anode wetted cathode choi ce.
2. Anode production, used in primary production only, is represented by three natural gas

- fired furnaces under various configurations in forming and baking pre

- bake anodes and the formation of Söderberg anodes. Note that anodes are a major requirement for the Hall

- Heroult process.

3. Alumina production (Bayer Process) is used in primary production only and selects between existing natural gas facilities and those with retrofits.

4. Secondary production selects between two natural gas

- fired melters

– i.e., a stan dard an d a melter with high efficiency

The technology slate in each of these process steps evolves over time and depends on the relative cost of equipment, cost of fuel, and fuel efficiency. The base year technology slate is determined from the latest

CIM S database and calibrated for the base year 2010 MECS and the USGS. All new capacities for aluminum production, both for replacement and increased production needs, are now assumed to be either pre

existing primary production or new secondary production, b ased on historical trend data and projected energy prices. Similar to the energy

- intensive technology of the cement industry, the lifespan of existing and new production capacity is assumed to be 20 and 30 years, respectively. In addition, production that has

been idled is allowed to re

- enter production before new equipment is built.



## Glass industry For the glass process flow, each step of the three glass product processes modeled in the IDM (flat glass, pressed and blown glass, glass containers) allows for multiple technology choices whose fuel type and efficiency are known, as well as other operating characteristics.

For flat glass (NAICS 327211) the process steps include batch preparation, furnace, form & finish, and tempering. For pressed and blown glass (NAICS 327212), the process steps include preparation, furnace, form & finish, and fire polish. For glass containers (NAICS 327213), the process steps include preparation, furnaces, and form & finish. For fiberglass (“mineral wool”

– NAICS 327993) , the pr ocess steps include preparation, furnaces, and form & finish. The final category (“glass from glass products”

– NAICS 327215) was not modeled as a process flow with technology choice but instead endowed with fuel

- specific UECs

which evolved over time via T PC.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 57 

### Table 6. 4

. Cost and performance parameters for industrial motor choice model

Industrial Sector 2002 Stock Premium Premium Cost

Horsepower Range Efficiency (%) Efficiency (%) (2002$)

Food

1

- 5 hp 81.3 89.2 601

6

- 20 hp 87.1 92.5 1,338

21

- 50 hp 90.1 93.8 2,585

51

- 100 hp 92.7 95.3 6,290

101

- 200 hp 93.5 95.2 11,430

201

- 500 hp 93.8 95.4 29,991

> 500 hp 93.0 96.2 36,176

Bulk Chemicals

1

- 5 hp 82.0 89.4 601

6

- 20 hp 87.4 92.6 1,338

21

- 50 hp 90.4 93.9 2,585

51

- 100 hp 92.4 95.4 6,290

101

- 200 hp 93.5 95.3 11,430

201

- 500 hp 93.3 95.5 29,991

> 500 hp 93.2 96.2 36,176

Metal

- Based Durables a

1

- 5 hp 81.9 89.2 601

6

- 20 hp 87.0 92.5 1,338

21

- 50 hp 89.9 93.9 2,585

51

- 100 hp 92.0 95.3 6,29 0

101

- 200 hp 93.5 95.2 11,430

201

- 500 hp 93.7 95.4 29,991

>500 hp 93.0 96.2 36,176 Balance of Manufacturing b

1

- 5 hp 83.0 89.2 601

6

- 20 hp 88.3 92.5 1,338

21

- 50 hp 90.3 93.9 2,585

51

- 100 hp 92.7 95.3 6,290

101

- 200 hp 94.3 95.2 11,430

201

- 50 0 hp 94.2 95.4 29,991

>500 hp 92.9 96.2 36,176

a The metal

- based durables group includes five sectors that are modeled separately: Fabricated Metals; Machinery; Computers and Electronics; Electrical Equipment; and Transportation Equipment.

b The balance o f manufacturing group includes three sectors that are modeled separately: Wood Products; Plastic and Rubber Products; and All Other Manufacturing. Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Model Documentation Report, Industrial Sector Demand Module of the National Energy Modeling System (Washington, DC, September 2013). Note: The efficiencies listed in this table are operating efficiencies based on average part

- loads. Because the average part

- load is not the same for all industries, the listed effi ciencies for the different motor sizes vary across industries.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 58 

### Below is a summary list of technologies used in the glass sub

- module. Not all of the technologies below are available to all processes.

1. The preparation step (collection, grinding, and mixing o f raw materials including cullet) uses either a standard set of grinders/motors or an advanced set that is computer

- controlled.

2. The furnaces, which melt the glass , are air

- fueled or oxy

- fueled burners which employ natural gas. Electric boosting furnace tec hnology is also available. Direct electric (or Joule) heating is available for fiberglass production.

3. The form & finish process is done for all glass products and the technologies can be selected from h igh

pressure gas

- fired computer

- controlled or basic te chnology.

4. There is no known technology choice for the tempering step (flat glass) or the polish (blown glass).

Placeholders for more

- efficient future technology choices were implemented, but their introduction into these processes was rather limited.

As wi th the other sub

- modules, the technology slate in each of these process steps evolves over time and depends on the relative cost of equipment, cost of fuel, and fuel efficiency. Oxy

- fueled burners were added as a retrofit to the burner technologies, and th eir additive impact is determined by the relative price of natural gas vs. electricity.



## Petrochemical feedstock requirement This subroutine estimates feedstock requirements for the major petrochemical intermediates such as ethylene, propylene, and butadien e. The primary feedstocks used to produce these chemicals are natural gas liquids (NGL) (ethane, propane, butane) and petrochemical (oil

- based) f eedstocks (gas oil, naphtha) [3 3 ]. Biomass is a potential raw material source, but it is assumed that there wil l be no biomass

- based capacity over the projection period because of economic barriers. The type of feedstock not only determines the source of feedstock but also the energy for heat and power requirements to produce the chemicals.

To determine the relativ e amounts of feedstock (NGL or oil

- based) baseline intensities, feedstock consumption intensities are derived from the 2010 MECS. Feedstock consumption of both types grows or declines with organic chemicals shipment value. It should be noted that there is no change in the feedstock intensity over time, i.e., all feedstock TPCs are assumed to be zero. Unlike most other processes represented in manufacturing PA components, chemical yields are governed by basic chemical stoichiometry which allows for specific yields under set conditions of pressure and temperature. For the projected LPG feedstock quantities, a further subdivision is made into refinery

- produced propylene and ethane. All ethane produced by the NEMS Oil & Gas Supply Module is absorbed by the chemi cal model. The remaining balance of LPG feedstock requirement is a mixture of pentanes plus, butane, and propane. The historical (baseline) feedstock consumption values for 2013 were obtained from Table 6.5 which displays EIA’s assessment of

historical an nual feedstock consumption for chemicals.



## Buildings component The total buildings energy demand by industry for each region is a function of regional industrial employment and output. Building energy consumption was estimated for building lighting, HVAC (h eating, ventilation, and air conditioning), facility support, and on

- site transportation. Space heating was further divided to estimate the amount provided by direct combustion of fossil fuels and that provided by steam

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 59 

### (Table 6.5). Energy consumption in t he BLD Component for an industry is estimated based on regional employment and output growth for that industry using the 2010 MECS as a basis.

Table 6. 5 . Non

- combustion use of fo ssil fuels, selected years 1980

- 2013

quadrillion Bt u

Year Hydrocarbon Gas Liquids 1 Petrochemical
Feedstocks Other 2 Natural Gas 3

2001 1.78 1.16 0.27 0.70

2002 1 .88 1.2 1 0.28 0.6 8

2003 1.83 1.31 0.28 0.61

2004 1.92 1.53 0.28 0.54

2005 1.78 1.41 0.29 0.48

2006 1 .85 1.42 0.30 0.40

2007 1.86 1.31 0.27 0. 43

2008 1.70 1.12 0.28 0.47

2009 1.85 0.9 0 0.35 0.48

2010 1 .99 0. 9 4 0. 37 0.51

2011 2 .12 0. 88 0. 40 0.55

2012 2.16 0. 74 0.37 0.58

2013 p 2.22 0. 74 0. 39 0.59

1 Includes natural gasoline

-- hydrocarbon gas liquids were previously called natural gas liquid s and natural gasoline is pentanes plus.

2 Distillate fuel oil, residual fuel oil, waxes, still gas not burned as a refinery fuel and miscellaneous products.

3 U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA) has altered the methodology for the natural gas

estim ates. The estimates are based on data for methanol and ammonia production that are used to

move the MECS values for nonfuel uses of natural gas in non

- MECS years. P=Preliminary.

Notes: Estimates of consumption for non

- combustion use shown in this table ar e included in total energy consumption (see Table 1.3). See Note 2, "Non

- Combustion Use of Fossil Fuels," at end of section. Because of changes in methodology, data series may be revised annually. Estimates of non

combustion use in this table are considere d industrial uses with the exception of approximately half

of the lubricants which are considered transportation use. Totals may not equal sum of components

due to independent rounding. Web Pages: See http://www.eia.gov/totalenergy/data/annual/#summary for all data beginning in 1980. For related information, see http://www.eia.gov/environment/

. Sources: Petroleum Products: 1980

— EIA, Energy Data Reports, Petroleum Statement, Annual and Sales of Liquefied Petroleum Gases and Ethane in 1980. 1981 forward

— EIA, Petroleum Supply Annual, annual reports, and unpublished data. Natural Gas: 1980

— Bureau of the Census, 1980 Survey of Manufactures , Hydrocarbon, Coal, and Coke Materials Consumed. 1981 forward

— U.S. Department of Commerce. Coal: 1980 forward

— EIA estimates based on the methodology underlying

the nonfuel emissions calculations in EIA’s Emissions of Greenhouse Gases in the United State s 2008.
Percent of Total Energy Consumption: Derived by dividing total nonfuel by total energy consumption

on Table 1.3.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 60 

## Boiler, steam, and cogeneration component The steam demand and byproducts from the PA and BLD Components are passed to the BSC Compone nt, which applies a heat rate and a fuel share equation (Table 6.6) to the boiler steam requirements to compute the required energy consumption.

The boiler fuel shares apply only to the fuels that are used in boilers for steam

- only applications. Fuel use f or the portion of the steam demand associated with combined heat and power (CHP) is described in the next section. Some fuel switching for the remainder of the boiler fuel use is assumed and is calculated with a logit

- sharing equation where fuel shares are a function of fuel prices. The equation is calibrated to 2010 so that the 2010 fuel shares are produced for the relative prices that prevailed in 2010.

The byproduct fuels, production of which is estimated in the PA Component, are assumed to be consumed

w ithout regard to price, independent of purchased fuels. The boiler fuel share equations and calculations are based on the 2010 MECS and information from the Council of Industrial Boiler Owners. [3 4 ]



## Combined heat and power CHP plants, which are designed to produce both electricity and useful heat, have been used in the industrial sector for many years. The CHP estimates in the module are based on the assumption that the historical relationship between industrial steam demand and CHP will continue in the fut ure, and that the rate of additional CHP penetration will depend on the economics of retrofitting CHP plants to replace steam generated from existing non

- CHP boilers. The technical potential for CHP is primarily based on supplying thermal requirements (i.e ., matching thermal loads). Capacity additions are then determined by the interaction of CHP investment payback periods (with the time value of money included) derived using operating hours reported in EIA’s published statistics, market penetration rates f or investments with those payback periods, and regional deployment for these systems as characterized by the “collaboration

coefficien ts” in Table 6.9 . Assumed installed costs for the CHP systems are given in Table 6. 8

.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 61 

### Table 6. 6

. 2010 B uilding component energy consumption

trillion Btu

Building Use and Energy Source

Industry Region Lighting Electricity Consumption HVAC Electricity Consumption HVAC Natural

Gas Consumption HVAC Steam Consumption Facility Support
Total

Consum ption Onsite Transportation
Total Consumption

Food Products 1 2.1 2.1 3.3 2.1 1.7 0.9

2 9.7 9.7 14.8 4.9 7.4 0.9

3 6.8 6.8 8.7 5.5 4.4 1.6

4 3.5 3.5 7.4 4.7 3.8 3.0

Paper & Allied Products 1 1.2 1.3 2.8 0.0 0.3 0.9

2 3.7 4.0 3.3 0.0 0.3 0.9

3 6.8 7.4 7.1 0.0 0.7 2.0

4 3.2 3.4 2.2 0.0 0.3 0.9

Bulk Chemicals 1 0.8 1.0 3.7 0.0 2.8 5.2

2 2.9 3.5 5.8 0.0 3.9 5.6

3 7.7 9.3 15.0 0.0 9.0 9.7

4 0.9 1.0 3.7 0.0 2.8 5.0

Glass & Glass Products 1 0.4 0.5 3.8 0.0 3.2 3.4

2 0.7 0.9 4.1 0.0 3.3 3 .4

3 0.9 1.2 4.5 0.0 3.4 3.5

4 0.3 0.4 3.4 0.0 3.1 3.4

Cement 1 0.1 0.1 0.6 0.0 0.6 1.1

2 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.0 0.6 1.1

3 0.4 0.4 0.7 0.0 0.7 1.1

4 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.0 0.5 0.6

Iron & Steel 1 0.8 0.8 1.9 0.0 0.7 0.6

2 2.7 2.7 8.7 0.0 1.9 2.4

3 3.1 3 .1 3.6 0.0 1.0 1.7

4 0.4 0.4 1.0 0.0 0.6 0.6

Aluminum 1 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.0 0.2 0.2

2 0.8 0.8 1.0 0.0 0.3 0.3

3 0.8 8.8 2.6 0.0 0.7 0.8

4 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.0 0.1 0.2

Metal

- Based Durables 1 1.8 1.5 5.1 2.9 0.6 1.4

Fabricated Metal Products 2 6. 6 5.6 16.3 9.1 1.2 1.5

3 5.2 4.4 8.8 5.0 0 .8 1.7

4 1.4 1.2 2.6 1.5 0 .2 0.3

Machinery 1 1.6 2.3 4.2 0 .7 0.2 0.2

2 4.8 6.8 20.7 3.6 0.9 0.9

3 3.1 4.3 8.6 1.5 0 .5 0.7

4 0.6 0 .8 0 .5 0 .1 0 .1 0.2

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 62 

### Table 6.6. 2010 Boiler fuel component energy cons umption (cont.)

trillion Btu

Building Use and Energy Source

Industry Region Lighting Electricity Consumption HVAC Electricity Consumption HVAC Natural

Gas Consumption HVAC Steam Consumption Facility Support
Total Consumption Onsite Transportation

Tot al Consumption Computers & Electronic
Products 1 2. 2 5.6 4.2 2. 5 0.9 0. 8

2 2.0 4.0 4.4 2.7 0.9 0.8

3 4.2 10.5 4.4 2.7 0.9 0.8

4 4.1 10.2 9.4 5 .7 1.2 0.8

Transportation Equipment 1 1. 6 2.0 4 .8 0. 4 0. 6 0. 2

2 10.5 13.1 2 3. 1 2.1 2.0 1.2

3 6.1 7. 6 10.1 0. 9 1.1 0.8

4 2.5 3.1 3.9 0.4 0.3 0.2

Electrical Equipment 1 0.7 1.0 1 .7 1.3 0.5 0.5

2 1.1 1.6 2.6 2.1 0.4 0.4

3 2.1 3.1 4 .0 3.1 0.6 0.4

4 0.2 0.3 0.1 0. 1 0.1 0.4
Other Non

- Intensive

Manufacturing

Wood Products 1 0. 2 0. 2 0 .8 2.5 0.5 0 .4

2 0.6 0.5 1.6 4.9 0.7 1.7

3 2.4 1.8 2.7 8.4 0.7 2.1

4 0.8 0.6 1.3 4 .0 0.3 4.2

Plastic Products 1 0. 8 0. 9 1.8 0.0 0. 2 0.3

2 4.5 5.6 7.7 0.0 0 .5 0.7

3 5.5 6.8 10.3 0.0 0.7 0.8

4 2.5 3.0 2.1 0.0 0.2 0. 2

Balance of Manufacturing 1 5.5 9.1 13.4 0.0 0.0 1.2

2 10.5 17.4 20.6 0.0 0.0 2.1

3 15.7 26.0 28.1 0.0 0.0 3.4

4 4.5 7.5 9.5 0.0 0.0 0. 8 HVAC = Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning. Source: SAIC, IDM Base Year Update with MECS 2010 Data, unpublished dat a prepared for the Industrial Team, Office of Energy Consumption and Efficiency Analysis, Energy Information Administration, Washington, DC, July 2013.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 63 

### Table 6. 7

. 2010 Boiler fuel component and logit parameter

trillion Btu

R egion Alpha Natural Gas Coal Oil Renewables

Food Products 1

- 2.0 33 1 3 1

2

- 2.0 147 131 3 31

3

- 2

. 0 8 5 14 6 31

4

- 2.0 74 18 3 8

Paper & Allied Products 1

- 2.0 44 44 8 122

2

- 2.0 55 55 9 97

3

- 2.0 113 81 45 898

4

- 2.0 35 16 2 108

Bulk Chem icals 1

- 2.0 17 0 55 0

2

- 2.0 164 43 17 0

3

- 2.0 705 18 56 0

4

- 2.0 21 44 6 0

Glass & Glass Products 1

- 2.0 1 0 2 1

2

- 2.0 1 0 2 1

3

- 2.0 1 0 2 1

4

- 2.0 0 0 2 1

Cement 1

- 2.0 0 0 0 1

2

- 2.0 0 0 0 5

3

- 2.0 0 0 0 3

4

- 2.0 0 0 0 1

Iron & Steel 1

- 2.0 4 6 16 0

2

- 2.0 24 0 64 0

3

- 2.0 9 0 14 0

4

- 2.0 2 0 0 0

Aluminum 1

- 2.0 1 0 0 0

2

- 2.0 3 0 0 1

3

- 2.0 8 0 1 1

4

- 2.0 1 0 0 0

Metal

- Based Durables

Fabricated Metal Products 1

- 2.0 4 0 0 0

2

- 2.0 12 0 0 0

3

- 2.0 6 0 0 0

4

- 2.0 2 0 0 0

Machinery 1

- 2.0 1 0 0 1

2

- 2.0 4 0 1 1

3

- 2.0 2 0 0 0

4

- 2.0 0 0 0 0

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 64 

### Table 6.7. 2010 Boiler fuel component and logit parameter (cont.)

trillion Btu

Region Alpha Natural Gas Coal Oil Renewables Computer & Electronic

Pr oducts 1

- 2.0 3 0 1 0

2

- 2.0 3 0 1 0

3

- 2.0 3 0 1 0

4

- 2.0 7 0 1 0

Electrical Equipment 1

- 2.0 1 0 1 0

2

- 2.0 2 0 0 0

3

- 2.0 3 0 0 0

4

- 2.0 0 0 0 0

Transportation Equipment 1

- 2.0 3 8 2 1

2

- 2.0 17

- 5 1 3

3

- 2.0 7 1 2 1

4

- 2.0 3 0 0 0
Other Non

- Intensive

Manufacturing

Wood Products 1

- 2.0 0 0 1 79

2

- 2.0 1 0 2 31

3

- 2.0 4 0 2 188

4

- 2.0 2 0 2 54

Plastic Products 1

- 2.0 3 2 1 0

2

- 2.0 16 0 0 0

3

- 2.0 21 0 1 0

4

- 2.0 4 0 0 0

Balance of Manufac turing 1

- 2.0 35

- 10 3 1

2

- 2.0 54 29 37 5

3

- 2.0 74 42 118 10

4

- 2.0 25 7 0 1 Alpha: User

- specified

. Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Model Documentation Report, Industrial Sector Demand Module of the National Energy Modeling Syste m, (Washington, DC 2014 ).

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 65 

### Table 6. 8

. Cost characteristics of industrial CHP systems

Installed Cost

Size Kilowatts 2005$ per KWh) 1

System ( k W) Reference 2010 Reference: 040 High Tech 2040

Engine 1

, 000 1

, 440 576 535

2

, 000 1

, 260 396 354

Gas turbine 3

, 510 1

, 719 1

, 496 1

, 450

5

, 670 1

, 152 1

, 023 1

, 006

14

, 990 982 869 869

25

, 000 987 860 860

40

, 000 875 830 830

Combined cycle 100

, 000 723 684 668

1 Costs are given in 2005 dollars in original source document.

Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Model Documentation Report, Industrial Sector Demand Module of the National Energy Modeling System (Washington, DC, September 2013).



### Table 6. 9

. Regional collaboration coefficients for CHP deployment

Census Region Collaboration Coefficient

Northeast 1.46

Midwest 1.34

South 0.33

West 1.06

Source: Calculated from American Council for an Energy

- Efficient Economy, “Challenges Facing Combined Heat and Power Today: A State

- by

- State Asse ssment

, " September 2011, www.aceee.org/research

- report/ie111 and Energy Information Administration, Office of Energy Analysis.



## Key assumptions

- non - manufacturing

The non

- manufacturing sector co nsists of three industries: agriculture, mining and construction. These industries all use electricity, natural gas, diesel fuel, and gasoline. The mining industry also uses coal, natural gas liquids (NGL), and residual fuel oil, and the construction indu stry also uses other petroleum in the form of asphalt and road oil. Except for oil and gas extraction, almost all of the energy use in the non

manufacturing sector takes place in the process and assembly step. Oil and gas extraction uses a significant

amou nt of residual fuel oil in the BSC component. Table 6. 10 shows the baseline unit energy consumption

values for the non

- manufacturing subsectors in 2010.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 66 

### Table 6. 10

. 2010 UECs for non

- manufacturing

Unit Energy Consumption (UEC) in thousand Btu/2005$)

Industry/Process UEC 2010
Agriculture
Crop Production

Buildings 1.82

Vehicles 2.21
Irrigation 0.70
Other Agricultural Production

Buildings 0.64

Vehicles 1.01
Irrigation 0.27
Construction 1.65 Mining

Coal 6.97

Oil & Gas Extraction 1.74
Metal/Non

- metal 8.97 Sources: Calculations based on EIA’s State Energy Data System (SEDS), EIA’s Fuel Oil and Kerosene Survey (FOKS), US DA’s Agriculture Research Management Survey (ARMS), and Department of Commerce’s Economic Census, Construction and Mining Series. See Note and sources page notes [27], [35], [36], [38], [37] for complete citations.



### Unlike the manufacturing sector, the non

- manufacturing sector does not have a single source of data for energy consumption estimates. Instead, UECs for the non

- manufacturing sector are derived from various sources of data collected by a number of government agencies. Furthermore, unlike the majority of manufacturing industries displayed in Table 6.3, the TPCs for non

- manufacturing are not “fixed” in that they are dynamic and evolve over time. This evolution depends on output from other modules such as building and transportation equipment eff iciencies which are employed in the agriculture and construction models

as well as oil and gas well and coal mine productivity which is employed in the mining model.

Non

- manufacturing data was revised using EIA and Census Bureau sources to provide more rea listic projections of diesel and gasoline for off

- road vehicle use, allocate natural gas and hydrocarbon gas liquids (HGL) use, and electricity. Sources used are EIA’s Fuel Oil and Kerosene Sales (FOKS) [3 5 ] for distillate consumption, Agricultural Resour ce Management Survey (ARMS) [3 6] and the Census Bureau’s Census of Mining [3 7 ] and Census of Construction. [3 8 ] Combining these sources, there is now more consumption of distillate and less consumption of motor gasoline. Also, the use of hydrocarbon gas li quids (HGL) is now accounted for in the agriculture and especially the construction industries. Nonmanufacturing consumption is no longe r dictated solely by the SEDS

– MECS difference as it has been in previous years.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 67 

## Agriculture U.S. agriculture consists of three major sub

- sectors:

• crop production, which is dependent primarily on regional environments and crops demanded;

• animal production, which is largely dependent on food demands and feed accessibility;

• all remaining agricultural activities, which are pr imarily composed of forestry and logging.

These sub

- industries have historically been tightly coupled due to competing use of land area. For example, crops produced for animal feed cannot be consumed by humans; forests provide the feedstock of the paper

an d wood industries but in turn do not allow the growth of crops or limit or prevent grazing of animals.

However, energy consumption in these industries is tied to specialized equipment, which often determines the fuel requirement with little flexibility. Wi thin each of these sub

- industries the key energy

- using equipment can be broken into three major categories: off

- road vehicles, buildings, and other equipment, which is primarily irrigation equipment for crop production. Agriculture TPCs are calculated with in the NEMS model by further subdividing consumption in each sub

- industry based on the equipment in which the energy

is used: off

- road vehicles, which are trucks, tractors, and other specialty vehicles; buildings, which require lighting and temperature con trol; and other equipment, which covers a variety of both common (e.g., pumps) and specialty (e.g. cotton gins) equipment used in all the various types of agricultural production. Thus, changes in efficiencies in heavy and medium

- duty vehicles from the Tra nsportation Demand Module and changes in lighting and heating efficiencies from the Commercial Demand Module are used to dynamically modify the agriculture TPCs.

Baseline energy consumption data for the two agriculture sectors (crops and other agriculture) are based on data from the Census of Agriculture and a special tabulation from the National Agricultural Statistics Service (USDA

- NASS). Expenditures for four energy sources are collected from crop farms and livestock farms as part of the Agricultural Re source Management Survey (ARMS). These data are converted from dollar expenditures to energy quantities using fuel prices from NASS and EIA.



## Mining The mining sector comprises of three sectors: coal mining, metal and nonmetal mining, and oil and gas

extrac tion

. Energy use is based on what equipment is used at the mine and onsite vehicles used. All mines use extraction equipment and lighting, but only coal and metal and nonmetal mines use grinding and ventilation. As with the agriculture module described abo ve, TPCs are influenced by efficiency changes in buildings and transportation equipment.

Coal mining production is obtained from the Coal Market Module (CMM). Currently, it is assumed that 70 %

of the coal is mined at the surface and the rest is mined under ground. As these shares evolve, however, so does the energy consumed

, since surface mines use less energy overall than underground mining. Moreover, the energy consumed for coal mining depends on coal mine productivity

, which is also obtained

from the CMM. Diesel fuel and electricity are the predominant fuels used in coal mining. Electricity used for coal grinding is calculated using the raw grinding process step from the cement sub

- module. In metal and

non

- metal mining, energy use is similar to coal mining . Output used for metal and non

- metal mining is

derived from the Macro economic A ctivity Module’s (MAM) variable for “other” mining which also provides

the shares of each.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 68 

### For oil and natural gas extraction, production is derived from the OGSM. Energy use d epends upon the fuel

extracted as well as whether the well is conventional or unconventional ( e.g. , extraction from tight and shale

formations ) , percentage of dry wells, and well depth.



## Construction Construction uses diesel fuel, gasoline, electricity and natural gas as energy sources. Construction also uses asphalt and road oil as a nonfuel energy source. Asphalt and road oil use is tied to state and local government real investment in highways and streets, and this investment is derived from the MAM. TPCs for diesel and gasoline fuels are directly tied to the Transportation Demand Module’s heavy

- and medium

- duty vehicle efficiency projections. For non

- vehicular construction equipment, TPCs are a weighted average of vehicular TPCs and highway investment.



## Leg islation and regulations Energy Improvement and Extension Act of 2008 Under EIEA2008 Title I, “Energy Production Incentives,” Section 103 provides an Investment Tax Credit (ITC) for qualifying Combined Heat and Power (CHP) systems placed in service before January 1, 2017. Systems with up to 15 megawatts of electrical capacity qualify for an ITC up to 10 % of the installed cost. For systems between 15 and 50 megawatts, the percentage tax credit declines line arly with the capacity, from 10% to

3 % . To qualify, systems must exceed 60 % fuel efficiency, with a minimum of 20 % each for useful thermal and electrical energy produced. The provision was modeled in AEO201 5 by adjusting the assumed capital cost of industrial CHP systems to reflect the applicable credit.



## Th e Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA2007) Under EISA2007, the motor efficiency standards established under the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPACT 1992 ) are superseded for purchases made after 2011. Section 313 of EISA2007 increases or creates minimum efficiency standards for newly manufactured and imported general purpose electric motors. The efficiency standards are raised for general purpose, integral

- horsepower induction motors with the exception of fire pump motors. Minimum standards were created for seven types of poly

- phase, integral

horsepower induction motors and NEMA design “B” motors (201

- 500 horsepower) that were not previously covered by EPACT standards. In 2014, efficiency standards were revised. For motors manufactured after

June 1, 2016, efficiency standards for current regulated motor types [ 39 ] were expanded to include 201

- 500 horsepower motors. Also, special and definite purpose motors of from 1

- 500 horsepower and NEMA design

“A” motors from 201

- 500 horsepower became subject t o efficiency standards. The industrial module’s motor efficiency assumptions reflect the EISA2007 efficiency standards for new motors added after 2011 but do not include the 2014 efficiency standards. Current motor efficiency assumptions meet or exceed the 2014 efficiency standards for all horsepower ratings except 201

- 500 hp. For 201

- 500 hp motors, the difference between IDM assumptions and the new standards is slight.



## Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPACT 1992 )

EPACT 1992 contains several implications for the in dustrial module. These implications concern efficiency standards for boilers, furnaces, and electric motors. The industrial module uses heat rates of at least 1.25 (80 % efficiency) and 1.22 (82 % efficiency) for gas and oil burners, respectively. These eff iciencies meet the

EPACT 1992 standards. EPACT 1992 mandates minimum efficiencies for all motors up to 200 horsepower

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 69 

### purchased after 1998. The choices offered in the motor efficiency assumptions are all at least as efficient as

the EPACT minimums.



## Clean Ai r Act Amendments of 1990 (CAAA 19 90)

The CAAA 19 90 contains numerous provisions that affect industrial facilities. Three major categories of such provisions are as follows: process emissions, emissions related to hazardous or toxic substances, and SO2

emissi ons. Process emissions requirements were specified for numerous industries and/or activities (40 CFR 60). Similarly, 40 CFR 63 requires limitations on almost 200 specific hazardous or toxic substances. These specific requirements are not explicitly repres ented in the NEMS industrial model because they are not directly related to energy consumption projections.

Section 406 of the CAAA 19 90 requires the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to regulate industrial

SO2 emissions at such time that total ind ustrial SO2 emissions exceed 5.6 million tons per year (42 USC 7651). Since industrial coal use, the main source of SO2 emissions, has been declining, EPA does not anticipate that specific industrial SO2 regulations will be required (Environmental Protecti on Agency,

National Air Pollutant Emission Trends: 1990

- 1998, EPA

- 454/R

- 00

- 002, March 2000, Chapter 4). Further, since industrial coal use is not projected to increase, the industrial cap is not expected be a factor in industrial energy consumption project ions. (Emissions due to coal

- to

- liquids CHP plants are included with the electric power sector because they are subject to the separate emission limits of large electricity generating plants.)



## Maximum Achievable Control Technology for Industrial Boilers (B oiler MACT ) Section 112 of the Clean Air Act (CAA) requires the regulation of air toxics through implementation of the National Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) for industrial, commercial, and institutional

boilers . The final regulations, k nown as Boiler MACT, are modeled in AEO201 5 . Pollutants covered by Boiler MACT include the hazardous air pollutants (HAP), hydrogen chloride (HCI), mercury (HG), dioxin/furan, carbon monoxide (CO) , and particulate matter (PM). Generally, industries comply with the Boiler MACT regulations by including regular maintenance and tune

- ups for smaller facilities and emission limits and performance tests for larger facilities. Boiler MACT is modeled as an upgrade cost in the Macroeconomic Activity Module (MAM). Th ese upgrade costs are classified as “nonproductive costs” which are not associated with efficiency improvements. The effect of these costs in the MAM is a reduction in shipments coming into the IDM.



## California Assembly Bill 32: Emissions cap

- and

- trade as p art of the Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006 (AB32) AB32 established a comprehensive, mult i

- year program to reduce Greenh ouse Gas (GHG) emissions in California, including a cap

- and

- trade program. In addition to the cap

- and

- trade program, AB32 also

autho rizes the low carbon fuel standard (LCFS); energy efficiency goals and programs in transportation, buildings; and industry; combined heat and power goals; and renewable portfolio standards.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 70 

### For AEO201 5 , the cap

- and

- trade provisions were modeled for indus trial facilities, refineries, and fuel providers. GHG emissions include both non

- CO2 and specific non

- CO2 GHG emissions. The allowance price, representing the incremental cost of complying with AB32 cap

- and

- trade, is modeled in the NEMS Electri city

Market Module via a region

- specific emissions constraint. This allowance price, when added to market fuel prices, results in higher effective fuel prices in the demand sectors. Limited banking and borrowing, as well as a price containment reserve and offsets, hav e been modeled in NEMS. AB32 is not modeled explicitly in

the Industrial Demand Module, but enters the module implicitly through higher effective fuel prices and macroeconomic effects of higher prices, all of which affect energy demand and emissions. In Ju ne 2014, AB32 regulations were clarified and revised [ 4 0 ], but these revisions were not added to the IDM because they did not materially affect model calculation or results.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 71 

# Notes and sources

[ 27 ] U.S. Energy Information Administration, State Energy Data System, based on energy consumption by

s tate through 2011, as downloaded in August, 2013, from www.eia.gov/state/seds/

.

[2 8 ] U. S. Energy Information Administration, Manufacturing Energy Consumption Survey 20 10, http://www.eia.gov/consumption/manufacturing/index.cfm

.

[ 29 ] Roop, Joseph M.

, “The Industrial Sector in CIMS

- US,” Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, 28th Industrial Energy Techn ology Conference, May, 2006.

[ 3 0 ] Portland Cement Association, U.S. and Canadian Portland Cement Industry Plant Information Summary,

cement data was made available under a non

- disclosure agreement, http://www.cement.org

.

[ 3 1 ] U.S. Department of the Interior, U.S. Geological Survey, Minerals Yearbook, cement data was made

available under a non

- disclosure agreement, http://minerals .usgs.gov/minerals/pubs/commodity/cement/myb1

- 2012

- cemen.pdf

.

[ 3 2 ] In NEMS, hydrocarbon gas liquids (HGL), which comprise natural gas liquids (NGL) and olefins , are reported as Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG).

[ 33 ] U.S. Department of Energy (2007). Motor Ma ster+ 4.0 software database; available at updated link http://energy.gov/eere/amo/articles/motormaster

.

[ 34 ] Personal correspondence with the Council of Industrial Boiler Owners.

[ 3 5 ] U.S. Ene rgy Information Administration, Fuel Oil and Kerosene Survey (FOKS), http://www.eia.gov/dnav/pet/pet_cons_821usea_dcu_nus_a.htm

.

[ 3 6 ] Agriculture Research Management Survey (ARMS), United States Dept. of Agriculture, Economic Research Service, http://ers.usda.gov/data

- products/arms

- farm

- financial

- and

- crop

- production

practices.aspx

.

[ 37 ] 2007 Economic Census, Construction Summary Series, http://factfinder2.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/product view.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_23SG01 &prodType=table

.

[ 38 ] 2007 Economic Census, Mining Industry Series

, http://factfinder2.census .gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/productview.xhtml?pid=ECN_2007_US_21I1&pr odType=table

.

[ 39 ] Federal Register 79 FR 103 pp. 30934

- 31014, Washington, DC: May 29, 2014. Available at http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR

- 2014

- 05

- 29/pdf/2014

- 11201.pdf

[ 4 0 ] California Air Resources Board “California Code of R egulations, Title 17, Division 3, Chapter 1, Subchapter 10, Article 5 §95800

- §96022” Sacramento, CA: June 14, 2014. Available at http://www.arb.ca.gov/cc/capandtrade/capandtrade/unofficial_c&t_012015.pdf

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 72 

# Transportation Demand Module

The NEMS Transportation Demand Module estimates transportati on energy consumption across the nine Census Divisions (see Figure 5) and over ten fuel types. Each fuel type is modeled according to fuel

- specific and associated technology attributes applicable by transportation mode. Total transportation energy

consumpt ion is the sum of energy use in eight transport modes: light

- duty vehicles (cars and light trucks), commercial light trucks (8,501

- 10,000 pounds gross vehicle weight), freight trucks (>10,000 pounds gross vehicle weight), buses, freight and passenger aircr aft, freight and passenger rail, maritime freight shipping, and miscellaneous transport such as recreational boating. Light

- duty vehicle fuel consumption is further subdivided into personal usage and commercial fleet consumption.



## Key assumptions Light

- duty vehicle assumptions The light

- duty vehicle Manufacturers Technology Choice Component (MTCC) includes 86 advanced technology input assumptions specific to cars and light trucks (Tables 7.1 and 7.2) that include incremental fuel economy improvement, increme ntal cost, incremental weight change, first year of introduction, and fractional horsepower change.

The vehicle Regional S ales Component holds the share of vehicle sales by manufacturers constant within a

vehicle size class at 2010 levels based on National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) data [4 1 ]. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) size class sales shares are projected as a function of income per capita, fuel prices, and average predicted vehicle prices based on endogenous calculations wit hin the MTCC [4 2 ].

The MTCC utilizes 86 technologies for each size class and manufacturer based on the cost

- effectiveness of each technology and an initial year of availability. A discounted stream of fuel savings is calculated for each technology that is compared with the marginal cost to determine cost

- effectiveness and market penetration. The fuel economy calculations assume the following:

• The financial parameters used to determine technology economic effectiveness are evaluated based on the need to impr ove fuel economy to meet CAFE standards versus consumer willingness to pay for fuel economy improvement beyond those minimum requirements.

• Fuel economy standards for light

- duty vehicles reflect current law through model year 2025, according to NHTSA model year 2011 final rulemaking, joint EPA and NHTSA rulemaking for 2012 through 2016, and joint EPA and NHTSA rulemaking for 2017 through 2025. CAFE standards enacted for model years 2022 through 2025 will undergo a midterm evaluation by NHTSA and could be

sub ject to change. For model years 2026 through 2040, fuel economy standards are held constant at model year 2025 levels with fuel economy improvements still possible based on continued improvements in economic effectiveness.

• Expected future fuel prices are c alculated based on an extrapolation of the growth rate between a

five

- year moving average of fuel price 3 years and 4 years prior to the present year. This assumption is founded upon an assumed lead time of 3 to 4 years to significantly modify the vehicles offered by

a manufacturer.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 73 

### Table 7. 1

. Standard technology matrix for cars 1

Absolute Per Unit
Fuel Incremen

- Incremen

- Incremen

Efficiency Incremental tal Cost tal Weight tal Weight Introduc

- Horsepower
Change % Cost 2000$ ($/UnitWt.) (Lbs.) (Lbs./UnitWt.) tion Year Change %
Unit Body Construction 4.0 99.91 0.00 0

- 6 1980 0
Mass Reduction I 1.0 0.00 0.06 0

- 1.5 2005 0
Mass Reduction II 2.6 0.00 0.14 0

- 3.5 2009 0
Mass Reduction III 5.4 0.00 0.42 0

- 10 2011 0
Mass Reduction IV 8.4 0.00 0.62 0

- 15 2099 0
Mass Reduction V 11.6 0.00 0.72 0

- 20 2099 0 Aerodynamics I 2.4 48.17 0.00 0 0.5 2000 0 Aerodynamics II 4.9 203.29 0.00 0 1 2011 0 6 Speed Manual 2.2 255.59 0.00 20 0 1995 0 Aggressive Shift Logic I 2.5 3 2.44 0.00 0 0 1999 0 Aggressive Shift Logic II 6.7 27.18 0.00 0 0 2017 0 Early Torque Converter Lockup 0.5 29.49 0.00 0 0 2002 0 High Efficiency Gearbox 1.6 200.63 0.00 0 0 2017 0 5 Speed Automatic 1.4 103.91 0.00 20 0 1995 0 6 Speed Automatic 2.2 270 .05 0.00 30 0 2003 0 7 Speed Automatic 5.1 401.04 0.00 40 0 2009 0 8 Speed Automatic 8.0 532.83 0.00 50 0 2010 0
Dual Clutch Automated Manual 5.5 56.75 0.00

- 10 0 2004 0

CVT 8.4 250.98 0.00

- 25 0 1998 0
Low Friction Lubricants 0.7 3.20 0.00 0 0 2003 0 Engine Friction Reduction I

- 4 cyl 2.0 47.16 0.00 0 0 2000 1.25 Engine Friction Reduction I

- 6 cyl 2.6 71.14 0.00 0 0 2000 1.25 Engine Friction Reduction I

- 8 cyl 2.8 94.32 0.00 0 0 2000 1.25 Engine Friction Reduction II

- 4 cyl 3.6 100.71 0.00 0 0 2017 2. 25 Engine Friction Reduction II

- 6 cyl 4.7 147.87 0.00 0 0 2017 2.25
Engine Friction Reduction II

- 8 cyl 5.1 195.03 0.00 0 0 2017 2.25 Cylinder Deactivation

- 6 cyl 6.5 187.06 0.00 10 0 2004 0 Cylinder Deactivation

- 8 cyl 6.9 209.97 0.00 10 0 2004 0

VVT I

- OHV Intake Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 2.6 43.90 0.00 20 0 2051 1.25

VVT I

- OHV Intake Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 2.7 43.90 0.00 30 0 2051 1.25

VVT I

- OHC Intake Cam Phasing

- 4 cyl 2.1 43.90 0.00 10 0 1993 1.25

VVT I

- OHC Intake Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 2.6 88.76 0.00 20 0 1993 1.25

VVT I

- OHC Intake Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 2.7 88.76 0.00 30 0 1993 1.25

VVT II

- OHV Coupled Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 5.4 43.90 0.00 20 0 2009 1.25

VVT II

- OHV Coupled Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 5.8 43.90 0.00 30 0 2009 1.25

VVT II

- OHC Coupled Cam Phasing

- 4 cyl 4.3 43.90 0.00 10 0 2009 1.25

VVT II

- OHC Coupled Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 5.4 88.76 0.00 20 0 2009 1.25

VVT II

- OHC Coupled Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 5.8 88.76 0.00 30 0 2009 1.25

VVT III

- OHV Dual Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 5.4 99.26 0.00 25 0 2051 1.56

VVT III

- OHV Dual Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 5.8 99.26 0.00 37.5 0 2051 1.56

VVT III

- OHC Dual Cam Phasing

- 4 cyl 4.3 90.67 0.00 12.5 0 2009 1.56

VVT III

- OHC Dual Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 5.4 195.65 0.00 25 0 2009 1.56

VVT III

- OHC Dual Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 5.8 195.65 0.00 37.5 0 2009 1.56

VVL I

- OHV Discrete

- 6 c yl 5.5 225.24 0.00 40 0 2000 2.5

VVL I

- OHV Discrete

- 8 cyl 5.9 322.59 0.00 50 0 2000 2.5

VVL I

- OHC Discrete

- 4 cyl 4.3 155.57 0.00 25 0 2000 2.5

VVL I

- OHC Discrete

- 6 cyl 5.5 225.24 0.00 40 0 2000 2.5

VVL I

- OHC Discrete

- 8 cyl 5.9 322.59 0.00 50 0 2000 2.5

VVL II

- OHV Continuous

- 6 cyl 7.0 1150.07 0.00 40 0 2011 2.5

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 74 

### Table 7.1. Standard technology matrix for cars 1 

### (cont.)

Absolute Per Unit
Fuel Incremen

- Incremen

- Incremen

Efficiency Incremental tal Cost tal Weight tal Weight Introduc

- Hors epower Change % Cost 2000$ ($/UnitWt.) (Lbs.) (Lbs./UnitWt.) tion Year Change %

VVL II

- OHV Continuous

- 8 cyl 7.5 1256.96 0.00 50 0 2011 2.5

VVL II

- OHC Continuous

- 4 cyl 5.4 232.88 0.00 25 0 2011 2.5

VVL II

- OHC Continuous

- 6 cyl 7.0 427.58 0.00 40 0 201 1 2.5

VVL II

- OHC Continuous

- 8 cyl 7.5 466.71 0.00 50 0 2011 2.5
Stoichiometric GDI

- 4 cyl 1.5 264.37 0.00 20 0 2006 2.5
Stoichiometric GDI

- 6 cyl 1.5 397.99 0.00 30 0 2006 2.5
Stoichiometric GDI

- 8 cyl 1.5 478.16 0.00 40 0 2006 2.5

OHV to DOHC TBDS

- I4 21 .6 1383.90 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

OHV to DOHC TBDS I

- V6 20.2 2096.84 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS I

- I4 21.6 827.47 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS I

- V6 20.2 1605.80 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

DOHC TBDS I

- I3 17.5 915.28 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.7 5

DOHC TBDS I

- I4 21.6 747.30 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

DOHC TBDS I

- V6 20.2 1530.88 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

OHV to DOHC TBDS II

- I4 26.3 1586.36 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

OHV to DOHC TBDS II

- V6 24.5 2445.33 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS II

- I4 26.3 1046. 15 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS II

- V6 24.5 1968.59 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

DOHC TBDS II

- I3 21.2 1130.47 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

DOHC TBDS II

- I4 26.3 968.31 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

DOHC TBDS II

- V6 24.5 1895.85 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

OHV to DOHC TBD S III

- I4 (from V6) 32.6 2031.83 0.00

- 100 0 2017 3.75

OHV to DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V8) 30.7 1601.81 0.00

- 200 0 2017 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V6) 32.6 1565.84 0.00

- 100 0 2017 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V8) 30.7 1380.40 0.00

- 200 0 2017 3.75

DOHC TBDS III

- I3 (from I4) 27.1 1634.58 0.00

- 100 0 2017 3.75

DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V6) 32.6 1498.70 0.00

- 100 0 2017 3.75

DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V8) 30.7 1302.07 0.00

- 200 0 2017 3.75 Electric Power Steering 1.3 107.15 0.00 0 0 2004 0 Impr oved Accessories I 0.7 87.49 0.00 0 0 2005 0 12V Micro Hybrid w/EPS and IACC 7.0 640.24 0.00 45 0 2005 0 Improved Accessories II 2.5 128.69 0.00 0 0 2012 0 Mild Hybrid w/EPS and IACC II 11.0 2902.00 0.00 80 0 2012

- 2.5

Tires I 2.0 5.60 0.00

- 12 0 2005 0

Tires II 4.0 58.35 0.00

- 15 0 2017 0 Low Drag Brakes 0.8 59.15 0.00 0 0 2000 0 Secondary Axle Disconnect 1.3 96.34 0.00 0

- 1 2012 0

1 Fractional changes refer to the percentage change from the base technology. Sources: U.S. Energy Information Admini stration, Energy and Environment Analysis, Documentation of Technology included in the NEMS Fuel Economy Model for Passenger C ars and Light Trucks (September 2002). National Research Council, Effectiveness and Impact of Corporate Average Fuel Economy (CAF E) Standards (Copyright 2002). National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Corporate Average Fuel Economy for MY 2011

- 2015 Passenger Cars and Light Trucks (April 2008). U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Interim Report: New Powertrain Technologies and Their Projected Costs (October 2005). Environmental Protection Agency and Department of Transportation National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, “2017 and La ter Model Year Light

- Duty Vehicle Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Corporate Average Fuel E conomy Standards; Final Rule,” Federal Register Vol. 77, No. 199, October 15, 2012. 40 CFR Parts 85, 86, 600, 49 CFR Parts 523, 531, 533, et al. and 600.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 75 

### Table 7. 2

. Standard technology matrix for light trucks 1

Absolute Per Unit

Incremen

Fuel Incremen

- Incremen

- tal Weight Efficiency Incremental tal Cost tal Weight (Lbs./ Introduc

- Horsepower Change % Cost 2000$ ($/UnitWt.) (Lbs.) UnitWt.) tion Year Change %

Unit Body Construction 4.0 100.00 0.00 0

- 6 1980 0

M ass Reduction I 1.0 0.00 0.06 0

- 1.5 2005 0
Mass Reduction II 2.6 0.00 0.14 0

- 7.5 2009 0
Mass Reduction III 5.4 0.00 0.42 0

- 10 2011 0
Mass Reduction IV 8.4 0.00 0.62 0

- 15 2016 0
Mass Reduction V 11.6 0.00 0.72 0

- 20 2020 0 Aerodynamics I 2.4 48.17 0.00 0 0.5 2000 0 Aerodynamics II 4.9 203.29 0.00 0 1 2011 0 6 Speed Manual 2.0 255.59 0.00 20 0 1995 0 Aggressive Shift Logic I 2.3 32.44 0.00 0 0 1999 0 Aggressive Shift Logic II 6.3 27.18 0.00 0 0 2017 0 Early Torque Converter Lockup 0.5 29.49 0.00 0 0 2002 0 High Efficiency Gearbox 1.6 200.63 0.00 0 0 2017 0 5 Speed Automatic 1.3 103.91 0.00 20 0 1995 0 6 Speed Automatic 2.0 270.05 0.00 30 0 2003 0 7 Speed Automatic 5.0 401.04 0.00 40 0 2009 0 8 Speed Automatic 8.0 532.83 0.00 50 0 2014 0

Dua l Clutch Automated Manual 4.9 182.24 0.00

- 10 0 2004 0

CVT 7.8 250.98 0.00

- 25 0 1998 0
Low Friction Lubricants 0.7 3.20 0.00 0 0 2003 0 Engine Friction Reduction I

- 4 cyl 2.0 47.16 0.00 0 0 2000 1.25 Engine Friction Reduction I

- 6 cyl 2.6 71.14 0.00 0 0 2000 1.25 Engine Friction Reduction I

- 8 cyl 2.5 94.32 0.00 0 0 2000 1.25 Engine Friction Reduction II

- 4 cyl 3.6 100.71 0.00 0 0 2017 2.25 Engine Friction Reduction II

- 6 cyl 4.7 147.87 0.00 0 0 2017 2.25 Engine Friction Reduction II

- 8 cyl 4.4 195.03 0. 00 0 0 2017 2.25 Cylinder Deactivation

- 6 cyl 6.4 187.06 0.00 10 0 2004 0 Cylinder Deactivation

- 8 cyl 6.0 209.97 0.00 10 0 2004 0

VVT I

- OHV Intake Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 2.6 43.90 0.00 20 0 2051 1.25

VVT I

- OHV Intake Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 2.5 43.90 0.00 30 0 205 1 1.25

VVT I

- OHC Intake Cam Phasing

- 4 cyl 2.1 43.90 0.00 10 0 1993 1.25

VVT I

- OHC Intake Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 2.6 88.76 0.00 20 0 1993 1.25

VVT I

- OHC Intake Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 2.5 88.76 0.00 30 0 1993 1.25

VVT II

- OHV Coupled Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 5.4 43.90 0.0 0 20 0 2009 1.25

VVT II

- OHV Coupled Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 5.1 43.90 0.00 30 0 2009 1.25

VVT II

- OHC Coupled Cam Phasing

- 4 cyl 4.3 43.90 0.00 10 0 2009 1.25

VVT II

- OHC Coupled Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 5.4 88.76 0.00 20 0 2009 1.25

VVT II

- OHC Coupled Cam Phasing

- 8 c yl 5.1 88.76 0.00 30 0 2009 1.25

VVT III

- OHV Dual Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 5.4 99.26 0.00 25 0 2051 1.56

VVT III

- OHV Dual Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 5.1 99.26 0.00 37.5 0 2051 1.56

VVT III

- OHC Dual Cam Phasing

- 4 cyl 4.3 90.67 0.00 12.5 0 2009 1.56

VVT III

- OHC Dual Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 5.4 195.65 0.00 25 0 2009 1.56

VVT III

- OHC Dual Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 5.1 195.65 0.00 37.5 0 2009 1.56

VVL I

- OHV Discrete

- 6 cyl 5.5 225.24 0.00 40 0 2000 2.5

VVL I

- OHV Discrete

- 8 cyl 5.2 322.59 0.00 50 0 2000 2.5

VVL I

- OHC Discrete

- 4 cyl 4.2 155.57 0.00 25 0 2000 2.5

VVL I

- OHC Discrete

- 6 cyl 5.5 225.24 0.00 40 0 2000 2.5

VVL I

- OHC Discrete

- 8 cyl 5.2 322.59 0.00 50 0 2000 2.5

VVL II

- OHV Continuous

- 6 cyl 7.0 1150.07 0.00 40 0 2011 2.5

VVL II

- OHV Continuous

- 8 cyl 6.5 1256.96 0.00 50 0 2011 2 .5

VVL II

- OHC Continuous

- 4 cyl 5.3 232.88 0.00 25 0 2011 2.5

VVL II

- OHC Continuous

- 6 cyl 7.0 427.58 0.00 40 0 2011 2.5

VVL II

- OHC Continuous

- 8 cyl 6.5 466.71 0.00 50 0 2011 2.5
Stoichiometric GDI

- 4 cyl 1.5 264.37 0.00 20 0 2006 2.5

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 76 

### Table 7.2. Standard technology matrix for light trucks 1 

### (cont.)

Absolute Per Unit

Incremen

Fuel Incremen

- Incremen

- tal Weight Efficiency Incremental tal Cost tal Weight (Lbs./ Introduc

- Horsepower Change % Cost 2000$ ($/UnitWt.) (Lbs.) UnitWt.) tion Year Ch ange %

Stoichiometric GDI

- 6 cyl 1.5 397.99 0.00 30 0 2006 2.5
Stoichiometric GDI

- 8 cyl 1.5 478.16 0.00 40 0 2006 2.5

OHV to DOHC TBDS

- I4 21.6 1383.90 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

OHV to DOHC TBDS I

- V6 20.2 2096.84 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS I

- I4 21.6 827.47 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS I

- V6 20.2 1605.80 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

DOHC TBDS I

- I3 17.5 915.28 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

DOHC TBDS I

- I4 21.6 747.30 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

DOHC TBDS I

- V6 20.2 1530.88 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

OHV to DOH C TBDS II

- I4 26.3 1586.36 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

OHV to DOHC TBDS II

- V6 24.5 2445.33 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS II

- I4 26.3 1046.15 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS II

- V6 24.5 1968.59 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

DOHC TBDS II

- I3 21.2 1130.47 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

DOHC TBDS II

- I4 26.3 968.31 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

DOHC TBDS II

- V6 24.5 1895.85 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

OHV to DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V6) 32.6 2031.83 0.00

- 100 0 2017 3.75

OHV to DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V8) 30.7 1601.81 0.00

- 200 0 2017 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V6) 32.6 1565.84 0.00

- 100 0 2017 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V8) 30.7 1380.40 0.00

- 200 0 2017 3.75

DOHC TBDS III

- I3 (from I4) 27.1 1634.58 0.00

- 100 0 2017 3.75

DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V6) 32.6 1498.70 0.00

- 100 0 2017 3.75

DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V8) 30.7 1302.07 0.00

- 200 0 2017 3.75 Electric Power Steering 1.0 107.15 0.00 0 0 2004 0 Improved Accessories I 0.7 87.49 0.00 0 0 2005 0 12V Micro Hybrid w/EPS and IACC 6.7 697.79 0.00 45 0 2005 0 Improve d Accessories II 2.4 128.69 0.00 0 0 2012 0 Mild Hybrid w/EPS and IACC II 10.6 2902.00 0.00 80 0 2012

- 2.5

Tires I 2.0 5.60 0.00

- 12 0 2005 0

Tires II 4.0 58.35 0.00

- 15 0 2017 0 Low Drag Brakes 0.8 59.15 0.00 0 0 2000 0 Secondary Axle Disconnect 1.4 96.34 0.00 0

- 1 2012 0

1 Fractional changes refer to the percentage change from the base technology. Sources: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Energy and Environment Analysis, Documentation of Technology included in the NEMS Fuel Economy Model for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks (September 2002). National Research Council, Effectiveness and Impact of Corporate Average Fuel Economy (CAFE) Standards (Copyright 2002). National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Corporate Average Fuel Economy fo r MY 2011

- 2015 Passenger Cars and Light Trucks (April 2008). U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Interim Report: New Powertrain Technologies and Their Projected Costs (October 2005). Environmental Protection Agency and Department of Transportation Nati onal Highway Traffic Safety Administration, “2017 and Later Model Year Light

- Duty Vehicle Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Corporate Average Fuel Economy Standards; Final Rule,” Federal Register Vol. 77, No. 199, October 15, 2012. 40 CFR Parts 85, 86, 600, 49 CFR Parts 523, 531, 533, et al. and 600.



### Degradation factors are used to convert new vehicle tested fuel economy values to “on

- road” fuel economy values (Table 7.3). The degradation factors represent adjustments made to tested fuel economy values to

acco unt for the difference between fuel economy performance realized in the CAFE test procedure and fuel economy realized under normal driving conditions.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 77 

### Table 7. 3

. Car and light truck degradation factors

2005 2010 2015 2020 2030 2040

Cars 79.8 81.7 81.7 81.7 81.7 81.7

Light Trucks 80.6 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Transportation Demand Module of the National Energy Modeling System, Model Documentation 2014, DOE/EIA

- M070(2014), (Washi ngton, DC, 2012).



### The light

- duty Vehicle Miles Traveled (VMT) Component uses fuel prices, personal income, and population to generate projections of demand for personal travel (VMT). Population distribution assumptions are taken

from the U.S. Census B ureau and are divided into 13 age categories, by both male and female. Licensing rates by these 13 age categories are also used, taken from the U.S. Department of Transportation’s Federal Highway Administration (FHWA). Licensing rates are then projected fo r each age category using the population estimates from the U.S. Census Bureau. These licensing rate projections are then aggregated into 5 age categories, and applied to the historical VMT per licensed driver taken from FHWA, in order to project the VMT p er licensed driver, using the below VMT coefficients (Table 7.4).

Table 7. 4 . Vehicle miles traveled equation coefficients, by age and gender cohorts

15

- 19 20

- 34 35

- 54 55

- 64 65+

BETACOST

Male

- 0.0665

- 0.065

- 0.059 3

- 0.0642

- 0.0368

Female

- 0.0365

- 0.0481

- 0.0395 0

- 0.0396

ALPHA

Male 0.4677 0.8184 0.5136 0.1558 0.6229

Female 1.5347 0.4812 0.1582 0.5222

- 1.2401

BETAVMT

Male 0.8591 0.8314 0.6793 0.774 0.8655

Female 0.8123 0.8771 0.8997 0 .9888 0.8937

BETAINC

Male 0.0034

- 0.0145 0.0516 0.0603

- 0.0401

Female

- 0.1244

- 0.0146 0.0007

- 0.0453 0.1187

BETAVPLD

Male 0.0961 0.1752 0.2736 0.1966 0.3619

Female 0.4336 0.2171 0.2983 0.0621 0.4023

BETAEMP

Male 0.1742 0.1232 0.0265 0.0705

- 0.3023

Female

- 0.2581

- 0.1151

- 0.2775 0.019

- 0.4545 Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Transportation Demand Module of the National Energy Modeling System, Model Documentation 2014, DOE/EIA

- M070(2014), (Washington, DC, 2012).

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 78 

## Co mmercial light

- duty fleet assumptions The Transportation Demand Module separates commercial light

- duty fleets into three types: business, government, and utility. Based on these classifications, commercial light

- duty fleet vehicles vary in survival

rates a nd duration of in

- fleet use before sale for use as personal vehicles. The average length of time passenger cars are kept before being sold for personal use is 3 years for business use, 6 years for government use, and 5 years for utility use. Of total passe nger car sales to fleets in 2009, 75.1% are used in business fleets, 9.6% in government fleets, and 15.3% in utility fleets. Of total light truck sales to fleets in
2009, 47.3% are used in business fleets , 15.1 % in government fleets, and 37.6% in utility f leets [4 3 ]. Both the automobile and light truck shares by fleet type are held constant from 2009 through 2040. In 2009, 18.2% of all automobiles sold and 16.9% of all light trucks sold were for fleet use. The share of total automobile and light truck sales slowly declines over the forecast period based on historic trends.

Alternative

- fuel shares of fleet vehicle sales by fleet type are held constant at 2005 levels (Table 7. 5 ). Size class sales shares of vehicles are also held constant at 2005 levels (Table 7. 6 ) [ 4 4 ]. Individual sales shares of new vehicles purchased by technology type are assumed to remain relatively constant for utility, government, and business fleets using the previous 5

- year average (Table 7. 7 ) [ 4 5 ].

Annual vehicle miles traveled (VMT) p er vehicle by fleet type stays constant over the projection period based on the Oak Ridge National Laboratory fleet data.

Fleet fuel economy for both conventional and alternative

- fuel vehicles is assumed to be the same as the personal new vehicle fuel econ omy and is subdivided into six EPA size classes for cars and light trucks

.

Table 7. 5

. Percent of fleet alternative fuel vehicles by fleet type by size class, 2005

Mini Subcompact Compact Midsize Large 2

- Seater

Car

Business 0.0 10.5 10.7 42.7 36.1 0.0

Government 0.0 2.8 40.0 2.8 54.4 0.0

Utility 0.0 7.9 34.7 12.3 45.1 0.0

S m P ickup L g P ickup Sm Van L g Van S m Util ity L g Util ity

Light Truck

Business 7.9 35.1 7.9 26.8 5.5 16.8

Go vernment 6.7 50.8 28.4 4.6 1.6 7.8

Utility 8.2 52.1 6.0 32.7 0.3 0.7 Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, “Archive

-- Alternative Transportation Fuels (ATF) and Alternative Fueled Vehicles (AFV), ” http://www.eia.gov/renewable/afv/archive/

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 79 

### Table 7. 6

. Commercial fleet size class shares by fleet and vehicle type, 2005

percentage

Mini Subcompact Compact Midsize Large 2

- Seater

Car

Business 3.1 23.4 26.6 36.2 9.9 0.8

Government 0.2 4.6 20.6 2 8.6 4 6.0 0.0

Utility 1.5 12.5 10.0 59.2 16.4 0.4

S m P ickup L g P ickup Sm Van L g Van S m Util ity L g Util ity

Light Truck

Business 2.5 8.4 23.3 8.1 14.2 43.6

Government 6.7 43.6 10.4 17.1 3.8 18.4

Utility 7.3 38.7 11.8 18.9 7.2 16.1

Source: Oak Ridge National Laboratory, “Fleet Characteristics and Data Issues,” Stacy Davis and Lorena Truett, final report prepared for the Department of Energy, Energy Information Administ ration, Office of Energy Analysis (Oak Ridge, TN, January 2003).



### Table 7. 7

. Share of new vehicle purchases by fleet type and technology type, 2009

p ercentage

Technology Business Government Utility

Cars

Gasoline 99. 10 72.78 95.52

Ethanol Flex 0.46 26.20 2.11

Electric 0.00 0.02 0.07

CNG/LNG Bi

- Fuel 0.14 0.56 1.08

LPG Bi

- Fuel 0.16 0.11 0.40

CNG/LNG 0.08 0.33 0.63

LPG 0.08 0.01 0.19

Light Trucks

Gasoline 71.71 59.46 98.22

Ethanol F lex 16.29 35.09 0.49

Electric 0.04 0.07 0.05

CNG/LNG Bi

- Fuel 1.28 2.29 0.51

LPG Bi

- Fuel 7.93 2.55 0.31

CNG/LNG 1.54 0.49 0.24

LPG 1.22 0.05 0.18

Source : U.S. Energy Information Administration, Archive

- Alternative Transportation Fuel s (ATF) and Alternative Fueled Vehicles (AFV), http://www.eia.gov/renewable/afv/archive/index.cfm

.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 80 

## The light commercial truck component The Light Commercial Truck Component of the NEMS Transportation Demand Mod ule represents light trucks that have an 8,501 to 10,000 pound gross vehicle weight rating (Class 2B vehicles). These vehicles are assumed to be used primarily for commercial purposes. The component implements a twenty

- year stock model that estimates vehicle stocks, travel, fuel economy, and energy use by vintage. Historic vehicle sales and stock data, which constitute the baseline from which the projection is made, are taken from an Oak

Rid ge National Laboratory study [4 6 ]. The di stribution of vehicles by vintage, and vehicle scrappage rates are derived from R.L. Polk & Co. registration data [4 7 ],[4 8 ]. Vehicle travel by vintage was constructed using vintage distribution curves and estimates of average annual travel by vehicle [ 49 ], [5 0 ].

The growth in light commercial truck VMT is a function of industrial output for agriculture, mining, construction, total manufacturing, utilities, and personal travel. The overall growth in VMT reflects a weighted average based on the distribution of total light commercial truck VMT by sector. Projected fuel efficiencies are assumed to increase at the same annual growth rate as conventional gasoline light

- duty trucks (≤8,500 pounds gross vehicle weight).



## Consumer vehicle choice assumptions The Consumer Vehicle Choice Component (C VCC) utilizes a nested multinomial logit (NMNL) model that predicts sales shares based on relevant vehicle and fuel attributes. The nesting structure first predicts the probability of fuel choice for multi

- fuel vehicles within a technology set. Th e second

- level nesting predicts penetration among similar technologies within a technology set (e.g., gasoline ve rsus diesel hybrids). The

third

- level choice determines market share among the different technology sets [5 1 ]. The technology sets

include:

• Conventional fuel capable (gasoline, diesel, bi

- fuel compressed natural gas (CNG) and liquefied natural gas (LNG), bi

- fuel liquefied petr oleum gas (LPG), and flex

- fuel)

• Hybrid (gasoline and diesel)

• Plug

- in hybrid (10

- mile all

- electric range and 40

- mile all

- electric ra nge)

• Dedicated alter native fuel (CNG, LNG, and LPG)

• Fuel cell (gasoline, methanol, and hydrogen)

• Electric battery powered (100

- mile range and 200

- mile range) [5 2 ]

The vehicle attributes considered in the choice algorithm include: vehicle price, maintenance cost, battery replacement cost, range, multi

- fuel capability, home refueling capability, fuel economy, acceleration and luggage space. With the exceptions of maintenance cost, battery replacement cost, and luggage space,

vehicle attributes are determined endogenously [5 3 ]. Battery costs for plug

- in hybrid electric and all

- electric vehicles are based on a production

- based function over several technology phase periods. The fuel attributes used in market share estimation include availability and price. Vehic le attributes vary by six EPA size classes for cars and light trucks and fuel availability varies by Census division. The NMNL model coefficients were developed to reflect purchase decisions for size classes, cars and light trucks separately.

Where applica ble, CVCC fuel

- efficient technology attributes are calculated relative to conventional gasoline miles per gallon. It is assumed that many fuel efficiency improvements in conventional vehicles will be

transferred to alternative

- fuel vehicles. Specific indiv idual alternative

- fuel technological improvements are

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 81 

### also dependent upon the CVCC technology type, cost, research and development, and availability over time. Make and model availability estimates are assumed according to a logistic curve based on the ini tial technology introduction date and current offerings. Coefficients summarizing consumer valuation of vehicle attributes were derived from assumed economic valuation compared with vehicle price elasticities. Initial

CVCC vehicle sales shares are calibrat ed to data from R.L. Polk & Co., fleet data from Bobit Publishing Company, and sales data from Wards Auto [5 4 ]. A fuel

- switching algorithm based on the relative fuel prices for alternative fuels compared with gasoline is used to determine the percentage of total fuel consumption represented by alternative fuels in bi

- fuel and flex

- fuel alcohol vehicles.



## Freight truck assumptions

The F reight T ruck Component estimates vehicle stocks, travel, fuel efficiency, and energy use for three size

classes of trucks: li ght

- medium (Class 3), heavy

- medium (Classes 4

- 6), and heavy (Classes 7

- 8). The three size

classes are further b roken down into 13 subclasses for fuel economy classification purposes (Table 7. 8 ). These subclasses include two breakouts for light

- medium size class, including pickup/van and vocational, one breakout for heavy

- medium, including vocational, and ten breakouts for heavy. The ten subclasses parse the heavy size class into class 7 or class 8, day cab or sleeper cab, and low, mid or high roof. Within t he size classes, the stock model structure is designed to cover 34 vehicle vintages and to estimate energy use by four fuel types: diesel, gasoline, LPG, and natural gas (CNG and LNG). Fuel consumption estimates are reported regionally (by Census Division) according to the distillate fuel shares from the State Energy Data System [ 5 5 ]. The technology input data are specific to the different types of trucks and include the year of introduction, incremental fuel efficiency improvement, and capital cost (Table 7. 9 ).

Table 7. 8

. Vehicle technology category for technology matrix for freight trucks

Vehicle category Class Type Roof 1

1 3 Pickup and Van

-

2 3 Vocational

-

3 4

- 6 Vocational

-

4 7

- 8 Vocational

-

5 7 Tractor

- day cab low

6 7 Tractor

- day cab mid

7 7 Tractor

- day cab high

8 8 Tractor

- day cab low

9 8 Tractor

- day cab mid

10 8 Tractor

- day cab high

11 8 Tractor

- sleeper cab low

12 8 Tractor

- sleeper cab mid

13 8 Tractor

- sleeper cab high

1 Applies to Class 7 an d 8 day and sleeper cabs only.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 82 

### Table 7. 9

. S tandard technology matrix for freight trucks

Incremental
Fuel Economy
Vehicle Introduction Capital Costs Improvement Technology Type Category Year (2009$) (%)

Aerod ynamics I: streamlined bumper, grill, windshield, roof 1 2010 58 1.5 Aerodynamics I: conventional features; general aerodynamic shape, removal of

classic non

- aerodynamic features 5,8,11 1995 1000 4.1 Aerodynamics I 7,10,13 1995 1000 4.6 Aerodyn amics II: SmartWay features; streamlined shape, bumper grill, hood, 5,8 2004 1126 1.5 mirrors, side fuel tank and roof fairings, side gap extenders Aerodynamics II 7,10 2004 1126 3.1 Aerodynamics II 11 2004 1155 4.2 Aerodynamics II 13 2004 1506 4.2 Aerodynamics III: underbody airflow, down exhaust, lowered ride height 7 2014 2303 4.2 Aerodynamics III 10 2014 2489 5. 0 Aerodynamics III 13 2014 2675 5.8 Aerodynamics IV: skirts, boat tails, nose cone, vortex stabilizer, pneumatic

blowin g 5

- 13 1995 5500 13.0 Tires I: low rolling resistance 1 2010 7 1.5

Tires I 2,3 2010 162 2.6

Tires I 4, 8

- 13 2010 194 2.0

Tires I 5

- 7 2010 130 2.0 Tires II: super singles 5

- 13 2000 150 5.3 Tires III: single wide tires on trailer 5

- 13 2000 800 3.1

Wei ght Reduction I 1 2010 127 1.6 Weight Reduction I: aluminum dual tires or super singles 5

- 13 2010 650 1.0 Weight Reduction II: weight reduction 15% 3

- 13 2018 6200 3.0 Weight Reduction III: weight reduction 20% 3

- 13 2022 11000 3.5
Accessories I: Electri c/electrohydraulic improvements; electric power steering

or electrohydraulic power steering 1 2010 115 1.5

Accessories II: Improved accessories; electrified water, oil, fuel injection, power steering pump, air compressor 1 2010 93 1.5

Access ories III: Auxiliary Power Unit 11

- 13 2000 5400 5.8

Transmission I: 8

- speed Automatic from 6

- speed automatic 1 2000 280 1.7

Transmission II: 6

- Manual from 4

- speed automatic 1 1995 150 1.0
Transmission III: Automated Manual Transmission 2

- 13 2000 5000 3. 5 Diesel Engine I: after treatment improvements 1 2010 119 4.0 Diesel Engine I 2 2010 117 2.6 Diesel Engine II: low

- friction lubricants 1

- 13 2005 4 0.5 Diesel Engine III: variable valve actuation 2 2010 0 1.0 Diesel Engine III 3

- 13 2005 300 1.0

Diese l Engine IV: engine friction reduction, improved bearings to allow lower

viscosity oil 1

- 2 2010 116 1.0

Diesel Engine IV 3

- 13 2010 250 1.0 Diesel Engine V: improved turbo efficiency 2

- 13 2010 18 1.5 Diesel Engine VI: improved water, oil, fuel pump; pis tons; valve train friction
reduction 2 2010 213 1.3

Diesel Engine VI 3, 5

- 8 2010 186 1.3 Diesel Engine VI: improved water, oil, and fuel pump; pistons 4, 9

- 13 2010 150 1.3 Diesel Engine VII: improved cylinder head, fuel rail and injector, EGR cooler 2 2010 42 4.7 Diesel Engine VII 3

- 13 2010 31 4.7 Diesel Engine VIII: turbo mechanical compounding 5

- 13 2017 1000 3.9

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 83 

### Table 7. 9 . S tandard technology matrix for freight trucks (cont.)

Incremental
Fuel Economy
Vehicle Introduction Capit al Costs Improvement Technology Type Category Year (2009$) (%) Diesel Engine IX: low temperature EGR, improved turbochargers 1 2010 184 5.0 Diesel Engine X: sequential downsizing/turbocharging 5

- 13 2010 1200 2.5 Diesel Engine XI: waste heat recovery, O rganic Rankine Cycle (bottoming cycle) 3

- 13 2019 10000 8.0

Diesel Engine XII: electric turbo compounding 4

- 13 2020 8000 7.6 Gasoline Engine I: low friction lubricants 1

- 13 2010 4 0.5 Gasoline Engine II: coupled cam phasing 2

- 4 2010 46 2.6 Gasoline Engi ne III: engine friction reduction; low tension piston rings,
roller cam followers, piston skirt design, improved crankshaft design, and bearings; coating 1

- 2 2010 116 2.0
Gasoline III 3

- 4 2010 95 2.0 Gasoline Engine IV: stoichiometric gasoline d irect injection V8 1 2006 481 1.5 Gasoline Engine IV 2 2010 481 1.5 Gasoline Engine IV 3

- 4 2014 450 1.5 Gasoline Engine V: turbocharging and downsizing SGDI V8 to V6 1

- 4 2006 1743 2.1 Gasoline Engine VI: lean burn GDI 1

- 4 2020 4 50 1. 5 Gasoline Engine VII: HCCI 1

- 4 2035 685 12.0 Hybrid System I: 42V engine off at idle 1

- 2 2005 1500 7.0 Hybrid System I 3

- 4 2005 1500 4.5 Hybrid System II: dual mode hybrid 1

- 2 2008 12000 25.0 Hybrid System II: electric, ePTO, or hydraulic 3

- 4 2009 26667 30.0 Hybrid Sy stem II: 4 kWh battery, 50 kW motor generator 5

- 13 2012 26000 5.5 Sources: Greenhouse Gas Emissions Standards and Fuel Efficiency Standards for Medium

- and Heavy

- Duty Engines and Vehicles, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency and U.S. Department of Transp ortation, Final Rules, Federal Register, Vol. 76, No. 179 (September 2011). Final Rulemaking to Establish Greenhouse Gas Emissions Standards and Fuel Efficiency Standards for Medium

- and Heavy

- Duty Engines and Vehicles, Regulatory Impact Analysis, U.S. En vironmental Protection Agency and U.S. Department of Transportation, (August 2011). Reducing Heavy

- Duty Long Haul Combination Truck Fuel Consumption and CO2 Emissions, Final Report, TIAX, LLC. (October 2009). Update of Technology Information for Forecastin g Heavy

- Duty On

- Road Vehicle Fuel Economy, Final Report, ICF International, Prepared for the U.S. Energy Information Administration (August 2010). Technologies and Approaches to Reducing the Fuel Consumption of Medium

- and Heavy

- Duty Vehicles, National Res earch Council of the National Academy of Sciences (2010).



### The F reight Truck C omponent uses projections of industrial output to estimate growth in freight truck travel. Regional heavy

- duty freight truck vehicle travel is determined using a ton

- mile per d ollar of industrial output measure that is converted to freight vehicle miles traveled using shares developed from the Freight Analysis Framework ( F AF ) [ 5 6 ] with GIS

- based regionalization between origin/destination points [57] . Freight truck

ton

- miles, by Census division and industrial commodity, and historical truck vehicle miles traveled are developed using Department of Transportation and Federal Highway Administration data [ 5 8 ],[ 5 9 ].

Fuel economy of new freight trucks is dependent on the market penetrat ion of a dvanced technology components [ 60 ]. For the advanced technology components, market penetration is determined as a function of technology type, cost

- effectiveness, and introduction year. Cost

- effectiveness is calculated as a function of fuel price, vehicle travel, fuel economy improvement, and incremental capital cost.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 84 

### Heavy truck freight travel is estimated by class size and fuel type based on matching projected freight travel demand (measured by industrial output) to the travel supplied by the curr ent fleet. Travel by vintage and size class is then adjusted so that total travel meets total demand.

Initial heavy vehicle travel, by vintage and size class, is derived by EIA using Vehicle Inventory and Use Survey (VIUS) data [ 6 1 ]. Initial freight truck stocks by vintage are obtained from R. L. Polk & Co. and are distributed by fuel type using VIUS data. Vehicle scrappage rates are also estimated by EIA using R. L. Polk &

Co. data.



## Freight rail assumptions

The Rail F reight Component uses the industrial ou tput by NAICS code measured in real 200 9 dollars and a

ton

- mile per dollar output measure to project rail ton

- miles by C ensus division and commodity developed

from the FAF [6 2 ]. Coal production from the NEMS Coal Market Module is used to adjust coal

- based rail travel. Freight rail historical ton

- miles are developed from U.S. Department of Transportation data [ 6 3 ].

Historic freight rail efficiencies are based on historic al data taken from the U.S. Department of Transportation [ 6 4 ]. The distribution of rail fuel consumption by fuel type is based on the cost

- effectiveness of LNG as compared with diesel considering fuel costs and incremental locomot ive costs [6 5 ].



## Domestic and international shipping assumptions Similar to the previous component , the domestic freight shipping within the Waterborne Freight Component uses the industrial output by NAICS code measured in real 2005 dollars and a ton

- mile per dollar output

measure to project domestic marine ton

- miles by Census division and industrial commodity to de velop domestic marine travel [6 6 ], [6 7 ].

Domestic shipping efficiencies are taken from the Transportation Energy Data Book [6 8 ]. The energy consumption in the international shipping within the Waterborne Freight Component is a function of the

total level of imports and exports. The distribution of domestic and international shi pping fuel consumption by fuel type is based on historical data through 201 3 and allows for LNG as a marine fuel starting in 2013 based on fuel economics [ 69 ]. Historic regional dom estic shipping fuel share estimates are distributed according to regional shares in the State Energy Data System (SEDS) [7 0 ].



## A ir Travel S ub mod ual

The A ir Travel Sub mod ul e is a 13

- region world demand and supply model (Table 7. 10 ). For each region,

demand is computed for domestic travel (both takeoff and landing occur in the same region) and international travel (either takeoff or landing is in the region but not both). Once the demand for aircraft is
determined, the Aircraft Fleet E fficiency Component move s aircraft between regions to satisfy the projected

demand for air travel.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 85 

### Table 7. 10

. Thirteen regions for the world model

Region Number Region Major Countries in Region

1 United States United States

2 Canada Canada

3 Centr al America Mexico

4 South America Brazil

5 Europe France, Germany

6 Africa S. Africa

7 Middle East Egypt

8 CIS Russia

9 China China

10 Northeast Asia Japan, Korea

11 Southeast Asia Vietnam

12 Southwest Asia India

13 Oceania Australia, New Zealand

Source: Jet Information Services, 20 13 World Jet Inventory, data tables (20 13 )

.



## Air travel demand assumptions

The A ir Travel D emand Component calculates the domestic and international per capita revenue passenger miles (RPM

- PC) for each region. Domest ic and international revenue passenger miles are based on the

historical data in Table 7.1 1 [7 1 ], per capita in come for the United States, per capita GDP for the non

- U.S. regions, and ticket prices. The revenue ton miles of air freight for the United State s are based on merchandise exports, gross domestic product, and fuel cost. For th e non

- U.S. regions, revenue ton

- miles are based on GDP growth in the region [7 2 ].

Airport capacity constraints based on the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Airport Capac ity Benchmark Report 2004 are incorporated into the Air Travel D emand Component using airport capacity measures [7 3 ]. Airport capacity is defined by the maximum number of flights per hour airports can routinely handle, the amount of time airports operate at optimal capacity, and passenger load factors. Capacity expansion is expected to be delayed due to the economic environment and fuel costs.



## Aircraft stock/efficiency assumptions

The A ircraft Fleet E fficiency Component consists of a world regional stock m odel of wide body, narrow body, and regional jets by vintage. Total aircraft supply for a given year is based on the initial supply of aircraft for model year 2009, new passenger aircraft sales, and the survival rate by vintage (Table 7.1 2 ) [7 4 ]. New

pass enger aircraft sales are a function of revenue passenger miles and gross domestic product.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 86 

### Table 7. 11

. 201 3 Regional population, GDP, per capita GDP, domestic and international RPM and per capita RPM

Population

Region (mill ion) GDP (200 5 $) GDP_PC

United States 31 7

. 0 11,651 36,752.78

Canada 35.3 1,274 36,115.40

Central America 166.0 2,181 13,136.93

South America 443.2 5,033 11,355.94

Europe 649.7 16,041 24,689.83

Africa 1076.3 4,374 4,063.54

Middle East 220.9 2,562 11, 597.03

Russia 252.5 3,752 14,856.79

China 1,463.9 12,124 8,282.08

Northeast Asia 176.1 5,508 31,277.72

Southeast Asia 778.6 4,350 5,587.67

Southwest Asia 1,502.7 5,580 3,713.48

Oceania 29.6 866 29,300.60

Region RPM (billion) RPM_PC (thousand)

Dome stic

United States 602.5 1,900.7

Canada 31.4 890.6

Central America 23.2 139.6

South America 93.6 211.2

Europe 453.4 697.8

Africa 34.1 31.7

Middle East 54.8 248.1

Russia 75.1 297.5

China 292.6 199.9

Nort heast Asia 66.0 374.6

Southeast Asia 105.8 135.9

Southwest Asia 43.2 28.8

Oceania 62.9 2,126.4

International

United States 263.6 832.1

Canada 62.5 1,770.6

Central America 79.0 476.0

South America 66.7 150.5

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 87 

### Tabl e 7.1 1 . 201 3 Regional population, GDP, per capita GDP, domesti c and international RPM and per capita RPM (cont.)

Region RPM ( b illion) RPM PC ( thousand )

Europe 411.6 633.5

Africa 65.9 61.2

Middle East 154.0 696.9

Russia 100.3 397.0

China 115.8 79.1

Northeast Asia 131.6 747.4

Southwest Asia 150.9 193.8

Southwest Asia 70.0 46.6

Oceania 54.5 1,845.0

Source: Global Insight 2005 chain

- weighted dollars, Boeing Current Market Outlook 20 13

.



### Table 7. 12

. 201 3 Regional passenger and cargo aircraft supply

Age of Aircraft (years)

Aircraft Type New 1

- 10 11

- 20 21

- 30 >30 Total

Passenger

Narrow Body

United States 154 1019 1588 886 42 3756

Canada 6 127 94 49 4 297

Central America 21 190 60 64 19 374

South America 4 9 329 1 59 109 53 778

Europe 139 1705 890 307 9 3059

Africa 11 149 150 136 36 559

Middle East 3 0 319 119 85 11 600

Russia 33 265 333 24 2 44 1081

China 235 1250 274 36 0 1795

Northeast Asia 49 205 106 10 2 374

Southeast Asia 135 533 167 12 3 10 1007

Southwest Asia 40 254 44 31 0 394

Oceania 21 197 51 10 0 279

Wide Body

United States 20 88 323 171 3 6 18

Canada 4 23 28 2 5 0 81

Central America 3 9 9 5 0 28

South America 9 60 42 6 2 120

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 88 

### Table 7.12 . 201 3 Regional passenger and cargo aircraft supply (cont.)

Age of Aircraft (years)

Aircraft Type New 1

- 10 11

- 20 21

- 30 >30 Total

Europe 38 3 27 36 6 89 0 83 1

Africa 9 60 39 34 6 1 54

Middle East 4 6 310 1 57 72 0 608

Russia 9 41 8 9 35 0 1 7 8

China 57 195 1 09 4 0 365

Northeast Asia 23 177 1 37 20 0 3 57

Southeast Asia 50 227 1 58 31 0 4 73

Sout hwest Asia 7 53 36 14 0 11 4

Oceania 8 65 33 25 0 131

Regional Jets

United States 49 1222 1024 177 3 2476

Canada 14 1 5 2 96 146 16 433

Central America 13 80 68 57 0 218

South America 38 190 98 63 3 392

E urope 38 6 35 531 249 0 14 5 3

Africa 7 1 52 145 98 3 415

Middle East 1 98 76 38 0 216

Russia 18 98 122 98 1 352

China 1 5 1 37 46 1 0 1 99

Northeast Asia 7 5 9 26 3 0 95

Southeast Asia 35 121 103 67 2 338

Southwest Asia 3 5 2 32 0 0 88

Oceania 10 108 132 107 0 357

Cargo

Narrow Body

United States 0 3 68 108 109 288

Canada 0 0 5 2 2 6 33

Central America 0 1 3 6 9 1 9

South America 0 0 2 6 4 6 54

Europe 0 0 18 87 5 1 1 0

Africa 0 0 4 16 45 65

Middle East 0 0 1 6 9 1 6

Russia 1 8 6 3 4 22

China 0 2 36 23 0 61

Northeast Asia 0 0 0 1 0 1

Southeast Asia 0 0 1 13 19 33

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 89 

### Table 7.1 2

. 201 3 Regional passenger and cargo aircraft supply (co nt.)

Age of Aircraft (years) Aircraft Type New 1

- 10 11

- 20 21

- 30 >30 Total

Southwest Asia 0 0 1 5 6 1 2

Oceania 0 0 0 11 3 14

Wide Body

United States 15 101 194 200 89 599

Canada 0 0 0 3 4 7

Central America 0 2 1 3 3 9

South America 3 8 7 4 5 27

Europe 10 48 5 4 40 19 171

Africa 0 2 2 1 2 7

Middle East 12 1 7 1 1 18 13 71

Russia 2 7 8 7 4 28

China 8 47 20 1 5 2 9 2

Northeast Asia 6 25 1 7 10 0 5 8

Southeast Asia 0 22 29 5 0 5 6

Southwest Asia 0 0 0 2 3 5

Oceania 0 1 0 0 0 1

Regional Jets

United States 0 0 5 3 7 0 42

Canada 0 0 2 8 0 10

Central America 0 0 4 2 0 6

South America 0 0 0 3 0 3

Europe 0 0 18 93 0 111

Africa 0 0 3 6 1 10

Middle East 0 0 0 2 0 2

Russia 0 0 0 2 0 2

China 0 0 0 0 0 0

Northeast Asia 0 0 0 0 0 0

Southeast Asia 0 0 0 5 0 5

Southwest Asia 0 0 3 0 0 3

Oceania 0 0 0 8 0 8

Survival Curve (fraction) New 5 10 20 40

Narrow Body 1.000 0.9998 0.9994 0.9970 0.8000

Wide Body 1.000 0.9983 0.9961 0.9870 0.7900

Regional Jets 1.000 0.9971 0.9950 0.9830 0.7800

Source: Jet Information Services, 20 13 World Jet Inventory (20 13 ).

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 90 

### Wide and narrow body planes over 25 years of age are placed as cargo jets according to a cargo percentage varying from 50% of 25

- year

- old planes to 100% of those aircraft 30 years and older. The available seat

miles per plane, which measure the carrying capacity of the airplanes by a ircraft type, increase gradually over time. Domestic and international travel are combined into a single regional demand for seat

- miles and passed to the Aircraft Fleet Efficiency Component, which adjusts the initial aircraft stock to meet that

demand. For each region, starting with the United States, the initial stock is adjusted by moving aircraft between regions.

Technological availability, economic viability, and efficiency characteristics of new aircraft are assumed to grow at a fixed rate. Fuel

- effici ency of new aircraft acquisitions represents an improvement over the stock efficiency of surviving airplanes. Generic sets of new technologies (Table 7.1 3 ) are introduced in different years and with a set of improved efficiencies over the base year (2007). Regional shares of all types of aircraft fuel use are assumed to be constant and are consistent with the SEDS estimate of regional jet fuel

shares.

Table 7. 13

. Standard technology matrix for air travel

Technology Introduction Y ear Fractional Efficiency Improvement Jet Fuel Trigger Price (1987$/gallon)
Technology #1 2008 0.03 1.34
Technology #2 2014 0.0 5 1.34 Technology #3 2020 0. 09 1.34 Technology #4 2025 0.1 3 1.34 Technology #5 2018 0. 17 1.34 Technology #6 2018 0.00 1.34 Source: Jet Information Services, 20 13 World Jet Inventory, data tables (20 13 )

.



## Legislation and regulations Light

- Duty Vehicle Combined Corporate Average Fuel Economy (CAFE) Standards

The AEO201 5 Reference case includes the attribute

- based CAFE standard s for LDVs for Model Year (MY) 2011, the joint attribute

- based CAFE and vehicle GHG emissions standards for MY 2012 through MY 2016

and for MY 2017 through 2025 . CAFE standards are then held constant in subsequent model years, although the fuel economy of new LDVs continues to rise modestly over time.



## Heavy

- Duty Vehicle Combined Corporate Average Fuel Economy Standards On September 15, 2011, EPA and NHTSA jointly announced a final rule, called the HD National Program [7 5 ],

which for the first time establish es greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and fuel consumption standards for on

road heavy

- duty trucks and their engines. The AEO201 5 Reference case incorporates the new standards for heavy

- duty vehicles (HDVs) with gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) above 8,500 p ounds (Classes 2b through 8). The HD National Program standards begin for MY 2014 vehicles and engines and are fully phased in by MY 2018. AEO201 5 models standard compliance among 13 HDV regulatory classifications that represent the discrete vehicle catego ries set forth in the rule.



## Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA2007) A fuel economy credit trading program is established based on EISA2007. Currently, CAFE credits earned by manufacturers can be banked for up to 3 years and can only be appl ied to the fleet (car or light truck) from which the credit was earned. Starting in model year 2011, the credit trading program allows manufacturers whose automobiles exceed the minimum fuel economy standards to earn credits that can be sold to other

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 91 

### manuf acturers whose automobiles fail to achieve the prescribed standards. The credit trading program is designed to ensure that the total oil savings associated with manufacturers that exceed the prescribed standards are preserved when credits are sold to manuf acturers that fail to achieve the prescribed

standards.

While the credit trading program began in 2011, EISA2007 allows manufacturers to apply credits earned to any of the three model years prior to the model year the credits are earned, and to any of the five model years after the credits are earned. The transfer of credits within a manufacturer’s fleet is limited to specific maximums. For model years 2011 through 2013, the maximum transfer is 1.0 mpg; for model years 2014 through 2017, the maximum transfe r is 1.5 mpg; and for model years 2018 and later, the maximum credit transfer is 2.0 mpg. NEMS currently allows for sensitivity analysis of CAFE credit banking by manufacturer fleet, but does not model the trading of credits across manufacturers. AEO201 5 does not consider trading of credits since this would require significant modifications to NEMS and detailed technology cost and efficiency data by manufacturer, which are not readily available.

The CAFE credits specified under the Alternative Motor Fuels Act (AMFA) through 2019 are extended. Prior to passage of this Act, the CAFE credits under AMFA were scheduled to expire after model year 2010. Currently, 1.2 mpg is the maximum CAFE credit that can be earned from selling alternative fueled vehicles.

EISA2 007 extends the 1.2 mpg credit maximum through 2014 and reduces the maximum by 0.2 mpg for each following year until it is phased out by model year 2020. NEMS does model CAFE credits earned from

alternative fuel vehicle sales.



## American Recovery and Reinves tment Act of 2009 and Energy Improvement and Extension Act of
2008 ARRA Title I, Section 1141, modified the EIEA2008 Title II, Section 205, tax credit for the purchase of new, qualified plug

- in electric drive motor vehicles. According to the legislation, a qualified plug

- in electric drive motor vehicle must draw propulsion from a traction battery with at least 4 kWh of capacity and be propelled to a significant extent by an electric motor which draws electricity from a battery that is capable of being

recha rged from an external source of electricity.

The tax credit for the purchase of a plug

- in electric vehicle is $2,500, plus, starting at a battery capacity of 5 kWh, an additional $417 per kWh battery credit up to a maximum of $7,500 per vehicle. The tax cr edit eligibility and phase

- out are specific to an individual vehicle manufacturer. The credits are phased out once a manufacturer’s cumulative sales of qualified vehicles reach 200,000. The phaseout period begins two calendar quarters after the first date in which a manufacturer’s sales reach the cumulative sales maximum after December 31, 2009. The credit is reduced to 50% of the total value for the first two calendar quarters of the phase

- out period and then to 25% for the third and fourth calendar quar ters before being phased out entirely thereafter. The credit applies to vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating of less than 14,000 pounds.

ARRA also allows a tax credit of 10% against the cost of a qualified electric vehicle with a battery capacity o f at least 4 kWh subject to the same phase

- out rules as above. The tax credits for qualified plug

- in electric

drive motor vehicles and electric vehicles are included in AEO201 5

.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 92 

## Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPACT 1992 )

Fleet alternative

- fuel vehicle sales ne cessary to meet the EPACT regulations are derived based on the mandates as they currently stand and the Commercial Fleet Vehicle Component calculations. Total projected AFV sales are divided into fleets by government, business, and fuel providers (Table 7. 1 4 ).

Table 7. 14

. EPACT legislative mandates for AFV purchases by fleet type and year

Year Federal State Fuel Providers Electric Utilities

2005 75 75 70 90 Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration , Energy Efficiency and R enewable Energy (Washington, DC, 2005), 

### http://www1.eere.energy.gov/vehiclesandfuels/epact/statutes_regulations.html

. 

### Because the commercial fleet model operates on three fleet type representations (business, government, and utility), the federal and state mandates are weighted by fleet vehicle stocks to create a composite mandate for both. The same combining methodology is used to create a composite mandate for e lectric utilities and fuel providers based on fleet vehicle stocks [ 7 6 ].



## Low

- Emission Vehicle Program (LEVP) The LEVP was originally passed into legislation in 1990 in the State of California. It began as the implementation of a voluntary opt

- in pilot prog ram under the purview of Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 (CAAA 19 90), which included a provision that other states could opt in to the California program to achieve lower emissions levels than would otherwise be achieved through CAAA 19 90. Fourteen states h ave elected to adopt the California LEVP.

The LEVP is an emissions

- based policy, setting sales mandates for six categories of low

- emission vehicles:

low

- emission vehicles (LEVs), ultra

- low

- emission vehicles (ULEVs), super

- ultra

- low

- emission vehicles (SULEV s), partial zero

- emission vehicles (PZEVs), advanced technology partial zero

- emission vehicles (AT

PZEVs), and zero

- emission vehicles (ZEVs). The LEVP requires that in 2005, 10% of a manufacturer’s s ales are ZEVs or equivalent ZEV

- earned credi ts, increasin g to 11% in 2009, 12% in 2012, 14% in 2015, and 16% in 2018 where it remains constant thereafter. In August 2004, California Air Resources Board (CARB) enacted further amendments to the LEVP that place a greater emphasis on emissions reductions from PZEVs and AT

PZEVs and requires that manufacturers produce a minimum number of fuel cell and electric vehicles. In addition, manufacturers are allowed to adopt alternative compliance requirements for ZEV sales that are

based on cumulative fuel cell vehicle sale s targets for vehicles sold in all states participating in California’s LEVP. Under the alternative compliance requirements , ZEV credits can also be earned by selling battery electric vehicles. Currently, all manufacturers have opted to adhere to the alter native compliance requirements. The mandate still includes phase

- in multipliers for pure ZEVs and allows 20% of the sales requirement to be met with AT

- PZEVs and 60% of the requirement to be met with PZEVs. AT

- PZEVs and PZEVs are allowed 0.2 credits per ve hicle. EIA assumes that credit allowances for PZEVs will be met with conventional vehicle technology, hybrid vehicles will be sold to meet the AT

- PZEV allowances, and hydrogen fuel cell vehicles will be sold to meet the pure ZEV requirements under the alte rnative compliance path.



## Transportation alternative case Integrated High Technology case In the Integrated High Technology case for cars and light trucks, the conventional fuel

- saving technology

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 93 

### characteristics are based on NHTSA and EPA values [ 7 7 ]. Table s 7.1 5 and 7.1 6 summarize the high technology matrices for cars and light trucks. Table 7.1 7 reflects the high technology case assumptions for freight trucks. These reflect optimistic values, with respect to efficiency improvement and capital cost, for

adv anced technologies [ 7 8

- 8 1]. For the A ir Travel Sub module, the Integrated High Technology case reflects earlier introduction years for the new aircraft technologies and a greater penetration share (Table 7.1 8 ).

Table 7. 15

. High te chnology matrix for cars

Per Unit
Absolute Incremental
Fuel Incremental Incremental Weight Efficiency Incremental Cost ($/ Weight (Lbs./ Introduction Horsepower Change % Cost 2000$ UnitWt.) (Lbs.) UnitWt.) Year Change %
Unit Body C onstruction 4.4 89.92 0.00 0

- 6 1980 0
Mass Reduction I 1.1 0.00 0.06 0

- 1.5 2005 0
Mass Reduction II 2.9 0.00 0.13 0

- 3.5 2009 0
Mass Reduction III 5.9 0.00 0.37 0

- 10 2011 0
Mass Reduction IV 9.2 0.00 0.56 0

- 15 2099 0
Mass Reduction V 12.8 0.00 0.6 5 0

- 20 2099 0 Aerodynamics I 2.6 43.35 0.00 0 0.5 2000 0 Aerodynamics II 5.4 182.96 0.00 0 1 2011 0 6 Speed Manual 2.4 230.03 0.00 20 0 1995 0 Aggressive Shift Logic I 2.8 29.20 0.00 0 0 1999 0 Aggressive Shift Logic II 7.4 24.46 0.00 0 0 2017 0

Ear ly Torque Converter Lockup 0.6 26.54 0.00 0 0 2002 0 High Efficiency Gearbox 1.8 180.56 0.00 0 0 2017 0 5 Speed Automatic 1.5 93.52 0.00 20 0 1995 0 6 Speed Automatic 2.4 243.05 0.00 30 0 2003 0 7 Speed Automatic 5.6 360.93 0.00 40 0 2009 0 8 Speed Au tomatic 8.8 479.55 0.00 50 0 2010 0
Dual Clutch Automated Manual 6.1 51.08 0.00

- 10 0 2004 0

CVT 9.2 225.88 0.00

- 25 0 1998 0
Low Friction Lubricants 0.8 2.88 0.00 0 0 2003 0 Engine Friction Reduction I

- 4 cyl 2.2 42.44 0.00 0 0 2000 1.25 Engine Fricti on Reduction I

- 6 cyl 2.9 64.02 0.00 0 0 2000 1.25 Engine Friction Reduction I

- 8 cyl 3.1 84.89 0.00 0 0 2000 1.25 Engine Friction Reduction II

- 4 cyl 4.0 90.64 0.00 0 0 2017 2.25 Engine Friction Reduction II

- 6 cyl 5.2 133.08 0.00 0 0 2017 2.25 Engine Fri ction Reduction II

- 8 cyl 5.6 175.53 0.00 0 0 2017 2.25 Cylinder Deactivation

- 6 cyl 7.2 168.36 0.00 10 0 2004 0 Cylinder Deactivation

- 8 cyl 7.6 188.97 0.00 10 0 2004 0

VVT I

- OHV Intake Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 2.9 39.51 0.00 20 0 2051 1.25

VVT I

- OHV Intake Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 3.0 39.51 0.00 30 0 2051 1.25

VVT I

- OHC Intake Cam Phasing

- 4 cyl 2.3 39.51 0.00 10 0 1993 1.25

VVT I

- OHC Intake Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 2.9 79.88 0.00 20 0 1993 1.25

VVT I

- OHC Intake Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 3.0 79.88 0.00 30 0 1993 1.25

VVT II

- OHV C oupled Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 5.9 39.51 0.00 20 0 2009 1.25

VVT II

- OHV Coupled Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 6.4 39.51 0.00 30 0 2009 1.25

VVT II

- OHC Coupled Cam Phasing

- 4 cyl 4.7 39.51 0.00 10 0 2009 1.25

VVT II

- OHC Coupled Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 5.9 79.88 0.00 20 0 2009 1. 25

VVT II

- OHC Coupled Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 6.4 79.88 0.00 30 0 2009 1.25

VVT III

- OHV Dual Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 5.9 89.33 0.00 25 0 2051 1.56

VVT III

- OHV Dual Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 6.4 89.33 0.00 37.5 0 2051 1.56

VVT III

- OHC Dual Cam Phasing

- 4 cyl 4.7 81.60 0.00 12.5 0 2009 1.56

VVT III

- OHC Dual Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 5.9 176.09 0.00 25 0 2009 1.56

VVT III

- OHC Dual Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 6.4 176.09 0.00 37.5 0 2009 1.56

VVL I

- OHV Discrete

- 6 cyl 6.1 202.72 0.00 40 0 2000 2.5

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 94 

### Table 7.1 5 . High technology matrix for cars (cont.)

Per Unit
Absolute Incremental
Fuel Incremental Incremental Weight Efficiency Incremental Cost ($/ Weight (Lbs./ Introduction Horsepower Change % Cost 2000$ UnitWt.) (Lbs.) UnitWt.) Year Change %

VVL I

- OHV Discrete

- 8 cyl 6.5 290.33 0.00 50 0 2000 2.5

VVL I

- OHC Discrete

- 4 cyl 4.7 140.01 0.00 25 0 2000 2.5

VVL I

- OHC Discrete

- 6 cyl 6.1 202.72 0.00 40 0 2000 2.5

VVL I

- OHC Discrete

- 8 cyl 6.5 290.33 0.00 50 0 2000 2.5

VVL II

- OHV Continuous

- 6 cyl 7.7 1035.06 0.00 40 0 2011 2.5

VVL II

- OHV Continuous

- 8 cyl 8.3 1131.26 0.00 50 0 2011 2.5

VVL II

- OHC Continuous

- 4 cyl 5.9 209.59 0.00 25 0 2011 2.5

VVL II

- OHC Continuous

- 6 cyl 7.7 384.82 0.00 40 0 2011 2.5

VVL II

- OHC Continuous

- 8 cyl 8.3 420.04 0.00 50 0 2011 2.5
Stoichiometric GDI

- 4 cyl 1.7 237.93 0.00 20 0 2006 2.5
Stoichiometric GDI

- 6 cyl 1.7 358.19 0.00 30 0 2006 2.5
Stoichiometric GDI

- 8 cyl 1.7 430.34 0.00 40 0 2006 2.5

OHV to DOHC TBDS

- I4 23.8 1245.51 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

OHV to DOHC TBDS I

- V6 22.2 1887.16 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS I

- I4 23.8 744.73 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS I

- V6 22.2 1445.22 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

DOHC TBDS I

- I3 19.3 823.75 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

DOHC TBDS I

- I4 23.8 672.57 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

DOHC TBDS I

- V6 22.2 1377.79 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

OHV to DOHC TBDS II

- I4 28.9 1427.73 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

OHV to DOHC TBDS II

- V6 27.0 2200.80 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS II

- I4 28.9 941.53 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS II

- V6 27.0 1771.73 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

DOHC TBDS II

- I3 23.3 1017.42 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

DOHC TBDS II

- I4 28.9 871.48 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

DOHC TBDS II

- V6 27.0 1706.27 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

OHV to DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V6) 35.9 1828.65 0.00

- 100 0 2017 3.75

OHV to DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V 8) 33.8 1441.63 0.00

- 200 0 2017 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V6) 35.9 1409.25 0.00

- 100 0 2017 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V8) 33.8 1242.36 0.00

- 200 0 2017 3.75

DOHC TBDS III

- I3 (from I4) 29.8 1471.12 0.00

- 100 0 2017 3.75

DOHC TBDS II I

- I4 (from V6) 35.9 1348.83 0.00

- 100 0 2017 3.75

DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V8) 33.8 1171.86 0.00

- 200 0 2017 3.75 Electric Power Steering 1.4 96.44 0.00 0 0 2004 0 Improved Accessories I 0.8 78.74 0.00 0 0 2005 0 12V Micro Hybrid w/EPS and IACC 7.7 576.2 2 0.00 45 0 2005 0 Improved Accessories II 2.8 115.82 0.00 0 0 2012 0 Mild Hybrid w/EPS and IACC II 12.1 2611.80 0.00 80 0 2012

- 2.5

Tires I 2.2 5.04 0.00

- 12 0 2005 0

Tires II 4.4 52.51 0.00

- 15 0 2017 0 Low Drag Brakes 0.9 53.23 0.00 0 0 2000 0

Sec ondary Axle Disconnect 1.4 86.70 0.00 0

- 1 2012 0 Sources: Energy and Environmental Analysis, Documentation of Technology included in the NEMS Fuel Economy Model for Passenge r Cars and Light Trucks (September 2002). National Research Council, Effectiven ess and Impact of Corporate Average Fuel Economy (CAFÉ) Standards (Copyright 2002). National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Corporate Average Fuel Economy for MY 2011

- 2015 Passenger Cars and Light Trucks (April 2008).
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Interim Report: New Powertrain Technologies and Their Projected Costs (October 2005). Environmental Protection Agency and Department of Transportation National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, “2017 and La ter Model Year Light

- Duty Vehicle Gre enhouse Gas Emissions and Corporate Average Fuel Economy Standards; Final Rule,” Federal Register Vol. 77, No. 199, October 15, 2012. 40 CFR Parts 85, 86, 600, 49 CFR Parts 523, 531, 533, et al. and 600.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 95 

### Table 7. 16

. High techno logy matrix for light trucks

Per Unit

Absolute Incremental
Fuel Incremental Incremental Weight
Efficiency Incremental Cost ($/ Weight (Lbs./ Introduction Horsepower Change % Cost 2000$ UnitWt.) (Lbs.) UnitWt.) Year Change %

Unit Bo dy Construction 4.4 90.00 0.00 0

- 6 1980 0

Mass Reduction I 1.1 0.00 0.06 0

- 1.5 2005 0

Mass Reduction II 2.9 0.00 0.13 0

- 7.5 2009 0

Mass Reduction III 5.9 0.00 0.37 0

- 10 2011 0

Mass Reduction IV 9.2 0.00 0.56 0

- 15 2016 0

Mass Reduction V 12.8 0.00 0.65 0

- 20 2020 0 Aerodynamics I 2.6 43.35 0.00 0 0.5 2000 0 Aerodynamics II 5.4 182.96 0.00 0 1 2011 0 6 Speed Manual 2.2 230.03 0.00 20 0 1995 0 Aggressive Shift Logic I 2.5 29.20 0.00 0 0 1999 0 Aggressive Shift Logic II 6.9 24.46 0.00 0 0 2017 0 Early Torque Converter Lockup 0.6 26.54 0.00 0 0 2002 0 High Efficiency Gearbox 1.8 180.56 0.00 0 0 2017 0 5 Speed Automatic 1.5 93.52 0.00 20 0 1995 0 6 Speed Automatic 2.2 243.05 0.00 30 0 2003 0 7 Speed Automatic 5.5 360.93 0.00 40 0 2009 0
8 Spee d Automatic 8.8 479.55 0.00 50 0 2014 0

Dual Clutch Automated Manual 5.4 164.02 0.00

- 10 0 2004 0

CVT 8.6 225.88 0.00

- 25 0 1998 0

Low Friction Lubricants 0.8 2.88 0.00 0 0 2003 0 Engine Friction Reduction I

- 4 cyl 2.2 42.44 0.00 0 0 2000 1.25 Engine F riction Reduction I

- 6 cyl 2.9 64.02 0.00 0 0 2000 1.25 Engine Friction Reduction I

- 8 cyl 2.8 84.89 0.00 0 0 2000 1.25 Engine Friction Reduction II

- 4 cyl 4.0 90.64 0.00 0 0 2017 2.25 Engine Friction Reduction II

- 6 cyl 5.2 133.08 0.00 0 0 2017 2.25 Engin e Friction Reduction II

- 8 cyl 4.8 175.53 0.00 0 0 2017 2.25 Cylinder Deactivation

- 6 cyl 7.0 168.36 0.00 10 0 2004 0 Cylinder Deactivation

- 8 cyl 6.6 188.97 0.00 10 0 2004 0

VVT I

- OHV Intake Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 2.9 39.51 0.00 20 0 2051 1.25

VVT I

- OHV Intak e Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 2.8 39.51 0.00 30 0 2051 1.25

VVT I

- OHC Intake Cam Phasing

- 4 cyl 2.3 39.51 0.00 10 0 1993 1.25

VVT I

- OHC Intake Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 2.9 79.88 0.00 20 0 1993 1.25

VVT I

- OHC Intake Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 2.8 79.88 0.00 30 0 1993 1.25

VVT II

- OHV Coupled Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 5.9 39.51 0.00 20 0 2009 1.25

VVT II

- OHV Coupled Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 5.6 39.51 0.00 30 0 2009 1.25

VVT II

- OHC Coupled Cam Phasing

- 4 cyl 4.7 39.51 0.00 10 0 2009 1.25

VVT II

- OHC Coupled Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 5.9 79.88 0.00 20 0 20 09 1.25

VVT II

- OHC Coupled Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 5.6 79.88 0.00 30 0 2009 1.25

VVT III

- OHV Dual Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 5.9 89.33 0.00 25 0 2051 1.56

VVT III

- OHV Dual Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 5.6 89.33 0.00 37.5 0 2051 1.56

VVT III

- OHC Dual Cam Phasing

- 4 cyl 4.7 81.60 0.00 12.5 0 2009 1.56

VVT III

- OHC Dual Cam Phasing

- 6 cyl 5.9 176.09 0.00 25 0 2009 1.56

VVT III

- OHC Dual Cam Phasing

- 8 cyl 5.6 176.09 0.00 37.5 0 2009 1.56

VVL I

- OHV Discrete

- 6 cyl 6.1 202.72 0.00 40 0 2000 2.5

VVL I

- OHV Discrete

- 8 cyl 5.7 290.33 0.00 50 0 2000 2.5

VVL I

- OHC Discrete

- 4 cyl 4.6 140.01 0.00 25 0 2000 2.5

VVL I

- OHC Discrete

- 6 cyl 6.1 202.72 0.00 40 0 2000 2.5

VVL I

- OHC Discrete

- 8 cyl 5.7 290.33 0.00 50 0 2000 2.5

VVL II

- OHV Continuous

- 6 cyl 7.7 1035.06 0.00 40 0 2011 2.5

VVL II

- OHV Co ntinuous

- 8 cyl 7.2 1131.26 0.00 50 0 2011 2.5

VVL II

- OHC Continuous

- 4 cyl 5.8 209.59 0.00 25 0 2011 2.5

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 96 

### Table 7.1 6 . High technology matrix for light trucks (cont.)

Per Unit
Absolute Incremental
Fuel Incremental Incremental Weight

E fficiency Incremental Cost ($/ Weight (Lbs./ Introduction Horsepower Change % Cost 2000$ UnitWt.) (Lbs.) UnitWt.) Year Change %

VVL II

- OHC Continuous

- 6 cyl 7.7 384.82 0.00 40 0 2011 2.5

VVL II

- OHC Continuous

- 8 cyl 7.2 420.04 0.00 50 0 2011 2.5
Stoich iometric GDI

- 4 cyl 1.7 237.93 0.00 20 0 2006 2.5
Stoichiometric GDI

- 6 cyl 1.7 358.19 0.00 30 0 2006 2.5
Stoichiometric GDI

- 8 cyl 1.7 430.34 0.00 40 0 2006 2.5

OHV to DOHC TBDS

- I4 23.8 1245.51 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

OHV to DOHC TBDS I

- V6 22.2 1887.16 0.0 0

- 100 0 2009 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS I

- I4 23.8 744.73 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS I

- V6 22.2 1445.22 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

DOHC TBDS I

- I3 19.3 823.75 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

DOHC TBDS I

- I4 23.8 672.57 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

DOHC TBDS I

- V6 22.2 1377.79 0.00

- 100 0 2009 3.75

OHV to DOHC TBDS II

- I4 28.9 1427.73 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

OHV to DOHC TBDS II

- V6 27.0 2200.80 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS II

- I4 28.9 941.53 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS II

- V6 27.0 1771.73 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

DOHC TBDS II

- I3 23.3 1017.42 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

DOHC TBDS II

- I4 28.9 871.48 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

DOHC TBDS II

- V6 27.0 1706.27 0.00

- 100 0 2012 3.75

OHV to DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V6) 35.9 1828.65 0.00

- 100 0 2017 3.75

OHV to DOHC TBDS I II

- I4 (from V8) 33.8 1441.63 0.00

- 200 0 2017 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V6) 35.9 1409.25 0.00

- 100 0 2017 3.75

SOHC to DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V8) 33.8 1242.36 0.00

- 200 0 2017 3.75

DOHC TBDS III

- I3 (from I4) 29.8 1471.12 0.00

- 100 0 2017 3.75

DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V6) 35.9 1348.83 0.00

- 100 0 2017 3.75

DOHC TBDS III

- I4 (from V8) 33.8 1171.86 0.00

- 200 0 2017 3.75 Electric Power Steering 1.1 96.44 0.00 0 0 2004 0 Improved Accessories I 0.8 78.74 0.00 0 0 2005 0 12V Micro Hybrid w/EPS and I ACC 7.4 628.01 0.00 45 0 2005 0 Improved Accessories II 2.6 115.82 0.00 0 0 2012 0 Mild Hybrid w/EPS and IACC II 11.7 2611.80 0.00 80 0 2012

- 2.5

Tires I 2.2 5.04 0.00

- 12 0 2005 0

Tires II 4.4 52.51 0.00

- 15 0 2017 0 Low Drag Brakes 0.9 53.23 0.00 0 0 2000 0 Secondary Axle Disconnect 1.5 86.70 0.00 0

- 1 2012 0 Sources: Energy and Environmental Analysis, Documentation of Technology included in the NEMS Fuel Economy Model for Passenge r Cars and Light Trucks (September 2002).

National Research Council , Effectiveness and Impact of Corporate Average Fuel Economy (CAFE) Standards (Copyright 2002). National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Corporate Average Fuel Economy for MY 2011

- 2015 Passenger Cars and Light Trucks (April 2008).

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Interim Report: New Powertrain Technologies and Their Projected Costs (October 2005). Environmental Protection Agency and Department of Transportation National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, “2017 and La ter Model Year Light

- Duty vehicle Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Corporate Average Fuel Economy Standards; Final Rule,” Federal Register Vol. 77, No. 199, October 15, 2012. 40 CFR Parts 85, 86, 600, 49 CFR Parts 523, 531, 533, et al. and 600.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 97 

### Table 7. 17

. High technology matrix for freight trucks

Incremental Fuel Economy
Vehicle Capital Costs Improvement Technology Type Category (2009$) (%)
Aerodynamics I: streamlined bumper, grill, windshield, roof 1 53 2.0 Aerodynamics I: conventional featur es; general aerodynamic shape, removal of
classic non

- aerodynamic features 5,8,11 900 4.5 Aerodynamics I 7,10,13 900 5.1 Aerodynamics II: SmartWay features; streamlined shape, bumper grill, hood, mirrors, side fuel tank and roof fairings, side gap extend ers 5,8 997 2.0 Aerodynamics II 7,10 997 4.0 Aerodynamics II 11 1040 5.0 Aerodynamics II 13 1355 5.0 Aerodynamics III: underbody airflow, down exhaust, lowered ride height 7 1552 5.0 Aerodynamics III 13 1803 7.0 Aerodynamics IV: skirts, boat tails, n ose cone, vortex stabilizer, pneumatic blowing 5

- 13 4950 14.0 Tires I: low rolling resistance 1 6 2.0

Tires I 2,3 110 3.0

Tires I 4 131 2.2

Tires I 5

- 7 114 2.2

Tires I 8

- 13 172 2.2 Tires II: super singles 5

- 13 140 6.2 Tires III: single wide tires on trailer 5

- 13 720 3.4 Weight Reduction I 1 116 1.8 Weight Reduction I: aluminum dual tires or super singles 5

- 13 580 1.1 Weight Reduction II: weight reduction 15% 3

- 13 5580 3.3 Weight Reduction III: weight reduction 20% 3

- 13 9900 3.9
Accessories I: El ectric/electrohydraulic improvements; electric power steering or electrohydraulic power steering 1 105 2.0 Accessories II: Improved accessories; electrified water, oil, fuel inj ection, power steering pump, air compressor 1 85 2.0
Accessories III: Auxilia ry Power Unit 11

- 13 4834 6.4

Transmission I: 8

- speed Automatic from 6

- speed automatic 1 248 1.9

Transmission II: 6

- Manual from 4

- speed automatic 1 135 1.1
Transmission III: Automated Manual Transmission 2

- 13 4500 3.9 Diesel Engine I: aftertreatment imp rovements 1 109 5.0 Diesel Engine I 2 109 4.0 Diesel Engine II: low friction lubricants 1

- 13 3 1.0 Diesel Engine III: variable valve actuation 2 0 1.1 Diesel Engine III 3

- 13 270 1.1 Diesel Engine IV: engine friction reduction, low tension piston rings , roller cam followers, piston skirt design, improved crankshaft design and bearings; coating 1

- 2 111 2.0 Diesel Engine IV: engine friction reduction, improved bearings to allow lower viscosity oil 3

- 13 225 2.0 Diesel Engine V: improved turbo efficiency 2

- 13 15 2.0 Diesel Engine VI: improved water, oil, fuel pump; pistons; valve train friction
reduction 2 192 2.0 Diesel Engine VI 3, 5

- 7 167 2.0 Diesel Engine VI: improved water, oil, fuel pump; pistons 4, 8

- 13 135 2.0 Diesel Engine VII: improved cylin der head, fuel rail and injector, EGR cooler 2 36 7.0 Diesel Engine VII 3

- 13 26 7.0 Diesel Engine VIII: turbo mechanical compounding 5

- 13 900 5.0 Diesel Engine IX: low temperature EGR, improved turbochargers 1 166 6.0 Diesel Engine X: sequential downsi zing/turbocharging 5

- 13 1080 2.8 Diesel Engine XI: waste heat recovery, Organic Ranking Cycle (bottoming cycle) 3

- 13 9000 8.8 Diesel Engine XII: electric turbo compounding 4

- 13 7200 10.0 Gasoline Engine I: low friction lubricants 1

- 13 3 0.6

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 98 

### Table 7.17 . High technology matrix for freight trucks (cont.)

Incremental Fuel Economy
Vehicle Capital Costs Improvement Technology Type Category (2009$) (%) Gasoline Engine II : combined cam phasing 2

- 4 43 4.0 Gasoline Engine III: engine friction reducti on; low tension piston rings, roller cam followers, piston skirt design, improved crankshaft design and bearings, costing 1 111 3.0
Gasoline III 2 104 3.0
Gasoline III 3

- 4 86 3.0 Gasoline Engine IV: stoichiometric gasoline direct injection V8 1

- 2 425 2. 0 Gasoline Engine IV 3

- 4 430 2.0 Gasoline Engine V: turbocharging and downsizing SGDI V8 to V6 1

- 4 1569 2.2 Gasoline Engine VI: lean burn GDI 1

- 4 675 14.0 Gasoline Engine VII: HCCI 1

- 4 617 14.0 Hybrid System I: 42V engine off at idle 1

- 2 1350 7.7 Hyb rid System I 3

- 4 1350 5.0 Hybrid System II: dual mode hybrid 1

- 2 10800 27.5 Hybrid System II: electric, ePTO, or hydraulic 3

- 4 24000 33.0 Hybrid System II: 4 kWh battery, 50 kW motor generator 5

- 13 24000 6.0

Sources: Greenhouse Gas Emissions Standards and Fuel Efficiency Standards for Medium

- and Heavy

- Duty Engines and Vehicles, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and U.S. Department of Transportation, Final Rules, Federal Register, Vol. 76, No. 179 (September 2011). Final Rulemaking to Establish Gre enhouse Gas Emissions Standards and Fuel Efficiency Standards for Medium

- and Heavy

- Duty Engines and Vehicles, Regulatory Impact Analysis, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and U.S. Department of Transportation (August 2011). Reducing Heavy

- Duty Lo ng Haul Combination Truck Fuel Consumption and CO2 Emissions, Final Report, TIAX, LLC. (October 2009). Update of Technology Information for Forecasting Heavy

- Duty On

- Road Vehicle Fuel Economy, Final Report, ICF International, Prepared for the U.S. Energy Information Administration (August 2010). Technologies and Approaches to Reducing the Fuel Consumption of Medium

- and Heavy

- Duty Vehicles, National Research Council of the National Academy of Sciences (2010).



### Table 7. 18

. High technology matrix for air travel

Technology Introduction Year Fractional Efficiency Improvement Jet Fuel Trigger Price (1987$ per gallon)

Technology #1 2008 0.03 1.34

Technology #2 2014 0.0 5 1.34

Technology #3 2020 0. 09 1.34

Technology #4 2025 0.1 3 1.3 4

Technology #5 2018 0.22 1.34

Technology #6 2018 0.10 1.34

Technology #7 2025 0.04 1.00

Technology #8 2020 0.05 1.34
Sources: Jet Information Services, 20 13 World Jet Inventory, data tables (20 13 ). Energy Information Administration, Transportation D emand Mod ule of the National Energy Modeling System, Model Documentation 2014, DOE/EIA

- M070(2014) (Washington, DC, 2014).

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 99 

# Notes and sources

[41] U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, “Summary of Fuel
Economy Performance” (Washington, DC, December 2009).

[42] Goldberg, Pinelopi Koujianou, “Product Differentiation and Oligopoly In International Markets: The Case of The U.S. Automobile Industry,” Econometrica, Vol. 63, No.4 (July 1995), 891

- 951.

[43] Oak Ridge N ational Laboratory, “Fleet Characteristics and Data Issues,” Stacy Davis and Lorena Truett, final report prepared for the Department of Energy, Energy Information Administration, Office of Energy Analysis (Oak Ridge, TN, January 2003).

[44] Bobit Publishin g Company, The Fleet Fact Book, various issues (Redondo Beach, California).

[ 4 5] Bobit Publishing Company, Note 4 4

.

[46] Davis, Stacy C., Lorena F. Truett, “Investigation of Class 2B Trucks (Vehicles of 8,500 to 10,000 LBS GVWR),” Oak Ridge National Labo ratory, ORNL/TM

- 2002/49, March 2002.

[ 4 7] Davis, Stacy C., Lorena F. Truett, op.cit., Note 4 6.

[48] Greenspan, Alan, and Darrel Cohen, “Motor Vehicle Stocks, Scrappage, and Sales,” Federal Reserve Board (Washington, DC, October 30, 1996).

[49] Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Transportation Energy Data Book: 31st Edition (Oak Ridge, TN, 2012).

[50] Davis, Stacy C., Lorena F. Truett, op.cit., Note 46.

[51] Greene, David L. and S.M. Chin, “Alternative Fuels and Vehicles (AFV) Model Changes,” Center for

Tran sportation Analysis, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, (Oak Ridge TN, November 14, 2000).

[52] U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, prepared by Interlaboratory Working Group, Scenarios of U.S. Carbon Reductions: Potent ial Impacts of Energy Technologies by 2010 and Beyond (Washington, DC, 1998).

[53] Energy and Environmental Analysis, Inc., Updates to the Fuel Economy Model (FEM) and Advanced Technology Vehicle (ATV) Module of the National Energy Modeling System (NEMS) Transportation Model, Prepared for the Energy Information Administration (EIA), (Arlington, VA, October 23, 2000).

[54] WardsAuto, “U.S. Vehicle Sales by Vehicle Type and Source, 1931

- 2013, http://wardsauto.com/keydata/historical/UsaSa01summary

.

[55] U.S. Energy Information Administration, State Energy Data System 2009.

[56] U.S. Department of Transportation, “Freight Analysis Framework” (2007).

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 100 

# Notes and sources (cont.)

[57] IHS Glo bal, Inc., “NEMS Freight Transportation Module Improvement Study,” final report prepared for the Department of Energy, Energy Information Administration, Office of Energy Analysis (Lexington, MA, June 2014), http://www.eia.gov/analysis/studies/transportation/

.

[58] U.S. Department of Transportation, National Transportation Statistics (1995

- 2009).

[59] U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, Highway Statistics (199 5

- 2011).

[60] Greenhouse Gas Emissions Standards and Fuel Efficiency Standards for Medium

- and Heavy

- Duty Engines and Vehicles, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and U.S. Department of Transportation, Final Rules, Federal Register, Vol. 76, No. 179 ( September 2011).

[61] U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census, “Vehicle Inventory and Use Survey,” ECO2TV (Washington, DC, December 2009).

[62] U.S. Department of Transportation, op. cit. Note 56.

[63] U.S. Department of Transportation, Surface T ransportation Board, Annual Reports (R

- 1) (1995

- 2011).

[64] U.S. Department of Transportation, op. cit. Note 62.

[65] U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Railroad Administration, “1989 Carload Waybill Statistics; Territorial Distribution, Traffic a nd Revenue by Commodity Classes” (September 1991 and prior issues).

[66] U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Waterborne Commerce of the United States, (Waterborne Statistics Center: New Orleans, LA, 1993).

[67] U.S. Department of Transportation, op. cit., Note 56.

[68] Oak Ridge National Lab, op. cit., Note 49.

[69] U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, op. cit., Note 6 6

.

[70] U.S. Energy Information Administration, op. cit., Note 55.

[71] U.S. Department of Transportation, Research and Innovative Technology Administra tion, Bureau of Transportation Statistics, Air Carrier Summary Data (Form 41, Schedules T

- 1 and T

- 2), (2011) http://www.transtats.bts.gov/DataIndex.asp ; link: Air Carrier Summary Data (Form 41 and 298C Summary Data).

[72] U.S. Department of Transportation, Research and Innovative Technology Administration, Bureau of
Transportation Statistics, op. cit., Note 6 7

.

[73] U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Aviation Administration, Airport Capacity Benchmark Report, 2004 (2004).

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 101 

# Notes and sources (cont.)

[74] Jet Information Services Inc., World Jet Inventory: Year

- End 2009 (December 2009).

[75] Greenhouse Gas Emissions Standards and Fuel Efficiency Standards for Medium

- and Heavy

- Duty

En gines an d Vehicles, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and U.S. Department of Transportation, Final Rules, Federal Register, Vol. 76, No. 179 (September 2011).

[76] Energy Information Administration, op. cit., Note 5 5

.

[77] Energy and Environmental Analysis, Inc ., “Documentation of Technologies Included in the NEMS Fuel Economy Model for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks,” Prepared for the U.S. Energy Information Administration (Arlington, VA, September 30, 2002).

[78] Final Rulemaking to Establish Greenhouse Gas E missions Standards and Fuel Efficiency Standards for

Medium

- and He avy

- Duty Engines and Vehicles, Regulatory Impact Analysis, U.S. E nvironmental Protection
Agency and U.S. Department of Transportation (August 2011).

[79] Reducing Heavy

- Duty Long Haul Combi nation Truck Fuel Consumption and CO 2 Emissions, Final Report, TIAX, LLC (October 2009).

[80] Update of Technology Information for Forecasting Heavy

- Duty On

- Road Vehicle Fuel Economy, Final Report, ICF International, Prepared for the U.S. Energy Informatio n Administration (August 2010).

[81] Technologies and Approaches to Reducing the Fuel Consumption of Medium

- and Heavy

- Duty Vehicles, National Research Council of the National Academy of Sciences (2010).

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 102 

# Electricity Market Module

The NEMS Electricity Mark et Module (EMM) represents the capacity planning, dispatching, and pricing of electricity. It is composed of four submodules : electricity load and demand, electricity capacity planning, electricity fuel dispatching, and electricity finance and pricing. It includes nonutility capacity and generation, and electricity transmission and trade. A detailed description of the EMM is provided in the EIA publication, Electricity Market Module of the National Energy Modeling System 2014, DOE/EIA

- M068(2014).

Based on f uel prices and electricity demands provided by the other modules of NEMS, the EMM determines the most economical way to supply electricity, within environmental and operational constraints. There are assumptions about the operations of the electricity sect or and the costs of various options in each of the

EMM S ubmodules. This section describes the model parameters and assumptions used in the EMM. It includes a discussion of legislation and regulations that are incorporated in the EMM, as well as information about the climate change action plan.



## EMM regions The supply regions used in the EMM were developed for the Annual Energy Outlook 2011 , and correspond to the North American Electric Reliability Corporation (NERC) regions in place at that time, divided int o subregions, as shown in Figure 6.

Figure 6

. Electricity Market Model Supply Regions

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 103 

## Model parameters and assumptions

Generating capacity types The capacity types represented in the EMM are shown in Table 8.1.

Table 8. 1

. Generating capacity types represented in the Electricity Market Module

Capacity Type

Existing coal steam plants 1

High Sulfur Pulverized Coal with Wet Flue Gas Desulfurization

Advanced Coal

- Integrated Coal Gasification Combin ed Cycle (IGCC)

IGCC with Carbon Sequestration

Oil/Gas Steam

- Oil/Gas Steam Turbine

Combined Cycle

- Conventional Gas/Oil Combined Cycle Combustion Turbine

Advanced Combined Cycle

- Advanced Gas/Oil Combined Cycle Combustion Turbine

Advance d Combined Cycle with carbon sequestration

Combustion Turbine

- Conventional Combustion Turbine

Advanced Combustion Turbine

- Steam Injected Gas Turbine

Molten Carbonate Fuel Cell

Conventional Nuclear

Advanced Nuclear

- Advanced Light Water Reactor

Generic Distributed Generation

- Baseload

Generic Distributed Generation

- Peak

Conventional Hydropower

- Hydraulic Turbine

Pumped Storage

- Hydraulic Turbine Reversible

Geothermal

Municipal Solid Waste

Biomass

- Fluidized Bed

Solar Thermal

- Central Tower

Solar Photovoltaic

- Fixed Tilt

Wind

Wind Offshore

1 The EMM represents 32 different types of existing coal steam plants, based on the different possible configuration of NO x , particulate and SO 2 emission control devices, as well as future options for controlling mercury and carbon. (See Table 8.9

. ) Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 104 

## New generating plant characteristics The cost and performance characteristics of new generating technologies are inputs to the electricity capacity planning submodule (Table 8.2). These characteristics are used in combination with fuel prices from the NEMS fuel supply modules and foresight on fuel prices to compare options when new capacity is

needed. Heat rates for new fossil

- fueled technologies are assumed to decline linearly through 2025.

For AEO2013, EIA commissioned an external consultant to update current cost estimates for utility

- scal e electric generating plants [83 ]. This report used a consistent methodology , similar to the one used to develop the estimates for AEO2011 and AEO2012, but accounted for more recent data and experience. Because the costs from the report were assumed to be consistent with plants that would be ordered in 2012, for AEO2015 the initia l costs were adjusted to account for learning from capacity built during 2012 and 2013. Additionally, EIA reviewed capital cost assumptions for solar PV and wind plants based on an assessment of costs reported in trade press and data compiled in Lawrence B erkeley National Laboratory publications [8 4 ]. Wind costs were updated based on clear trends in the data, while EIA’s review of PV costs indicated that no revision was warranted, beyond the learning adjustment for recent builds. A cost adjustment factor, b ased on the producer price index for metals and metal products, allows the overnight costs to fall in the future if this index drops, or rise further if it increases.

The overnight costs shown in Table 8.2 represent the estimated cost of building a plant i n a typical region of the country. Differences in plant costs due to regional distinctions are calculated by applying regional multipliers. Regional multipliers by technology are also based on regional cost estimates developed by the consultant. The region al variations account for multiple factors, such as differences in terrain, weather, population, and labor wages. For power plants that use combustion turbine technologies, regional adjustments are also made to reflect the impacts of ambient conditions (te mperature, humidity and pressure) on output. The base overnight cost is multiplied by a project contingency factor and a technological optimism factor (described later in this chapter), resulting in the total construction cost for the

first

- of

- a

- kind unit used for the capacity choice decision.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 105 

### Table 8. 2

. Cost and performance characteristics of new central station electricity generating technologies

Contingency Factors

Base nth

- of

Overnigh t Project Techno

- Total Variable Fixed Heatrate 6 a
- kind

Lead Cost in Contin

- logical Overnight O&M 5 O&M in 201 4 Heatrate

Online Size time 201 4 gency Optimism Cost in 201 4 4 (201 3 $/ (201 3 $/ (Btu/ (Btu/

Technology Year 1 (MW) (years) (201 3 $/kW) Facto r 2 Factor 3 (201 3 $/kW) mWh) kW/yr.) kWh) kWh

Scrubbed Coal

New 2018 1300 4 2,726 1.07 1.00 2,917 4.47 31.16 8,800 8,740

Integrated

Coal

- Gasifi

fication Comb

Cycle (IGCC) 2018 1200 4 3,483 1.07 1.00 3,727 7 .22 51.37 8,700 7,450

IGCC with

Carbon

sequestion 2018 520 4 5,891 1.07 1.03 6,492 8.44 72.80 10,700 8,307

Conv Gas/Oil

Comb Cycle 2017 620 3 869 1.05 1.00 912 3.60 13.16 7,050 6,800

Adv Gas/Oil

Comb Cycle

(CC) 2017 400 3 942 1.08 1.00 1,017 3.27 15.36 6,430 6,333

Adv CC with

carbon

sequestration 2017 340 3 1,845 1.08 1.04 2,072 6.78 31.77 7,525 7,493

Conv Comb

Turbine 8 2016 85 2 922 1.05 1.00 968 15.44 7. 34 10,783 10,450

Adv Comb

Turbine 2016 210 2 639 1.05 1.00 671 10.37 7.04 9,750 8,550

Fuel Cells 2017 10 3 6,042 1.05 1.10 6,978 42.97 0.00 9,500 6,960

Adv Nuclear 2022 2234 6 4,646 1.10 1.05 5,366 2.14 93.23 10,479 10,479

D istributed

Generation

-

Base 2017 2 3 1,407 1.05 1.00 1,477 7.75 17.44 9,015 8,900

Distributed

Generation

-

Peak 2016 1 2 1,689 1.05 1.00 1,774 7.75 17.44 10,015 9,880

Biomass 2018 50 4 3,39 9 1.07 1.01 3,659 5.26 105.58 13,500 13,500

Geothermal 7,9 2018 50 4 2,331 1.05 1.00 2,448 0.00 112.85 9,516 9,516

Muncipal

Solid Waste 201 7 50 3 7,730 1.07 1.00 8,271 8.74 392.60 14,878 18,000

Conventional

H ydropower 9 2018 500 4 2,410 1.10 1.00 2,651 5.76 15.15 9,516 9,516

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 106 

### Table 8.2. Cost and performance characteristics of new central station electricity generating technologies (cont.)

Contingency Factors

Base nth

- o f

Overnight Project Techno

- Total Variable Fixed Heatrate 6 a
- kind

Lead Cost in Contin

- logical Overnight O&M 5 O&M in 201 4 Heatrate

Online Size time 201 4 gency Optimism Cost in 201 4 4 (201 3 $/ (201 3 $/ (Btu/ (Btu/

Technology Year 1 (MW) (years) ( 201 3 $/kW) Factor 2 Factor 3 (201 3 $/kW) mWh) kW/yr.) kWh) kWh

Wind 2017 100 3 1,850 1.07 1.00 1,980 0.00 39.53 9,516 9,516

Wind Offshore 2018 400 4 4,476 1.10 1.25 6,154 0.00 73.96 9,516 9,516

Solar Thermal 7 2017 100 3 3,787 1.07 1.00 4,052 0.00 67.23 9,516 9,516

Photovoltaic 7,10 2016 150 2 3,123 1.05 1.00 3,279 0.00 24.68 9,516 9,516

1 Online year represents the first year that a new unit could be completed, given an order date of 2014.

2 A contingency allowance is define d by the American Association of Cost Engineers as the “specific provision for unforeseeable elements of costs within a defined project scope; particularly important where previous experience has shown that unforeseeable events wh ich will

increase costs ar e likely to occur.”

3 The technological optimism factor is applied to the first four units of a new, unproven design; it reflects the demonstrated tendency to

underestimate actual costs for a first

- of

- a

- kind unit.

4 Overnight capital cost including contingen cy factors, excluding regional multipliers and learning effects. Interest charges are also excluded. These represent costs of new projects initiated in 2014.

5 O&M = Operations and maintenance.

6 For hydro power , wind, solar and geothermal technologies, the h eat rate shown represents the average heat rate for conventional t hermal generation as of 2013. This is used for purposes of calculating primary energy consumption displaced for these resources, and does not imply an estimate of their actual energy convers ion efficiency.

7 Capital costs are shown before investment tax credits are applied.

8 Combustion turbine units can be built by the model prior to 201 6 if necessary to meet a given region’s reserve margin.

9 Because geothermal and hydro power cost and performa nce characteristics are specific for each site, the table entries represent the cost of the least expensive plant that could be built in the Northwest Power Pool region, where most of the proposed sites are locate d.

10 Costs and capacities are expressed in terms of net AC power available to the grid for the installed capacity.

Sources: For the AEO201 5 cycle, EIA continues to use the previously developed cost estimates for utility

- scale electric generating plants, updated by external consultants for AEO2013. This report can be found at http://www.eia.gov/forecasts/capitalcost/ . The costs were assumed to be consistent with plants that would be ordered in 2012, and learning from capacity built in 2012 an d 2013 has been applied in

the initial costs above. Wind capital costs were updated for AEO2015 using recent reports from trade press and reports from Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory. Site

- specific costs for geothermal were provided by the National R enewable Energy Laboratory, "Updated U.S. Geothermal Supply Curve,” February 2010.



## Technological optimism and learning Overnight costs for each technology are calculated as a function of regional construction parameters, project contingency, and technolo gical optimism and learning factors.

The technological optimism factor represents the demonstrated tendency to underestimate actual costs for

a first

- of

- a

- kind, unproven technology. As experience is gained (after building four units) the technological

opt imism factor is gradually reduced to 1.0.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 107 

### The learning function in NEMS is determined at a component level. Each new technology is broken into its major components, and each component is identified as revolutionary, evolutionary or mature. Different

lear ning rates are assumed for each component, based on the level of experience with the design component (Table 8.3). Where technologies use similar components, these components learn at the same rate as these units are built. For example, it is assumed that the underlying turbine generator for a combustion turbine, combined cycle and integrated coal

- gasification combined cycle unit is basically the same. Therefore construction of any of these technologies would contribute to learning reductions for the

turbin e component.

The learning function, OC, has the nonlinear form:

OC(C) = a*C - b



### ,

where C is the cumulative capacity for the technology component.

Table 8. 3

. Learning parameters for new generating technology components

Period 1 Period 2 Period 3 Learning

Rate Learning

Rate Learning

Rate Period 1 Period 2 Minimum Total Technology Component (LR1) (LR2) (LR3) Doublings Doublings Learning by 2035

Pulverized Coal

- - 1%

- - 5%

Combustion Turbine

- conventional

- - 1%

- - 5%

Combustion Turbine

- advanced

- 10% 1%

- 5 10%

HRSG 1

- - 1%

- - 5%
Gasifier

- 10% 1%

- 5 10% Carbon Capture/Sequestration 20% 10% 1% 3 5 20%

Balance of Plant

- IGCC

- - 1%

- - 5%

Balance of Plant

- Turbine

- - 1%

- - 5%
Balance of Plant

- Com bined Cycle

- - 1%

- - 5%
Fuel Cell 20% 10% 1% 3 5 20%

Advanced Nuclear 5% 3% 1% 3 5 10% Fuel prep

- Biomass

- 10% 1%

- 5 10%
Distributed Generation

- Base

- 5% 1%

- 5 10%

Distributed Generation

- Peak

- 5% 1%

- 5 10%

Geothermal

- 8% 1%

- 5 10%

Muni cipal Solid Waste

- - 1%

- - 5%
Hydropower

- - 1%

- - 5%

Wind

- - 1%

- - 5%

Wind Offshore 20% 10% 1% 3 5 20%

Solar Thermal 20% 10% 1% 3 5 10%
Solar PV

- Module

- 10% 1%

- 5 10%
Balance of Plant

- Solar PV

- 10% 1%

- 5 10%

1 HRSG = Heat Recovery Steam Generator Note: Please see the text for a description of the methodology for learning in the Electricity Market Module. Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Office of Electricity, Coal, Nuclear and Renewables Analysis.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 108 

### The progress ratio (pr) is defined by speed of learning ( i. e., how much costs decline for every doubling of capacity). The reduction in capital cost for every doubling of cumulative capacity (LR) is an exogenous parameter input for each component (Table 8.3). The progress ra tio and LR are related by:

pr = 2 - b 

### = (1

- LR)

The parameter “b” is calculated from the second equality above (b =

- (ln(1

- LR)/ln(2))). The parameter “a” is computed from initial conditions, i.e.

,

a =OC(C 0 

### )/Co – b



### where C 0 

### is the initial cumulativ e capacity. Once the rates of learning (LR) and the cumulative capacity (C 0 

### ) are known for each interval, the parameters (a and b) can be computed. Three learning steps were developed to reflect different stages of learning as a new design is introduced in to the market. New designs with a significant amount of untested technology will see high rates of learning initially, while more conventional designs will not have as much learning potential. Costs of all design components are adjusted

to reflect a minima l amount of learning, even if new capacity additions are not projected. This represents cost reductions due to future international development or increased research and development.

Once the learning rates by component are calculated, a weighted average l earning factor is calculated for each technology. The weights are based on the share of the initial cost estimate that is attributable to each component (Table 8.4). For technologies that do not share components, this weighted average learning rate

is calc ulated exogenously, and input as a single component.

These technologies may still have a mix of revolutionary components and more mature components, but it is not necessary to include this detail in the model unless capacity from multiple technologies woul d contribute to the component learning. In the case of the solar PV technology, it is assumed that the module component accounts for 50% of the cost, and that the balance of system components accounts for the remaining 50%. Because the amount of end

- use PV capacity (existing and projected) is significant relative to total solar PV capacity, and because the technology of the module component is common across the end

use and electric power sectors, the calculation of the learning factor for the PV module comp onent also takes into account capacity built in the residential and commercial sectors.

Table 8.5 shows the capacity credit toward component learning for the various technologies. It was assumed

that for all combined

- cycle technologies, the turbine unit co ntributed two

- thirds of the capacity, and the

steam unit one

- third. Therefore, building one gigawatt of gas combined cycle would contribute 0.67 gigawatts (GW) toward turbine learning, and 0.33 GW toward steam learning. Components that do not

contribute to the capacity of the plant, such as the balance of plant category, receive 100% capacity credit for any capacity built with that component. For example, when calculating capacity for the “Balance of plant

- CC” component, all combined cycle capacity would be counted 100%, both conventional and advanced.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 109 

### Table 8. 4

. Component cost weights for new technologies

Technology Pulverized
Coal Combus

tion
Turbine

conven
tional Combustion
Turbine

- advanced HRSG Gasifier Carbon Cap ture/ Sequestion Balance
of Plant

IGCC Balance
of Plant

Turbine Balance
of Plant

Combined Cycle Fuel Prep
Biomass

Integrated
Coal

- Gasification Comb Cycle (IGCC) 0% 0% 15% 20% 41% 0% 24% 0% 0% 0%

IGCC with carbon
sequestration 0% 0% 10% 15% 30% 30% 15% 0% 0% 0% Conv Gas/Oil
Comb
Cycle 0% 30% 0% 40% 0% 0% 0% 0% 30% 0%
Adv Gas/Oil Comb

Cycle (CC) 0% 0% 30% 40% 0% 0% 0% 0% 30% 0%
Adv CC with
carbon
sequestration 0% 0% 20% 25% 0% 40% 0% 0% 15% 0%
Conv Comb
Turbine 0% 50% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 50% 0% 0%

Adv Comb Turbine 0% 0% 50% 0% 0% 0% 0% 50% 0% 0%

Biomass 50% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 50% Note: All unlisted technologies have a 100% weig ht with the corresponding component. Components are not broken out for all technologies unless there is overlap with other technologies. HRSG = Heat Recovery Steam Generator.
Source: Market

- Based Advanced Coal Power Systems, May 1999, DOE/FE

- 0400.



### Table 8. 5

. Component capacity weights for new technologies

Combustion Combus

- Carbon Balance
of
Turbine

- tion Capture/ Balance Balance Plant

- Fuel

Pulverized conven
- Turbine

- Seques

- of Plant

- of Plant

- Comb ined Prep Technology Coal tional advanced HRSG Gasifier tration IGCC Turbine Cycle Biomass Integrated Coal

Gasification Comb Cycle (IGCC) 0% 0% 67% 33% 100% 0% 100% 0% 0% 0%

IGCC with Carbon sequestration 0% 0% 67% 33% 100% 100% 100% 0% 0% 0% Conv Gas/ Oil Comb Cycle 0% 67% 0% 33% 0% 0% 0% 0% 100% 0% Adv Gas/Oil Comb Cycle (CC) 0% 0% 67% 33% 0% 0% 0% 0% 100% 0%

Adv CC with carbon sequestration 0% 0% 67% 33% 0% 100% 0% 0% 100% 0%

Conv Comb Turbine 0% 100% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 100% 0% 0%

Adv Comb Turbine 0% 0% 100% 0% 0% 0% 0% 100% 0% 0%

Biomass 50% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 100% HRSG = Heat Recovery Steam Generator. Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Office of Electricity, Coal, Nuclear and Renewables Analysis.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 110 

### Distributed generation

Dis tributed generation is modeled in the end

- use sectors (as described in the appropriate chapters) as well as in the EMM. This section describes the representation of distributed generation in the EMM only. Two generic distributed technologies are modeled. T he first technology represents peaking capacity (capacity that has relatively high operating costs and is operated when demand levels are at their highest). The second generic technology for distributed generation represents base load capacity (capacity th at is operated on a continuous basis under a variety of demand levels). See Table 8.2 for costs and performance assumptions. It is assumed that these plants reduce the costs of transmission upgrades that would

otherwise be needed.

Demand storage

The EMM in cludes the option to build a new demand storage technology to simulate load shifting, through programs such as smart meters. This is modeled as a new technology build, but with operating characteristics similar to pumped storage. The technology is able to decrease the load in peak slices, but must generate to replace that demand in other time slices. There is an input factor that identifies the amount of replacement generation needed, where a factor of less than 1.0 can be used to represent peak shaving rat her than purely shifting the load to other time periods. This plant type is limited to operating only in the peak load slices, and it is assumed that this capacity is limited to 3.5% of peak demand on average in 2040, with limits varying from 2.2% to 6.8% of peak across the regions.

Coal

- to

- gas conversion For the AEO2015, the EMM includes the representation of conversion of existing coal plants to burn natural gas. In recent years, a number of companies have announced plans to retrofit their coal plants to operate as single cycle steam plants, to reduce emissions from the plant or to take advantage of low natural gas prices [8 5 ]. AEO2015 includes explicit representation of conversions of 4.1 GW by changing the plant type and fuel source for specific units, b ased on announced plans. Additionally, the EMM was revised to include the option to convert additional coal plants to gas

- fired steam plants if economic.

The modeling structure for coal

- to

- gas conversions was based on EPA’s modeling for the Base Case v5.13 [8 6 ]. For this modeling, coal

- to

- gas conversion refers to the modification of an existing boiler to allow it to fire natural gas. It does not refer to the addition of a gas turbine, the replacement of a coal boiler with a new natural gas combined cycle pl ant, or to the gasification of coal for use in a combustion turbine. There are two components of cost for the retrofit option

– boiler modification costs and the cost of extending natural gas lateral pipeline spurs from the boiler to a natural gas main pip eline.

Allowing natural gas firing in a coal boiler typically involves installation of new gas burners as well as modifications to the boiler and possibly environmental equipment. EPA’s estimates were developed by engineering staff and discussions with in dustry engineers, and were designed to be applicable across the existing coal fleet. In the EMM, costs were estimated for eligible coal plants identified by EPA, which

excluded units under 25 MW as well as units with fluidized bed combustion or stoker boil ers. There is no capacity penalty for conversion to gas, but there is a 5% heat rate penalty to reflect reduced efficiency due to lower stack temperature and the corresponding higher moisture loss when gas is combusted instead of

coal. Fixed O&M costs are assumed to be reduced by 33% for the converted plant due to reduced needs for

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 111 

### operators, maintenance materials and maintenance staff. Variable O&M costs are reduced by 25% due to reduced waste disposal and other costs. The incremental capital cost is descr ibed by the following functions:

For pulverized

- coal

- fired boilers:

Cst per k W = 267 * (75 / CAP) 0.35



### For cyclone boilers:

Cst per k W = 374 * (75 / CAP) 0.35



### Where CAP is the capacity of the unit in megawatts and the calculated cost is in 2011 dollars per kW.

EIA used EPA’s assumptions regarding natural gas pipeline requirements, which were based on a detailed assessment for every coal boiler in the U nited S tates, to determine gas volumes needed, distance to the closest pipeline, and size of the latera l pi peline required to get unit

- specific costs. The resulting cost per kW of boiler capacity varies widely, from $1/kW to $2,908/kW, with an average cost of $185/kW.

Representation of electricity demand The annual electricity demand projections from the NEMS d emand modules are converted into load duration curves for each of the EMM regions ( based on North American Electric Reliability Corporation regions and subregions) using historical hourly load data. The load duration curve in the EMM is made up of

nine tim e slices. First, the load data is split into three seasons : winter ( December through March ) , summer ( June through September ) , and fall/spring). Within each season the load data is sorted from high to low, and three load segments are created : a peak segmen t representing the top 1% of the load, and then two off

peak segments representing the next 49% and 50%, respectively. The seasons were defined to account for seasonal variation in supply availability.

Reserve margins (the percentage of capacity in excess of peak demand required to adequately maintain reliability during unforeseeable outages ) are established for ea ch region by its governing body

– public utility commission, NERC region or Independent Sy stem Operators (ISOs)/Regional Transmission Operators (RT Os). The reserve margin values from the AEO2015 Reference case are set based on these regional Reference Margins reported to NERC

, and range from 14% to 17% [8 7 ].

Operating reserves In addition to the planning reserve margin requirement, system operators t ypically require a specific level of
operating reserves

– generators available within a short period of time to meet demand in case a generator goes down or there is another disruption to supply. These reserves can be provided through plants that are already operating but not at full capacity (spinning reserves) as well as through capacity not currently operating but that can be brought online quickly (non

- spinning reserves). This is particularly important as more intermittent generators are added to the grid , because technologies like wind and solar have uncertain availability that can be difficult to predict. Since AEO2014, the capacity and dispatch submodules of the EMM have been updated to include explicit constraints requiring spinning reserves in each l oad slice. The amount of spinning reserves required is computed as a percentage of the load height of the slice plus a percentage of the distance between the load of the slice and the seasonal peak. An additional requirement is calculated that is a percent age of the intermittent capacity available in that time period to reflect the

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 112 

### greater uncertainty associated with the availability of intermittent resources. All technologies except for storage, intermittents and distributed generation can be used to meet spinning reserves. Different operating modes are developed for each technology type to allow the model to choose between operating a plant to maximize generation versus contributing to spinning reserves, or a combination of both. Minimum levels of
generati on are required if a plant is contributing to spinning reserves, and vary by plant type, with plant types typically associated with baseload operation having higher minimums than those that can operate more flexibly to meet intermediate or peak demand.

Fos sil fuel

- fired and nuclear steam plant retirement

Fossil fired steam plant retirements and nuclear retirements are calculated endogenously within the model. Generating units are assumed to retire when it is no longer economical to continue running them. Ea ch year, the model determines whether the market price of electricity is sufficient to support the continued operation of existing plant generators. A generating unit is assumed to retire if the expected revenues from the generator are not sufficient to co ver the annual going

- forward costs and if the overall cost of producing electricity can be lowered by building new replacement capacity. The going

- forward costs include fuel, operations and maintenance costs and annual capital additions, which are unit

- spe cific and based on historical data. The average capital additions for existing plants are $8 per kilowatt (kW) for oil and gas steam plants, $17 per kW for coal plants

, and $22 per kW for nuclear plants (in 2013 dollars). These costs

are added to the estim ated costs at existing plants regardless of their age. Beyond 30 years of age an additional $7 per kW capital charge for fossil plants and $33 per kW charge for nuclear plants is included in

the retirement decision to reflect further investment to address the impacts of aging. Age

- related cost increases are attributed to capital expenditures for major repairs or retrofits, decreases in plant performance, and/or increases in maintenance costs to mitigate the effects of aging.

EIA assumes all retirements repo rted as planned during the next ten years on the Form EIA

- 860 will occur. Additionally, the AEO2015 nuclear projection assumes a decrease of 2.0 GW by 2020 to reflect existing nuclear units that appear at risk of early closure due to a combination of high operating costs and low electricity prices.

Biomass co

- firing

Coal

- fired power plants are assumed to co

- fire with biomass fuel if it is economical. Co

- firing requires a capital investment for boiler modifications and fuel handling. This expenditure is assu med to be $285 per kW of biomass capacity. A coal

- fired unit modified to allow co

- firing can generate up to 15% of the total output using biomass fuel, assuming sufficient residue supplies are available.

Nuclear uprates The AEO2015 nuclear power projection assumes capacity increases at existing units. Nuclear plant operators can increase the rated capacity at plants through power uprates, which are license amendments that must be approved by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC). Uprates can vary fro m small (less than 2%) increases in capacity, which require very little capital investment or plant modification, to extended uprates

of 15

- 20%, requiring significant modifications. Recently, several companies have canceled previously planned extended upra tes due to lower demand projections and low electricity prices [8 8 ]. AEO2015 assumes that only those uprates reported to EIA as planned modifications on the Form EIA

- 860 will take place in the Reference case, representing 0.2 GW of additional capacity.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 113 

### I

nterregional electricity trade Both firm and economy electricity transactions among utilities in different regions are represented within the EMM. In general, firm power transactions involve the trading of capacity and energy to help another region satisfy its reserve margin requirement, while economy transactions involve energy transactions motivated by the marginal generation costs of different regions. The flow of power from region to region is constrained by the existing and planned capacity limits as r eported in the NERC and Western Electricity Coordinating Council Summer and Winter Assessment of Reliability of Bulk Electricity Supply in North America, as well as information obtained from the Ope n Access Same

- Time Information System (OASIS).

Known firm power contracts are compiled from NERC’s Electricity Supply and Demand Database as well as information provided in the 2013 Summer and Winter Assessments and individual ISO reports. They are

locked in for the term of the contract. Contracts that are schedu led to expire by 2018 are assumed not to be renewed. Because there is no information available about expiration dates for contracts that go beyond 2018, they are assumed to be phased out linearly over 10 years. The EMM includes an option to add
interregio nal transmission capacity. In some cases it may be more economical to build generating capacity in a neighboring region, but additional costs to expand the transmission grid will be incurred as well. Explicitly expanding the interregional transmission capa city may also make the transmission line available for additional economy trade.

Economy transactions are determined in the dispatching submodule by comparing the marginal generating costs of adjacent regions in each tim e slice. If one region has less

- expe nsive generating resources available in a given time period (adjusting for transmission losses and transmission capacity limits) than another region, the regions are assumed to exchange power.

International electricity trade Two components of international firm power trade are represented in the EMM

— existing and planned transactions, and unplanned transactions. Data on existing and planned transactions are compiled from NERC’s Electricity Supply and Demand Database and Canada’s National Energy Board. Unplan ned firm power trade is represented by competing Canadian supply with U.S. domestic supply options. Canadian supply is represented via supply curves using cost data from the Department of Energy report, “Northern Lights: The

Economic and Practical Potentia l of Imported Power from Canada” (DOE/PE

- 0079). International economy trade is determined endogenously based on surplus energy expected to be available from Canada by region in each time slice. Canadian surplus energy was determined using Canadian electric ity supply and demand projections from the MAPLE

- C model developed for Natural Resources Canada.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 114 

## Electricity pricing Electricity pricing is projected for 22 electricity market regions in AEO2015 for fully competitive, partially competitive and fully reg ulated supply regions. The price of electricity to the consumer comprises the price of generation, transmission, and distribution, including applicable taxes.

Transmission and distribution are considered to remain regulated in the AEO; that is, the price of transmission and distribution is based on the average cost to build, operate and maintain these systems using a cost of service regulation model. The price of electricity in the regulated regions consists of the average cost of generation, transmission, and distribution for each customer class.

In the competitive regions, the energy component of price is based on marginal cost, which is defined as the cost of the last (or most expensive) unit dispatched. The competitive generation price includes the mar ginal cost (fuel and variable operations and maintenance costs), taxes, and a capacity payment. The capacity payment is calculated as a combination of levelized costs for combustion turbines and the marginal value of capacity calculated within the EMM. The capacity payment is calculated for all competitive regions and should be viewed as a proxy for additional capital recovery that must be procured from customers rather than the representation of a specific market. The capacity payment also includes the cos ts associated with meeting the spinning reserves requirement discussed earlier. The total cost for both reserve margin and spinning reserve requirements in a given region is calculated within the EMM, and allocated to the sectors

based on their contributio n to overall peak demand.

The price of electricity in the regions with a competitive generation market consists of the competitive cost of generation summed with the average costs of transmission and distribution. The price for mixed regions

reflects a lo ad

- weighted average of the competitive price and the regulated price, based on the percent of electricity load in the region subject to deregulation. In competitively supplied regions, a transition period is assumed to occur (usually over a 10

- year period) from the effective date of restructuring, with a gradual shift to marginal cost pricing.

The Reference case assumes a transition to full competitive pricing in the three New York regions and in the ReliabilityFirst Corporation/East region, and a 97% trans ition to competitive pricing in New England (Vermont being the only fully

- regulated state in that region). Eight regions fully regulate their electricity supply, including the Florida Reliability Coordinating Council, four of the SERC Reliability Corporati on subregions

– Delta (SRDA), Southeastern (SRSE), Central (SRCE) and Virginia

- Carolina (SRVC), the Southwest Power Pool Regional Entities (SPNO and SPSO), and the Western Electricity Coordinating Council/Rockies (RMPA). The Texas Reliability Entity, which i n the past was considered fully competitive by 2010, is now only 88% competitive, since many cooperatives have declined to become competitive or allow competitive energy to be sold to their customers. California returned to almost fully regulated pricing i n 2002, after beginning a transition to competition in 1998, with only 10% competitive supply sold currently in the Western Electricity Coordinating Council (WECC)/California region. All other regions reflect a mix of both competitive and regulated prices.

There have been ongoing changes to pricing structures for ratepayers in competitive states since the inception of retail competition. The AEO has incorporated these changes as they have been incorporated into utility tariffs. These have included transitio n period rate reductions and freezes instituted by various

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 115 

### states, and surcharges in California relating to the 2000

- 2001 energy crisis in the state. Since price freezes

have ended

, many costs related to the transition to competition are now explicitly add ed to the distribution portion and sometimes the transmission portion of the customer bill, regardless of whether or not the customer bought generation service from a competitive or regulated supplier. There have also been unexpected costs relating to unfo reseen events that have been included in the calculation of electricity prices. For instance, as a result of volatile fuel markets, state regulators have sometimes had a hard time enticing retail suppliers to offer competitive supply to residential and sma ller commercial and in dustrial customers. Subsequent s tate legislation has led to generation service supplied by regulator or utility

- run auction or competitive bid for the market energy price plus an administration fee.

For AEO2015, typical charges that a ll customers must pay on the distribution portion of their bill (depending on where they reside) include transition charges (including persistent stranded costs), public benefits charges (usually for efficiency and renewable energy programs), administrativ e costs of energy procurement, and nuclear decommissioning costs. Costs added to the transmission portion of the bill include the Federally Mandated Congestion Charges (FMCC), a bill pass

- through associated with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission pas sage of Standard Market Design (SMD) to enhance reliability of the transmission grid and control congestion. Additional costs not included in historical data sets have been added in adjustment factors to the transmission and distribution capital, operation s and maintenance costs, which impact the cost of both competitive and regulated electricity supply. Since most of these costs, such as transition costs, are temporary in nature, they are gradually phased out throughout the projection.

Fuel price expectati ons Capacity planning decisions in the EMM are based on a life cycle cost analysis over a 30

- year period. This requires foresight assumptions for fuel prices. Expected prices for coal, natural gas and oil are derived using rational expectations, or ‘perfec t foresight.’ In this approach, expectations for future years are defined by the realized solution values for these years in a prior run. The expectations for the world oil price and natural gas wellhead price are set using the resulting prices from a prio r run. The markups to the delivered fuel prices are calculated based on the markups from the previous year within a NEMS run. Coal prices are determined using the same coal supply curves developed in the Coal Market Module. The supply curves produce prices at different levels of coal production, as a function of labor productivity, and costs and utilization of mines. Expectations for each supply curve are developed in the EMM based on the actual demand changes from the prior run throughout the projection ho rizon, resulting in updated mining utilization and different supply curves.

The perfect foresight approach generates an internally consistent scenario for which the formation of expectations is consistent with the projections realized in the model. The NEM S model involves iterative cycling of runs until the expected values and realized values for variables converge between cycles.

Nuclear fuel prices Nuclear fuel prices are calculated through an offline analysis which determines the delivered price to

gener ators in mills per kilowatthour. To produce reactor

- grade uranium, the uranium (U308) must first be mined, and then sent through a conversion process to prepare for enrichment. The enrichment process

takes the fuel to a given purity of U 235, typically 3

- 5% for commercial reactors in the United States. Finally, the fabrication process prepares the enriched uranium for use in a specific type of reactor core. The price of

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 116 

### each of the processes is determined, and the prices are summed to get the final price of the delivered fuel. The one mill per kilowatthour charge that is assessed on nuclear generation to go to DOE’s Nuclear Waste Fund is also included in the final nuclear price. The analysis uses forecasts from Energy Resources International for the underlyi ng uranium prices.



## Legislation and regulations Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 (CAAA 19 90) and Clean Air Interstate Rule (CAIR) The Clean Air Interstate Rule (CAIR) was promulgated in 2005 to regulate SO 2 and nitrogen oxide NO x emissions, but has been cha llenged in court several times. The Cross

- State Air Pollution Rule (CSAPR) was released by EPA in July 2011 and was intended to replace CAIR, but it was vacated by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, and CAIR was reinstated. How ever, in late 2014, the stay was lifted and CSAPR is now being implemented on a new schedule. However, for AEO2015 the EMM still assumes implementation of CAIR. Future AEOs will incorporate changes necessary to represent CSAPR.

CAIR covers all fossil

- fuele d power plants greater than 25 megawatts in 27 states and the District of Columbia. There are annual emissions caps for SO 2 and NO x and different states fall under each cap, as shown in the map in Figure 7, although all are in the eastern half of the Unite d States. The caps for SO2 and

NO x were set to allow states to achieve their National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for particulate matter (impacted by SO2 levels) and ground level ozone (impacted by NO x ). Allowances can be traded among all partici pants in the CAAA 19 90 Title IV program, not just those in CAIR states; however

allowances are traded at a discount in non

- CAIR states. AEO2015 represents emissions trading in both the

CAIR and non

- CAIR regions, as specified by the regulation, and includes banking of allowances consistent with CAIR’s provisions.

As specified in CAAA 19 90, EPA developed a two

- phase nitrogen oxide (NO x ) program, with the first set of standards for existing coal plants applied in 1996 while the second set was implemented in 2000 . Dry

bottom wall

- fired and tangential

- fired boilers, the most common boiler types, are referred to as Group 1 Boilers, and were required to make significant reductions beginning in 1996 and further reductions in 2000.

Relative to their uncontrolled emis sion rates, which range roughly between 0.6 and 1.0 pounds per million Btu, they are required to make reductions between 25% and 50% to meet the Phase I limits and further reductions to meet the Phase II limits. EPA did not impose limits on existing oil an d gas plants, but some

states have instituted additional NO x regulations. All new fossil units are required to meet current standards. In pounds per million Btu, these limits are 0.11 for conventional coal, 0.02 for advanced coal, 0.02 for combined cycle, and 0.08 for combustion turbines. These NO x limits are incorporated in EMM.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 117 

### Figure 7

. States covered by the Clean Air Interstate Rule

Table 8.6 shows the average capital costs for environmental control equipment utilized by NEM S for existing coal plants as retrofit options in order to remove sulfur dioxide (SO 2 ), nitrogen oxides (NO X ), mercury and/or hydrogen chloride (HCl). In the EMM, plant

- specific costs are calculated based on the size of the unit and other operating charact eristics. The table reflects the capacity

- weighted averages of all plants falling into each size category. FGD units are assumed to remove 95% of the SO 2 , while SCR units are assumed to

remove 90% of the NO X . The EMM also includes an option to install a d ry sorbent injection (DSI) system,

which is assumed to remove 70% of the SO 2 . However, the DSI option is only available under the mercury and air toxics rule discussed in the next section, as its primary benefit is for reducing hydrogen chloride (HCl).

Mer cury regulation The Mercury and Air Toxics Standards (MATS) were finalized in December 2011 to fulfill EPA’s requirement to regulate mercury emissions from power plants. MATS also regulate other hazardous air pollutants (HAPS) such as hydrogen chloride (HC l) and fine particulate matter (PM2.5). MATS applies to coal

- and oil

- fired power plants with a nameplate capacity greater than 25 megawatts. The standards are scheduled to take effect in 2015, but allow for a one

- year waiver to comply, and require that al l qualifying units achieve the maximum achievable control technology (MACT) for each of the three covered pollutants. For AEO2015, EIA

assumes that all coal

- fired generating units with a capacity greater than 25 megawatts will comply with the

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 118 

### rule beginnin g in 2016, due to the large number of plants requesting the one

- year extension. All power plants are required to reduce their mercury emissions to 90% below their uncontrolled emissions levels.

Because the EMM does not explicitly model HCl or PM2.5, specif ic control technologies are assumed to be used to achieve compliance. In order to meet the HCl requirement, units must have either flue gas desulfurization (FGD) scrubbers or dry sorbent injection (DSI) systems in order to continue operating. A full

fabric filter (FF) is also required to meet the PM2.5 limits and to improve the effectiveness of the DSI technology. When plants alter their configuration by adding equipment such as an SCR to remove NO x or an
SO 2 scrubber, removal of mercury is often a resultin g cobenefit. The EMM considers all combinations of controls and may choose to add NO x or SO 2 controls purely to lower mercury if it is economic to do so. Plants can also add activated carbon injection systems specifically designed to remove mercury. Activ ated carbon can be injected in front of existing particulate control devices or a supplemental fabric filter can be added with activated carbon injection capability.

The equipment to inject activated carbon in front of an existing particulate control devic e is assumed to cost approximately $6 (2013 dollars) per kilowatt of capacity [8 9 ]. The costs of a supplemental fabric filter with activated carbon injection (often referred as a COPAC unit) are calculated by unit, with average costs shown

in Table 8.6. Th e amount of activated carbon required to meet a given percentage removal target is given by the following equations [9 0 ].

For a unit with a cold side electrostatic precipitator (CSE), using subbituminous coal, and simple activated carbon injection:

• Hg Remo val (%) = 65

- (65.286 / (ACI + 1.026))

For a unit with a CSE, using bituminous coal, and simple activated carbon injection:

• Hg Removal (%) = 100

- (469.379 / (ACI + 7.169))

For a unit with a CSE, and a supplemental fabric filter with activated carbon inje ction:

• Hg Removal (%) = 100

- (28.049 / (ACI + 0.428))

For a unit with a hot side electrostatic precipitator (HSE) or other particulate control, and a supplemental fabric filter with activated carbon injection:

• Hg Removal (%) = 100

- (43.068 / (ACI + 0.421 ))

ACI = activated carbon injection rate in pounds per million actual cubic feet of flue gas

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 119 

### Table 8. 6

. Coal plant retrofit costs

201 3 dollars per kW

FF Capital

Coal Plant Size (MW) FGD Capital Costs SCR Capital Costs DSI Capital Costs Costs

<100 887 405 184 256

100

- 299 632 266 93 191

300

- 499 500 215 49 161

500

- 699 444 200 37 147

>=700 398 183 31 135

Source: Documentation for EPA Base Case v4.10 using the Integrated Planning Model, August 2010, EPA Contract EP

W

- 08

- 018, Appendices to Chapter 5.



### Power plant mercury emissions assumptions The EMM represents 35 coal plant configurations and assigns a mercury emissions modification factor (EMF) to each configuration. Each configuration represents different combinat ions of boiler types, particulate control devices, sulfur dioxide (SO 2 ) control devices, nitrogen oxide (NO x ) control devices, and mercury

control devices. An EMF represents the amount of mercury that was in the fuel that remains after passing through all the plant’s systems. For example, an EMF of 0.60 means that 40% of the mercury that was in the fuel is removed by various parts of the plant. Table 8.7 provides the assumed EMFs for existing coal plant configurations without mercury

- specific controls.

Tab le 8. 7

. Mercury emission modification factors

Configuration EIA EMFs EPA EMFs

SO 2 Control Particulate
Control NO 

### x
Control Bit Coal Sub Coal Lignite Coal Bit Coal Sub Coal Lignite Coal

None BH

-- 0.11 0.27 0.27 0.11 0.26 1.00

Wet BH None 0.05 0.27 0.27 0.03 0.27 1.00

Wet BH SCR 0.10 0.27 0.27 0.10 0.15 0.56

Dry BH

-- 0.05 0.75 0.75 0.50 0.75 1.00

None CSE

-- 0.64 0.97 0.97 0.64 0.97 1.00

Wet CSE None 0.34 0.73 0.73 0.34 0.84 0.56

Wet CSE SCR 0.10 0.73 0.73 0.10 0.34 0.56

Dry CSE

-- 0.64 0.65 0.65 0.64 0.65 1.00

None HSE/Oth

-- 0.90 0.94 0.94 0.90 0.94 1.00

Wet HSE/Oth None 0.58 0.80 0.80 0.58 0.80 1.00

Wet HSE/Oth SCR 0.42 0.76 0.76 0.10 0.75 1.00

Dry HSE/Oth

-- 0.60 0.85 0.85 0.60 0.85 1.00

Notes: SO2 Controls

- Wet = Wet Scrubber and Dry = Dry Scrubber, Particulate Controls, BH

- fabric filter/baghouse. CSE = cold side electrostatic precipitator, HSE = hot side electrostatic precipitator, NO x Controls, SCR = selective catalytic reduction.

— = not applicable, B it = bituminous coal, Sub = subbituminous coal. The NO x control system is not assumed to enhance mercury removal unless a wet scrubber is present, so it is left blank in such configurations. Sources: EPA, EMFs. www.epa.gov/clearskies/technical.html

. EIA EMFs not from EPA: Lignite EMFs, Mercury Control Technologies for Coal

- Fired Power Plants, presented by the Office of Fossil Energy on July 8, 2003. Bituminous coal mercury removal for a

Wet /HSE/Oth/SCR configured plant, Table EMF1, Analysis of Mercury Control Cost and Performance, Office of Fossil Energy & National Energy Technology, U.S. Department of E n ergy, January 2003, Washington, DC.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 120 

### Planned SO2 Scrubber and NO x control equipment addi tions EIA assumes that all planned retrofits, as reported on the Form EIA

- 860, will occur as currently scheduled. For AEO2015, this includes 13.1 GW of planned SO 2 scrubbers (Table 8.8) and 7.7 GW of planned selective catalytic reduction (SCR).

Carbon capt ure and sequestration retrofits Although a federal greenhouse gas program is not assumed in the AEO2015 Reference case, the EMM includes the option of retrofitting existing coal plants for carbon capture and sequestration (CCS). This option is important wh en considering alternate scenarios that do constrain carbon emissions. The modeling structure for CCS retrofits within the EMM was developed by the National Energy Technology

Laborator y[91 ] and uses a generic model of retrofit costs as a function of basic plant characteristics (such as heat rate). The costs have been adjusted to be consistent with costs of new CCS technologies. The CCS retrofits are assumed to remove 90% of the carbon input. The addition of the CCS equipment results in a capacity derate of around 30% and reduced efficiency of 43% at the existing coal plant. The costs depend on the size and efficiency of the plant, with the capital costs averaging $1,628 per kilowatt, and ranging from $1,192 to $2,254 per kilowatt. It was assumed that only pl ants greater than 500 megawatts and with heat rates below 12,000 Btu per kilowatthour would be considered for CCS retrofits.

Table 8. 8

. Planned SO 2 scrubber additions by EMM region

Regions gigawatts
Texas Reliability Entity 0.0 Florida Reliability Coordinating Council 0.0
Midwest Reliability Council

- East 1.5
Midwest Reliability Council

- West 1.5 Northeast Power Coordinating Council/New England 0.0 Northeast Power Coordinating Council/NYC

- Westchester 0.0

Northeast Power Coordinating Council/Long Island 0.0 Northeast Power Coordinating Council/Upstate 0.0 ReliabilityFirst Corporation/East 0.0 ReliabilityFirst Corporation/Michigan 2.8 ReliabilityFirst Corporation/West 2.5 SERC Reliability Corporation/Delta 0.0

SERC Re liability Corporation/Gateway 1.2 SERC Reliability Corporation/Southeastern 2.7 SERC Reliability Corporation/Central 0.0 SERC Reliability Corporation/Virginia

- Carolina 0.0 Southwest Power Pool/North 0.9
Southwest Power Pool/South 0.0

Western Electric ity Coordinating Council/Southwest 0.0 Western Electricity Coordinating Council/California 0.0 Western Electricity Coordinating Council/Northwest Power Pool Area 0.0 Western Electricity Coordinating Council/Rockies 0.0

Total 13.1

Source: U.S. Energy I nformation Administration, Form EIA

- 860, “Annual Electric Generator Report.”

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 121 

### Heat rate improvement retrofits The EMM was updated for AEO2015 to include the capability to evaluate the potential for making heat rate improvements at existing coal

- fired gene rators. A generator with a lower heat rate can generate the same quantity of electricity while consuming less fuel, and therefore reducing corresponding emissions of SO 2

, NO x , mercury and CO 2 . Improving heat rates at power plants can lower fuel costs and h elp achieve compliance with environmental regulations. Heat rate improvement is a planning activity as it considers the tradeoff between the investment expenditures and the savings in fuel and/or environmental compliance costs. The amount of potential incr ease in efficiency can vary depending on the type of equipment installed at a unit, as well as the beginning configuration of the plant. The EMM represents 32 configurations of existing coal

- fired plants based on different combinations of particulate, sulf ur dioxide (SO 2 ), nitrogen oxide (NO x ), mercury, and c arbon emission controls (Table 8.9 ). These categories form the basis for evaluating the potential for heat rate improvements.

EIA entered into a contract with Leidos, Inc. to develop a methodology to e valuate the potential for heat rate improvement at existing coal

- fired generating plants [9 2 ] . Leidos performed a statistical analysis of the

heat rate characteristics of coal

- fired gen erating units modeled by EIA in the EMM. Specifically, Leidos develope d a predictive model for coal

- fired electric generating unit heat rates as a function of various unit

charact eristics. Leidos employed statistical modeling techniques to create the predictive models.

For the EMM plant types, the coal

- fired generating unit s were categorized according to quartiles, based on observed versus predicted heat rates. Units in the first quartile (Q1), which perform better than predicted, were generally associated with the least potential for heat rate improvement. Units in the four th quarti le (Q4), representing the least

- efficient units relative to predicted values, were generally associated with the highest potential for heat rate improvement. Leidos developed a matrix of heat rate improvement options and associated costs, based on a literature review and the application of engineering judgment.

Little or no coal

- fired capacity exists for the EMM plant types with mercury and carbon control configurations ; therefore

, estimates were not developed for those plant types. These plant typ es were ultimately assigned the characteristics of the plants with the same combinations of particulate, SO 2 , and

NO x controls. Plant types with relatively few observations were combined with other plant types having similar improvement profiles. As a resu lt, nine unique plant type combinations were developed for the purposes of the quartile analysis and for each of these combinations Leidos created a minimum and a maximum potential for heat rate improvement along with the associated costs to achieve those improved

efficiencies.

Leidos used the minimum and maximum characteristics as a basis for developing estimates of mid

- range cost and heat rate improvement potential. The mid

- range estimates were used as the default values for AEO2015 (Table 8.10).

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 122 

### Ta ble 8. 9

. Existing pulverized coal plant types in the NEMS Electricity Market Module

Plant Type Particulate SO2 NO x Mercury Carbon

Controls Controls Controls Controls Controls

B1 BH None Any None None

B2 BH None Any None CCS

B3 BH Wet None None None

B4 BH Wet None None CCS

B5 BH Wet SCR None None

B6 BH Wet SCR None CCS

B7 BH Dry Any None None

B8 BH Dry Any None CCS

C1 CSE None Any None None

C2 CSE None Any FF None

C3 CSE None Any FF CCS

C4 CSE Wet None None Non e

C5 CSE Wet None FF None

C6 CSE Wet None FF CCS

C7 CSE Wet SCR None None

C8 CSE Wet SCR FF None

C9 CSE Wet SCR FF CCS

CX CSE Dry Any None None

CY CSE Dry Any FF None

CZ CSE Dry SCR FF CCS

H1 HSE/Oth None Any None None

H2 HSE/Oth None Any FF None

H3 HSE/Oth None Any FF CCS

H4 HSE/Oth Wet None None None

H5 HSE/Oth Wet None FF None

H6 HSE/Oth Wet None FF CCS

H7 HSE/Oth Wet SCR None None

H8 HSE/Oth Wet SCR FF None

H9 HSE/Oth Wet SCR FF CCS

HA HSE/Oth Dry Any None None

HB HSE/Oth Dry Any FF N one

HC HSE/Oth Dry Any FF CCS
Notes: Particulate Controls, BH

– baghouse, CSE = cold side electrostatic precipitator, HSE/Oth = hot side electrostatic precipitator/other/none;

SO2 Controls

- wet = wet scrubber, Dry = dry scrubber;

NO x Controls, SCR = s elective catalytic reduction; Mercury Controls

- FF = fabric filter;

Carbon Controls

- CCS = carbon capture and storage

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 123 

### Table 8. 10

. Heat rate improvement (HRI) potential and cost (capital, fixed O&M) by plant t ype and quartil e as used for input to NEMS

Plant type and

quartile

combination Count of Total

Units Percent age HRI

Potential Capital Cost

( million 2014 $ /MW ) Average Fixed O&M Cost

( 2014 $/ MW

- yr)

B1

- Q1 32 (s) 0.01 200

B1

- Q2 15 0.8% 0.1 0 2

, 000

B1

- Q3 18 4% 0.2 0 4

, 000

B1

- Q4 20 6% 0.9 0 20

, 000

B3

- Q1 13 (s) 0.01 300

B3

- Q2 24 0.7% 0.05 1

, 000

B3

- Q3 16 6% 0.2 0 3

, 000

B3

- Q4 15 9% 0.6 0 10

, 000

B5C7

- Q1 16 (s) (s) 80

B5C7

- Q2 42 0.8% 0.03 700

B5C7H7

- Q3 84 7% 0.1 0 2

, 000

B5C7H7

- Q4 59 10% 0.2 0 4

, 000

B7

- Q1 27 (s) (s) 70

B7

- Q2 25 0.8% 0.04 800

B7

- Q3Q4 30 7% 0.3 0 5

, 000

C1H1

- Q1 148 (s) 0.01 200

C1H1

- Q2 117 0.8% 0.1 0 2

, 000

C1H1

- Q3 72 4% 0.4 0 8

, 000

C1H1

- Q4 110 7% 1 .00 30

, 000

C4

- Q1 15 (s) (s) 80

C4

- Q2 27 0.8% 0.04 900

C4

- Q3 32 6% 0.2 0 2

, 000

C4

- Q4 39 10% 0.3 0 5

, 000

CX

- Q1Q2Q 3Q4 15 7% 0.2 0 4

, 000

H4

- Q1Q2Q3 13 3% 0.2 0 3

, 000

IG

- Q1 3 (s) (s) 60

TOTAL SET 1027 4% 0.3 0 6
, 000 (s) = less than 0.05% for HRI potential or less than 0.005 million $/MW for capital cost. Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration/Leidos Corporation

.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 124 

### State air emissions regulatio n AEO2015 continues to model the Northeast Regional Greenhouse Gas Initiative (RGGI), which applies to

fossil

- fuel powered plants over 25 megawatts in the n ortheastern United States. The s tate of New Jersey

withdrew from t he program at the end of 2011, leaving nine states in the accord. The rule caps CO 2 emissions from covered electricity generating facilities and requires that they account for each ton of CO 2 emitted with an allowance purchased at auction. Because the base line and projected emissions were calculated before the economic recession that began in 2008, the actual emissions in the first years of the program have been less than the cap, leading to excess allowances and allowance prices at the floor price.

As a re sult, in February 2013 program officials announced a tightening of the cap starting in 2014. Beginning with AEO2014, the EMM applies these revised targets, which reflect a cap that is 45% of the original target

for 2014.

The California Assembly Bill 32 (AB 32), the Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006, authorized the California Air Resources Board (CARB) to set California’s GHG reduction goals for 2020 and establish a comprehensive,

multi

- year program to reduce GHG emissions in California. As one of the maj or initiatives for AB 32, CARB designed a cap

- and

- trade program that started on January 1, 2012, with the enforceable compliance obligations beginning in 2013 for the electric power sector and industrial facilities. Fuel providers must comply starting in 2 015. The AB 32 cap

- and

- trade provisions are incorporated in NEMS through an emission constraint in the EMM that also accounts for the emissions determined by the other sectors. Within the power sector, emissions from plants owned by California utilities bu t located out of state as well as emissions from electricity imports into California count toward the emission cap, and estimates of these emissions are included in the EMM constraint. An allowance price is calculated and added to fuel prices for

the affec ted sectors. Limited banking and borrowing of allowances as well as an allowance reserve and offsets have been modeled, as specified in the Bill, providing some compliance flexibility and cost

containment.



## Energy Policy Acts of 1992 (EPACT 19 92) and 2005 (E PACT 20 05) The provisions of EPACT 19 92 include revised licensing procedures for nuclear plants and the creation of exempt wholesale generators (EWGs). EPACT 19 92 also implemented a permanent 10% investment tax credit for geothermal and solar facilities, and introduced a production tax credit for eligible renewable technologies (subsequently extended and expanded). EPACT 20 05 provides a 20% investment tax credit for Integrated Coal

- Gasification Combined Cycle capacity and a 15% investment tax credit for other a dvanced coal technologies. These credits are limited to 3 GW in both cases. These credits have been fully allocated and are not assumed to be available for new, unplanned capacity built within the EMM. EPACT 20 05 also contains a production tax credit (PTC) of 1.8 cents (nominal) per kWh for new nuclear capacity beginning operation by 2020. This PTC is specified for the first 8 years of operation, is limited to $125 million annually, and is limited to 6 GW of new capacity. However, this credit may be shared to additional units if more than 6 GW are under construction by January 1, 2014. EPACT 20 05 extended the PTC for qualifying renewable facilities by 2 years, or through December 31, 2007. It also repealed the Public Utility Holding Company Act (PUHCA).

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 125 

## E nergy Improvement and Extension Act 2008 (EIEA2008) EIEA2008 extended the investment tax credit of 30% through 2016 for solar and fuel cell facilities. After 2016, the tax credit for solar facilities reverts back to the 10% level set by EPACT 19 92.



## American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA)
Updated tax credits for r enewables 

### ARRA allows companies to choose an investment tax credit (ITC) of 30% in lieu of the PTC. For some technologies, such as wind, the full PTC would appear to be more valuable than the 30% ITC; however, the difference can be small. Qualitative factors, such as the lack of partners with sufficient tax liability, may cause companies to favor the ITC grant option. AEO2015 generally assumes that renewable electricity projects will claim the more favorable tax credit or grant option available to them.

Loan guarantees for renewables ARRA provided $6 billion to pay the cost of guarantees for loans authorized by the Energy Policy Act of 2005. While most renewable projects which started constructi on prior to September 30, 2011 are potentially eligible for these loan guarantees, the application and approval of guarantees for specific projects is a highly discretionary process, and has thus far been limited. While AEO2015 includes projects that have received loan guarantees under this authority, it does not assume automatic award of the loans to potentially eligible technologies.

Support for CCS ARRA provided $3.4 billion for additional research and development on fossil energy technologies. A
portio n of this funding is expected to be used to fund projects under the Clean Coal Power Initiative program, focusing on projects that capture and sequester greenhouse gases. To reflect the impact of this provision, AEO2014 Reference case assumes that an addit ional 1 GW of coal capacity with CCS will be stimulated by 2018.

Smart grid expenditures ARRA provides $4.5 billion for smart grid demonstration projects. While somewhat difficult to define, smart grid technologies generally include a wide array of measure ment, communications, and control equipment employed throughout the transmission and distribution system that will enable real

- time monitoring of the production, flow, and use of power from the generator to the consumer. Among other things, these smart
gri d technolog ies are expected to enable more

- efficient use of the transmission and distribution grid, lower line losses, facilitate greater use of renewables, and provide information to utilities and their customers that will lead to greater investment in en ergy efficiency and reduced peak load demands. The funds provided will not fund a widespread implementation of smart grid technologies, but could stimulate more rapid

investment than would otherwise occur.

Several changes were made throughout NEMS to repre sent the impacts of the smart grid funding provided in ARRA. In the electricity module, it was assumed that line losses would fall slightly, peak loads would fall as customers shifted their usage patterns, and customers would be more responsive to pricing signals. Historically, line losses, expressed as the percentage of electricity lost, have been falling for many years as utilities make investments to replace aging or failing equipment.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 126 

### Smart grid technologies also have the potential to reduce peak demand through the increased deployment of demand response programs. In AEO2014, it is assumed that the Federal expenditures on smart grid technologies will stimulate efforts that reduce peak demand from what they otherwise would be, with the amount of total pea k load reduction growing from 2.2% initially to 3.5% by 2040, although the shifts vary by region. Load is shifted to offpeak hours, so net energy consumed remains largely constant.

Smart grid technologies also have the potential to reduce peak demand throu gh the increased deployment of demand response programs. In AEO2014, it is assumed that the Federal expenditures on smart grid technologies will stimulate efforts that reduce peak demand from what they otherwise would be, with the amount of total peak load reduction growing from 2.2% initially to 3.5% by 2040, although the shifts vary by region. Load is shifted to offpeak hours, so net energy consumed remains largely constant.



## American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (ATRA) Passed in January 201 3 , ATRA redefine d the criteria for all qualifying projects to be ‘under construction’ rather than placed in service by the policy expiration date, effectively extending the credit for the length of the typical construction period.



## Tax Increase Prevention Act of 2014 (TIPA ) Passed in December 2014, TIPA retroactively extended the expiration date of the production tax credit for all eligible renewable fuels by one year to January 1, 2015. TIPA was passed after the timeframe EIA typically

uses for inclusion of "current laws

. " AEO2015 was not explicitly updated to reflect it, however any plants affected by the change would already be reported as planned capacity additions.



## FERC Orders 888 and 889 The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission ( FERC ) issued two related rules (Orders 888 and 889) designed to bring low

- cost power to consumers through competition, ensure continued reliability in the industry, and provide for open and equitable transmission services by owners of these facilities.

Specifically, Order 888 requires open acce ss to the transmission grid currently owned and operated by utilities. The transmission owners must file nondiscriminatory tariffs that offer other suppliers the same services that the owners provide for themselves. Order 888 also allows these utilities to recover stranded costs (investments in generating assets that are unrecoverable due to consumers selecting another supplier). Order 889 requires utilities to implement standards of conduct and an Open Access Same

- Time Information System (OASIS) through wh ich utilities and non

- utilities can receive information regarding the transmission system. As a result, utilities have functionally or physically unbundled their marketing functions

from their transmission functions.

These orders are represented in EMM by assuming that all generators in a given region are able to satisfy load requirements anywhere within the region. Similarly, it is assumed that transactions between regions

will occur if the cost differentials between them make such transactions economical.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 127 

# Notes and sources

[8 3 ] Review of Power Plant Cost and Performance Assumptions for NEMS, Science Applications International Corporation, April 2013, http://www.eia.gov/forecasts/capitalcost/

.

[84 ] R. Wiser and M. Bolinger, 2013 Wind Technologies Market Report, DOE/GO

- 102014

- 4459 (Washington, DC: August 2014), http://emp.lbl.gov/sites/all/files/2013_Win d_Technologies_Market_Report_Final3.pdf

and M. Bolinger and S. Weaver, Utility

- Scale Solar 2013 (Washington, DC: September 2014), http://emp.lbl.gov/sites/all/f iles/LBNL_Utility

- Scale_ Solar_2013_report.pdf

.

[85 ] Numerous press announcements regarding coal to gas conversions, for example, “NRG closing Romeoville coal plant, converting Joliet plant to natural gas,” August 7, 2014, http://thetimesweekly.com/news/2014/aug/07/nrg

- closing

- romeoville

- coal

- plant

- converting

- jolie/

.

[86 ] Documentation for EPA Base Case v.5.13 using the Integrated Planning Mode l, November 2013, http://www.epa.gov/airmarkets/documents/ipm/Documentation.pdf

[87 ] “Exelon Cancels Power Uprates for Lasalle, Limerick,” June 12, 2013, http://www.platts.com/latest

news/electric

- power/washington/exelon

- cancels

- power

- uprates

- for

- lasalle

- limerick

- 21152061

.

[88 ] North American Elect ric Reliability Corporation, 2013 Summer Reliability Assessment (Atlanta, GA: May 2013), http://www.nerc.com/pa/RAPA/ra/Reliability%20Assessments%20DL/2013SRA_Fi nal.pdf

.

[89 ] These costs were developed using the National Energy Technology Laboratory Mercury Control Performance and Cost Model, 1998.

[90 ] U.S. Department of Energy, Analysis of Mercury Control Cost and Performance, Office of Fossil Energy &

Nationa l Energy Technology Laboratory, January 2003.

[91 ] Retrofitting Coal

- Fired Power Plants for Carbon Dioxide Capture and Sequestration

- Exploratory Testing of NEMS for Integrated Assessments, DOE/NETL

- 2008/1309, P.A. Geisbrecht, January 18, 2009.

[92 ] Analy sis of Heat Rat e Improvement Potential at Coal

- Fired Power Plants

, May 2015, Leidos, Inc. http://www.eia.gov/analysis/studies/powerplants/heatrate/pdf/heatrate.pdf

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 128 

# Oil and Gas Supply Module

The NEMS Oil and Gas Supply Module (OGSM) constitutes a comprehensive framework with which to analyze crude oil and natural gas exploration and development on a regional basis (Figure 8). The OGSM is organized into 4 submodules: O nshore Lower 48 Oil and Gas Supply Submodule, Offshore Oil and Gas Supply Submodule, Oil Shale Supply Submodule [ 93 ], and Alaska Oil and Gas Supply Submodule. A detailed description of the OGSM is provided in the EIA publication, Oil and Gas Supply Module of the National Energy Modeling System: Model Documentation 201 4 , DOE/EIA

- M063 ( 201 4 ), (Washington, DC, 201 4 ). The OGSM provides crude oil and natural gas short

- term supply parameters to both the Natural Gas

Transmission and Distribution Module and the Pet roleum Market Module. The OGSM simulates the activity of numerous firms that produce oil and natural gas from domestic fields throughout the United States.

Figure 8

. Oil and Gas Supply Model regions

OGSM encompasses domestic crud e oil and natural gas supply by several recovery techniques and sources. Crude oil recovery includes improved oil recovery processes such as water flooding, infill drilling, and horizontal drilling, as well as enhanced oil recovery processes such as CO 2 fl ooding, steam flooding, and polymer flooding. Recovery from highly fractured, continuous zones (e.g. Austin chalk and Bakken shale formations) is also included. Natural gas supply includes resources from low

- permeability tight sand formations, shale forma tions, coalbed methane, and other sources.



## Key assumptions Domestic oil and natural gas technically recoverable resources The outlook for domestic crude oil production is highly dependent upon the production profile of individual wells over time, the cost of drilling and operating those wells, and the revenues generated by those wells.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 129 

### Every year EIA re

- estimates initial production (IP) rates and production decline curves, which determine estimated ultimate recovery (EUR) per well and total technically reco verable resources (TRR) [ 94 ].

A common measure of the long

- term viability of U.S. domestic crude oil and natural gas as an energy source is the remaining technically recoverable resource, consisting of proved reserves [9 5 ] and unproved resources [9 6 ]. Esti mates of TRR are highly uncertain, particularly in emerging plays where few wells have been drilled. Early estimates tend to vary and shift significantly over time as new geological information is gained through additional drilling, as long

- term productivi ty is clarified for existing wells, and as the productivity of new wells increases with technology improvements and better management practices. TRR estimates used by EIA for each AEO are based on the latest available well production data and on

informatio n from other federal and state governmental agencies, industry, and academia. Published estimates in Tables 9.1 and 9.2 reflect the removal of intervening reserve additions and production between the date of the latest available assessment and January 1, 2 012.

The resources presented in the tables in this chapter are the starting values for the model. Technology improvements in the model add to the unproved TTR, which can be converted to reserves and finally production. The tables in this chapter do not inc lude these increases in TRR.

Table 9. 1

. Technically recoverable U.S. crude oil resources as of January 1, 201 3

billion barrels

Total Technically
Proved

Reserves Unproved Resources Recoverable

Resources

Lower 48 Onshore 2 4. 5 144.8 169.3

E ast 0 .3 2 .6 2.9

Gulf Coast 5. 3 29.1 3 4.4
Midcontinent 2 .1 13 .1 15 .2

Southwest 7.4 4 8.1 55.4 Rocky Mountain 6.7 42.0 48.7

West Coast 2.8 10 .0 12.7
Lower 48 Offshore 5 .6 47.5 53.1

Gulf (currently available) 5 .0 35.5 40.5 Eastern/Central Gulf (unavailable until 2022) 0 .0 3.7 3.7
Pacific 0.5 5.9 6 .4

Atlantic 0 .0 2 .5 2 .5 Alaska (Onshore and Offshore) 3. 4 34 .0 37.4
Total U.S. 33.4 226.4 259.8

Note: Crude oil resources include lease condensates but do not include natural gas plant liquids or kerogen (oil shale). Resources in areas where drilling is officially prohibited are not included in this table. The estimate of 7.3 billion barrels of crude oil resources in the Northern Atlantic, Northern a nd Central Pacific, and within a 50

- mile

buffer off the Mid and Southern Atlantic Outer Continental Shelf ( OCS ) is also excluded from the technically recoverable volumes because leasing is not expected in these areas by 2040.

Source: Onshore and State Off shore

- U.S. Energy Information Administration; Alaska

- U.S. Geological Survey (USGS); Federal (Outer Continental Shelf) Offshore

- Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (formerly the Minerals Management Service); Proved Reserves

- U.S. Energy Information Adm inistration. Table values reflect removal of intervening reserve additions between the date the latest available assessment and January 1, 2013.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 130 

### Table 9. 2

. Technically recoverable U.S. dry natural gas resources as of January 1 , 2012

trillion cubic feet

Proved Unproved Total Technically

Reserves Resources Recoverable Resources

Lower 48 Onshore 287.3 1,392.0 1, 679.3

Tight Gas 65.3 353.7 418.9

East 0.5 38.0 3 8.5
Gulf Coast 13.4 1 59.1 172.5

M idcontinent 6.9 10.8 17.7
Southwest 7.2 3 3.3 40.5 Rocky Mountain 37.2 112.5 149.7

West Coast 0 .0 0 .0 0 .0
Shale Gas & Tight Oil 141.2 595.7 736.9

East 44.6 254.2 298.8
Gulf Coast 37.6 154.2 191.8
Midcontinent 23.4 45.6 69.0
Southwest 32.0 74.7 106.7 Rocky Mountain 3.6 51.7 55.4

West Coast 0 .0 15.2 15.2
Coalbed Methane 13.6 119.6 133.2

East 1.7 4 .1 5.8
Gulf Coast 1 .1 2 .2 3 .3
Midcon tinent 0.6 38 .3 38.9
Southwest 0.4 5.8 6 .1 Rocky Mountain 9.7 59 .0 68.7

West Coast 0 .0 10 .3 10 .3
Other 67.4 323.0 390.4

East 11 .5 29 .6 41.1
Gulf Coast 7.7 116.4 124.1
Midcontinent 17.4 35.1 5 2.5
Southwest 7.8 70.5 78.3 Rocky Mountain 21.1 52.6 73.7

West Coast 1 .9 18.8 20.7
Lower 48 O ff shore 11.2 305.3 316.5 Gulf (currently available) 1 0 .5 250.9 2 61.4 Eastern/Central Gulf (unavailable until 20 22) 0.0 21.5 21.5
Pacific 0.7 9.3 10.1
Atlantic 0.0 23.6 23.6 Alaska (Onshore and Offshore) 9.7 271 .1 280.7
Total U.S. 308.2 1, 968.4 2, 276.5 Note: Resources in other areas where drilling is officially prohibited are not included. The estimate of 32.9 trillion cubic feet of natural gas resources in the Northern Atlantic, Northern and Central Pacific, and within a 50

- mile buffer off the Mid and Southern Atlantic OCS is also excluded from the technically recoverable volumes because leasi ng is not expected in these areas by 2040.

Source: Onshore and State Offshore

- U.S. Energy Information Administration; Alaska

- U.S. Geological Survey (USGS); Federal (Outer Continental Shelf) Offshore

- Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (formerly the M inerals Management Service); Proved Reserves

- U.S. Energy Information Administration. Table values reflect removal of intervening reserve additions between the date the latest available assessment and January 1, 2013.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 131 

### The remaining unproved TRR for a continuous

- type shale gas or tight oil area is the product of (1) area with potential, (2) well spacing (wells per square mile), and (3) EUR per well. The play

- level unproved technically recoverable resource assumptions for tight oil, shale gas, tight gas, and coalbed methane are summarized in

Tables 9.3

- 9.4. The model uses a distribution of EUR per well in each play and often in sub

- play areas. Table 9.5 provides an example of the distribution of EUR per well for each of the Bakken areas. The Bakken is

sub divided into five areas: Central Basin, Eastern Transitional, Elm Coulee

- Billings Nose, Nesson

- Little Knife, and Northwest Transitional [9 7 ]. Because of the significant variation in well productivity within an area, the

wells in each Bakken area are furthe r delineated by county. This level of detail is provided for select plays in Appendix 2.C of the AEO2014 Documentation for the OGSM. The USGS periodically publishes tight and shale resource assessments that are used as a guide for selection of key paramete rs in the calculation of the TRR used in the AEO. The USGS seeks to assess the recoverability of shale gas and tight oil based on the wells drilled and technologies deployed at the time of the assessment. AEO2015 introduces a contour map based approach fo r incorporating geology parameters into the calculation of resources; recognizing that geology can vary significantly within counties. This new approach was only applied to the Marcellus play.

The AEO TRRs incorporate current drilling, completion, and reco very techniques, requiring adjustments to some of the assumptions used by the USGS to generate their TRR estimates, as well as the inclusion of shale gas and tight oil resources not yet assessed by the USGS. If well production data are available, EIA analy zes the decline curve of producing wells to calculate the expected ̶ EUR per well from future drilling.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 132 

### The underlying resource for the Reference case is uncertain, particularly as exploration and development of tight oil continues to move into areas with little to no production history. Many wells drilled in tight or shale formations using the latest technologies have less than two years of production history so the impact of recent technological advancement on the estimate of future recovery cannot be fully ascertained. Uncertainty also extends to areal extent of formations and the number of layers that could be drilled within

formations. An alternative resource cases are discussed at the end of this chapter.



## Lower 48 onshore The Onshore Lower 48 Oil and Gas Supply Submodule (OLOGSS) is a play

- level model used to analyze crude oil and natural gas supply from onshore lower 48 sources. The methodology includes a comprehensive assessment method for determining the relative economics of various prospects based on financial considerations, th e nature of the resource, and the available technologies. The general methodology relies on a detailed economic analysis of potential projects in known fields, enhanced oil recovery projects, and undiscovered resources. The projects which are economically viable are developed subject to the availability of resource development constraints which simulate the existing and expected infrastructure of the oil and gas industries. For crude oil projects, advanced secondary or improved oil recovery techniques (e.g. infill drilling and horizontal drilling) and enhanced oil recovery (e.g. CO 2 flooding, steam flooding, and polymer flooding) processes are explicitly represented. For natural gas projects, the OLOGSS represents supply from shale formations, tight sands fo rmations, coalbed methane, and other sources.

The OLOGSS evaluates the economics of future crude oil and natural gas exploration and development from the perspective of an operator making an investment decision. An important aspect of the economic

calculat ion concerns the tax treatment. Tax provisions vary with the type of producer (major, large independent, or small independent). For AEO201 5 , the economics of potential projects reflect the tax treatment provided by current laws for large independent produc ers. Relevant tax provisions are assumed unchanged over the life of the investment. Costs are assumed constant over the investment life but vary across region, fuel, and process type. Operating losses incurred in the initial investment period are carried

f orward and used against revenues generated by the project in later years.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 133 

### Table 9. 3

. U.S. unproved technically recoverable tight/shale oil and gas resources by play (as of January 1, 201 3 )

Average EUR Technically Recoverab le

Resources

Area with
Potential l 1 Average Spacing (wells/ Crude Oil 2 (MMbl s / Natural

Gas Crude
Oil Natural

Gas NGPL Region /Basin Play (mi 2 ) mi 2 ) well) (Bcf/well) (Bbls) (Tcf) (Bbls)

East

Appalachian Clinton

- Medina 26,907 8.0 0.0 02 0.058 0.4 12.4 0.0 Appalachian Devonian 51,842 7.5 0.000 0.061 0.0 23.7 0.4 Appalachian Marcellus Foldbelt 869 4.3 0.000 0.323 0.0 1.2 0.0 Appalachian Marcellus Interior 17,200 4.4 0.003 1.897 0.3 143.8 5.5 Appalachian Marcel lus Western 2,688 5.5 0.000 0.255 0.0 3.7 0.2 Appalachian Tuscarora 765 8.0 0.000 0.724 0.0 4.4 0.0 Appalachian Utica

- Gas Zone Core 11,398 4.3 0.001 0.726 0.0 35.3 3.1 Appalachian Utica

- Gas Zone Extension 15,062 4.3 0.003 0.277 0.2 17.8 2.6 Appalachian Utica

- Oil Zone Core 2,300 2.6 0.052 0.176 0.3 1.0 0.0 Appalachian Utica

- Oil

- Zone Extension 3,861 2.6 0.039 0.047 0.4 0.5 0.0
Illinois New Albany 3,059 8.0 0.000 1.188 0.0 29.1 2.3 Michigan Antrim Shale 13,178 8 .0 0.000 0.120 0.0 12.7 1.0 Michigan Berea Sand 7,451 8.0 0.000 0.110 0.0 6.6 0.1
Gulf Coast

Black Warrior Floyd

- Neal/Conasauga 1,402 2.0 0.000 1.520 0.0 4.3 0.0

TX

- LA

- MS Salt Cotton Valley 8,773 12.0 0.008 1.323 0.8 139. 3 2.7

TX

- LA

- MS Salt Haynesville

- Bossier

- LA 1,883 6.0 0.002 4.279 0.0 48.3 0.0

TX

- LA

- MS Salt Haynesville

- Bossier

- TX 1,521 6.0 0.001 2.735 0.0 25.0 0.0
Western Gulf Austin Chalk

- Giddings 2,572 8.0 0.059 0.255 1.2 5.2 0.7
Western Gulf Austin Chalk

- Outlying 9,866 7.1 0.061 0.075 4.3 5.2 0.3
Western Gulf Buda 8,640 4.0 0.059 0.109 2.0 3.8 0.1
Western Gulf Eagle Ford

- Dry Zone 2,085 6.0 0.090 1.473 1.1 18.4 0.0
Western Gulf Eagle Ford

- Oil Zone 4,967 6.4 0.123 0.227 3.9 7.2 0.1
Western Gulf Eagle Ford

- Wet Zone 3,509 6.0 0.250 1.416 5.3 29.8 0.6
Western Gulf Olmos 5,463 4.0 0.008 1.162 0.2 25.4 0.0
Western Gulf Pearsall 1,196 6.0 0.001 0.676 0.0 4.9 0.0
Western Gulf Tuscaloosa 7,448 4.0 0.107 0.021 3.2 0.6 0.0
Western Gulf Vicksburg 329 8.0 0.026 0.980 0.1 2.6 0.1
Western Gulf Wilcox Lobo 1,142 8.0 0.000 1.403 0.0 12.8 0.3
Western Gulf Woodbine 1,222 4.0 0.120 0.061 0.6 0.3 0.0
Midcontinent

Anadarko Cana Wo odford

- Dry Zone 737 4.0 0.023 1.995 0.1 5.9 0.0
Anadarko Cana Woodford

- Oil Zone 460 6.0 0.041 0.961 0.1 2.7 0.1
Anadarko Cana Woodford

- Wet Zone 1,068 4.0 0.016 1.310 0.1 5.6 0.5
Anadarko Cleveland 639 4.1 0.048 0.384 0.1 1.0 0.0
Anadarko Granite Wash 3,788 4.0 0.040 0.579 0.6 8.8 0.5
Anadarko Red Fork 513 4.0 0.019 0.459 0.0 0.9 0.1
Arkoma Carney 797 4.0 0.000 0.973 0.0 3.1 0.0
Arkoma Fayetteville

- Central 2,065 8.0 0.000 0.973 0.0 16.1 0.0
Arkoma Fayet teville

- West 773 8.0 0.000 0.700 0.0 4.3 0.0
Arkoma Woodford

- Arkoma 591 8.0 0.003 1.342 0.0 6.3 0.6
Black Warrior Chattanooga 205 8.0 0.000 0.968 0.0 1.6 0.0
Southwest

Fort Worth Barnett

- Core 363 8.0 0.000 1.621 0.0 4.7 0 .2
Fort Worth Barnett

- North 1,611 8.2 0.008 0.467 0.1 6.2 0.2
Fort Worth Barnett

- South 5,368 8.0 0.003 0.154 0.1 6.6 0.3

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 134 

### Table 9.3. U.S. unproved technically recoverable tight/shale oil and gas resources by play (as of
January 1, 201 3 ) (co nt.)

Average EUR Technically Recoverable

Resources

Area with
Potential l 1 Average Spacing (wells/ Crude Oil 2 (MMbl s / Natural

Gas Crude
Oil Natural

Gas NGPL Region /Basin Play (mi 2 ) mi 2 ) well) (Bcf/well) (Bbls) (Tcf) (Bbls)

Permian Abo 2, 540 4.0 0.067 0.149 0.7 1.5 0.1

Permian Avalon/BoneSpring 5,444 4.5 0.118 0.367 2.9 9.0 0.5

Permian Barnett

- Woodford 2,618 4.0 0.000 1.181 0.0 12.4 1.7

Permian Canyon 6,482 8.1 0.016 0.209 0.9 10.9 0.0

Permian Spraberry 12,209 6 .6 0.131 0.152 10.6 12.3 1.2

Permian Wolfcamp 17,560 4.1 0.085 0.347 6.1 24.9 2.0 Rocky Mountain

Denver Muddy 3,999 16.0 0.001 0.180 0.1 11.5 0.0

Denver Niobrara 6,985 5.0 0.013 0.078 0.4 2.7 0.1

Greater Green River H illiard

- Baxter

- Mancos 4,477 8.0 0.000 0.293 0.0 10.5 0.5

Greater Green River Tight Oil Plays 1,452 5.8 0.105 0.014 0.9 0.1 0.0
Montana Thrust Belt Tight Oil Plays 2,630 2.3 0.100 0.068 0.6 0.4 0.0
North Central Montana Bowdoin

- Greenhor n 461 4.0 0.000 0.078 0.0 0.1 0.0
Paradox Fractured Interbed 1,171 1.6 0.534 0.427 1.0 0.8 0.0
Powder River Tight Oil Plays 19,464 3.0 0.035 0.040 2.1 2.4 0.1

San Juan Dakota 1,819 8.0 0.002 0.258 0.0 3.8 0.0

San Juan Lewis 1,48 1 3.0 0.000 2.200 0.0 9.8 0.0

San Juan Mesaverde 1,036 12.0 0.002 0.548 0.0 6.8 0.0

San Juan Pictured Cliffs 101 4.0 0.000 0.262 0.0 0.1 0.0 Southwestern Wyoming Fort Union

- Fox Hills 1,888 8.0 0.010 0.792 0.1 12.0 1.0
Southweste rn Wyoming Frontier 2,827 8.0 0.017 0.312 0.4 7.1 0.0 Southwestern Wyoming Lance 2,297 8.0 0.020 1.152 0.4 21.2 3.8 Southwestern Wyoming Lewis 3,885 8.0 0.006 0.312 0.2 9.7 0.2 Southwestern Wyoming Tight Oil Plays 1,730 5.8 0.108 0.0 14 1.1 0.1 0.0

Uinta

- Piceance Iles

- Mesaverde 3,997 8.0 0.001 0.372 0.0 11.9 0.0

Uinta

- Piceance Mancos 1,553 8.0 0.000 0.752 0.0 9.3 0.0

Uinta

- Piceance Tight Oil Plays 91 16.0 0.047 0.105 0.1 0.2 0.0

Uinta

- Piceance Wasatch

- Mesaverd e 2,161 8.0 0.030 0.568 0.5 9.8 0.0

Uinta

- Piceance Williams Fork 1,619 10.0 0.004 0.692 0.1 11.2 0.0
Williston Bakken Central 4,516 2.9 0.202 0.153 2.6 2.0 0.2
Williston Bakken Eastern 3,240 2.7 0.243 0.093 2.1 0.8 0.1
Williston Bakken Elm Coulee 1,912 2.0 0.139 0.098 0.5 0.4 0.0
Williston Bakken Nesson 3,476 3.2 0.260 0.162 2.9 1.8 0.2
Williston Bakken Northwest 2,857 2.0 0.077 0.020 0.4 0.1 0.0
Williston Bakken Three Forks 28,016 4.0 0.127 0.062 14.2 7.0 0.7
Williston Gammon 3,836 2.0 0.000 0.433 0.0 3.3 0.0
Williston Judith River

- Eagle 1,449 4.0 0.000 0.154 0.0 0.9 0.0
Wind River Fort Union

- Lance 709 8.0 0.018 1.131 0.1 6.4 0.3

West Coast

Columbia Basin Central 943 8.0 0.000 1.620 0.0 12.2 0.0 San Joaquin/Los Angeles Monterey/Santos 3,141 6.4 0.028 0.151 0.6 3.0 0.0 Total Tight/Shale 78.2 949.3 35.8 EUR = estimated ultimate recovery; NGPL=Natural Gas Plant Liquids

1 Area of play that is expected to have unproved technically recoverable resources remaining.

2 Includes lease condensates. Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Office of Energy Analysis.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 135 

### Table 9. 4

. U.S. unproved technically reco verable coalbed methane resources by play (as of January 1,

201 3 )

Average EUR Technically Recoverable

Resources

Region /Basin Play Area with
Potential 1 (mi 2 ) Average Spacing (wells/mi 2 ) Crude Oil 2 (MMbl s / well) Natural

Gas ( B cf/well) Crude
Oil (Bbl s ) Natural

Gas (Tcf) NGPL (Bbl s )

1

- East
Appalachian Central Basin 1,302 8 0.000 0.176 0.0 1.8 0.0 Appalachian North Appalachian Basin

- High 361 12 0.000 0.125 0.0 0.5 0.0 Appalachian North Appalachian Basin

– Mod/Low 493 12 0.000 0.080 0.0 0.5 0.0
Illinois Central Basin 1,277 8 0.000 0.120 0.0 1.2 0.0

2

- Gulf Coast
Black Warrior Extention Area 148 8 0.000 0.080 0.0 0.1 0.0
Black Warrior Main Area 694 12 0.000 0.206 0.0 1.7 0.0
Cahaba Cahaba Coal Field 264 8 0.000 0.179 0.0 0.4 0.0

3

- Midcontinent
Forest City Central Basin 23,110 8 0.022 0.172 4.0 31.8 0.0
Midcontinent Arkoma 2,718 8 0.000 0.216 0.0 4.7 0.0

Midcontinent Cherokee 3,436 8 0.000 0.065 0.0 1.8 0.0

4

- Southwest
Raton Southern 1,925 8 0.000 0. 375 0.0 5.8 0.0

5

- Rocky Mountain

Greater Green River Deep 1,620 4 0.000 0.600 0.0 3.9 0.0

Greater Green River Shallow 644 8 0.000 0.204 0.0 1.1 0.0

Piceance Deep 1,534 4 0.000 0.600 0.0 3.7 0.0

Piceance Divide Creek 135 8 0.000 0.179 0.0 0.2 0.0

Piceance Shallow 1,865 4 0.000 0.299 0.0 2.2 0.0

Piceance White River Dome 201 8 0.000 0.410 0.0 0.7 0.0
Powder River Big George/Lower Fort Union 1,570 16 0.000 0.260 0.0 6.5 0.0
Powder River Wasatch 206 8 0.000 0.056 0.0 0.1 0.0
Powder River Wyodak/Upper Fort Union 6,162 20 0.000 0.136 0.0 16.8 0.0

Raton Northern 343 8 0.000 0.350 0.0 1.0 0.0

Raton Purgatoire River 174 8 0.000 0.311 0.0 0.4 0.0

San Juan Fairway NM 169 4 0.000 1.142 0.0 0.8 0.0

Sa n Juan North Basin 1,353 4 0.000 0.280 0.0 1.5 0.0

San Juan North Basin CO 1,673 4 0.000 1.515 0.0 10.1 0.0

San Juan South Basin 1,030 4 0.000 0.199 0.0 0.8 0.0

San Juan South Menefee NM 373 5 0.000 0.095 0.0 0.2 0.0

Uinta Ferron 227 8 0.000 0.77 6 0.0 1.4 0.0

Uinta Sego 341 4 0.000 0.306 0.0 0.4 0.0
Wind River Mesaverde 418 2 0.000 2.051 0.0 1.7 0.0 Wyoming Thrust Belt All Plays 5,200 2 0.000 0.462 0.0 5.5 0.0

6

- West Coast Western Washington Bellingham 441 2 0.000 2.391 0.0 2.1 0.0 Western Washington Southern Puget Lowlands 1,102 2 0.000 0.687 0.0 1.5 0.0 Western Washington Western Cascade Mountains 2,152 2 0.000 1.559 0.0 6.7 0.0
Total Coalbed Methane 4.0 119.5 0.0 0.0

EUR = estimated ultimat e recovery; NGPL = Natural Gas Plant Liquids.

1 Area of play that is expected to have unproved technically recoverable resources remaining.

2 Includes lease condensates.

Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Office of Energy Analysis

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 136 

### Table 9. 5

. Distribution of crude oil EURs in the Bakken

Play Name State County Number of potential wells EUR (Mbbl s /well)

Bakken Central Basin MT Daniels 112 117
Bakken Central Basin MT McCone 313 117
Bakken Central Basin MT Richland 646 1 38
Bakken Central Basin MT Roosevelt 2933 169
Bakken Central Basin MT Sheridan 439 44
Bakken Central Basin ND Divide 21 241
Bakken Central Basin ND Dunn 160 266
Bakken Central Basin ND McKenzie 4,652 231
Bakken Central Basin ND Williams 3,769 227

Ba kken Eastern Transitional ND Burke 1,382 114
Bakken Eastern Transitional ND Divide 632 116
Bakken Eastern Transitional ND Dunn 2,108 212
Bakken Eastern Transitional ND Hettinger 4 169
Bakken Eastern Transitional ND McLean 1046 214
Bakken Eastern Tran sitional ND Mercer 135 9
Bakken Eastern Transitional ND Mountrail 3,082 374
Bakken Eastern Transitional ND Stark 194 169
Bakken Eastern Transitional ND Ward 57 145
Bakken Elm Coulee

- Billings Nose MT McCone 67 163
Bakken Elm Coulee

- Billings Nose M T Richland 1,623 163
Bakken Elm Coulee

- Billings Nose ND Billings 799 79
Bakken Elm Coulee

- Billings Nose ND Golden Valley 130 96
Bakken Elm Coulee

- Billings Nose ND McKenzie 1,204 151
Bakken Nesson

- Little Knife ND Billings 573 80
Bakken Nesson

- Little Knife ND Burke 312 188
Bakken Nesson

- Little Knife ND Divide 596 133
Bakken Nesson

- Little Knife ND Dunn 3,227 284
Bakken Nesson

- Little Knife ND Hettinger 110 223
Bakken Nesson

- Little Knife ND McKenzie 2011 344
Bakken Nesson

- Litt le Knife ND Mountrail 1060 323
Bakken Nesson

- Little Knife ND Slope 172 223
Bakken Nesson

- Little Knife ND Stark 1,066 183
Bakken Nesson

- Little Knife ND Williams 1997 249
Bakken Northwest Transitional MT Daniels 1,550 82
Bakken N orthwest Transitional MT McCone 97 82
Bakken Northwest Transitional MT Roosevelt 787 82
Bakken Northwest Transitional MT Sheridan 1,710 62
Bakken Northwest Transitional MT Valley 603 1
Bakken Northwest Transitional ND Divide 61 6 160
Bakken Northwest Transitional ND Williams 350 106 Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Office of Energy Analysis.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 137 

## CO 2 enhanced oil recovery

For CO 2 miscible flooding, the OLOGSS incorporates both industrial and natural sources of CO 2 . The

industrial sources of CO 2 are:

• Hydrogen plants

• Ammonia plants

• Ethanol plants

• Cement plants

• Refineries (hydrogen)

• Fossil fuel power plants

• Natural gas processing

• Coal/biomass to liquids (CBTL)

The volume and cost of CO 2 available from fossil fue l power plants and CBTL, are determined in the Electricity Market Module and the Liquid Fuels Market Module, respectively. Technology and market constraints prevent the total volumes of CO 2 from the other industrial sources (Table 9.6) from becoming immedi ately available. The development of the CO 2 market is divided into two periods: 1) development phase and 2) market acceptance phase. During the development phase, the required capture equipment is developed, pipelines and compressors are constructed, and no CO 2 is available. During the market acceptance phase, the capture technology is being widely implemented and volumes

of CO 2 first become available. The number of years in each development period is shown in Table 9.7.

CO 2 is available from planned Carbo n Sequestration and Storage (CSS) power plants funded by American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA) starting in 2016.

Table 9. 6

. Maximum volume of CO 2 available

Billion cubic feet

OGSM Region Natural Hydrogen Ammoni a Ethanol Cement Refineries

(hydrogen) Natural Gas

Processing

East 0 3 0 52 94 17 23

Gulf Coast 292 0 78 0 86 114 114

Midcontinent 16 0 0 175 48 1 0

Southwest 657 0 0 68 74 0 0

Rocky Mountains 80 0 3 23 35 78 18

West Coast 0 0 0 4 48 93 40

So urce: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Office of Energy Analysis.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 138 

### Table 9. 7

. CO 2 availability assumptions

Source Type Development Phase (years) Market Acceptance Phase (years) Ultimate Market Acceptance

Natural 1 10 100%
Hydrogen 4 10 100%

Ammonia 2 10 100%
Ethanol 4 10 100%

Cement 7 10 100%
Refineries (hydrogen) 4 10 100% Natural Gas Processing 2 10 100% Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Office of Energy Analysis.



### The cost of CO 2 from natur al sources is a function of the oil price. For industrial sources of CO 2 , the cost to the producer includes the cost to capture, compress to pipeline pressure, and transport to the project site via pipeline within the region (Table 9.8). Inter

- regional tr ansportation costs add $0.40 per Mcf for
every region crossed.

Table 9. 8

. Industrial CO 2 capture and transportation costs by region

$/Mcf

OGSM Region Hydrogen Ammonia Ethanol Cement Refineries (hydrogen) Natural Gas
Processin g

East $2.44 $2.10 $2.23 $4.29 $2.44 $1.92

Gulf Coast $1.94 $2.10 $2.23 $4.29 $1.94 $1.92

Midcontinent $2.07 $2.10 $2.23 $4.29 $2.07 $1.92

Southwest $2.02 $2.10 $2.23 $4.29 $2.02 $1.92
Rocky Mountains $2.03 $2.10 $2.23 $4.29 $2.03 $1.92

West Coast $2.01 $2.10 $2.23 $4.29 $2.01 $1.92
Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration. Office of Energy Analysis.



## Lower 48 offshore Most of the Lower 48 offshore oil and gas production comes from the deepwater of the Gulf of Mexico (GOM). Production from currently producing fields and industry

- announced discoveries largely

determines the short

- term oil and natural gas production projection.

For currently producing fields, a 20% exponential decline is assumed for production except for natural gas production from fields in shallow water, which uses a 30% exponential decline. Fields that began production after 2008 are assumed to remain at their peak production level for 2 years before declining.

The assumed field size and year of initial production of the major announced deepwater discoveries that were not brought into production by 2012 are shown in Table 9.9. A field that is announced as an oil field is assumed to be 100% oil and a field that is announced as a gas field is as sumed to be 100% gas. If a field is expected to produce both oil and gas, 70% is assumed to be oil and 30% is assumed to be gas.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 139 

### Production is assumed to:

• ramp up to a peak level in 2 to 4 years depending on the size of the field,

• remain at the peak leve l until the ratio of cumulative production to initial resource reaches 20% for oil and 30% for natural gas, and

• then decline at an exponential rate of 20

- 30%.

The discovery of new fields (based on BOEM’S field size distribution) is assumed to follow histor ical patterns. Production from these fields is assumed to follow the same profile as the announced discoveries (as described in the previous paragraph). Advances in technology for the various activities associated with crude oil and natural gas exploration , development, and production can have a profound impact on the costs associated with these activities. The specific technology levers and values for the offshore are presented in Table 9.10.

Leasing is assumed to be available in 2018 in the Mid

- and South Atlantic, in 2023 in the South Pacific, and after 2035 in the North Atlantic, Florida straits, Pacific Northwest, and North and Central California.

Table 9. 9

. Assumed size and initial production year of major announced deepwater discoveries

Field/Project Name Block Water Depth (feet) Year of Discovery Field Size
Class Field Size (MMB oe ) Start Year of
Production
Silvertip AC815 9,280 2004 12 90 2015
Gotcha AC865 7,844 2006 13 176 2015
Telemark Phase 2 AT063 4,450 2010 12 90 201 5
Dalmation North DC004 5,831 2010 12 90 2014
Dalmatian DC048 5,917 2008 12 90 2014 Vicksburg DC353 7,457 2009 14 357 2019 Raptor DC535 8,200 2013 12 90 2018
Cardamom GB427 2,720 2010 13 176 2014
Bushwood GB463 2,700 2009 13 176 2019 Danny II GB506 2,800 2012 12 90 2022

Winter GB605 3,400 2009 11 44 2019
North Platte GB959 4,400 2012 13 176 2022

Samurai GC432 3,400 2009 12 90 2017 Stampede

- Pony GC468 3,497 2006 14 357 2018 Stampede

- Knotty Head GC512 3,557 2005 14 357 2018

Parmer GC823 3,821 201 2 12 90 2022 Heidelberg GC903 5,271 2009 13 176 2017
Gila KC093 4,900 2013 11 44 2017
Tiber KC102 4,132 2009 15 693 2019
Kaskida KC292 5,860 2006 15 693 2015

Moccasin KC736 6,759 2011 13 176 2018
Buckskin KC872 6,920 2009 13 176 2018

Lucius KC875 6, 822 2009 12 90 2016
Hadrian North KC919 7,000 2010 14 357 2020
Hadrian South KC964 7,586 2009 13 176 2019
Diamond LL370 9,975 2008 11 44 2018 Cheyenne East LL400 9,200 2010 9 12 2020 Amethyst MC026 1,200 2014 10 23 2019
Cardona South MC029 2,185 2014 8 6 2014 Mandy MC199 2,478 2010 13 176 2020

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 140 

### Table 9.9. Assumed size and initial production year of major announced deepwater discoveries (cont.)

Field/Project Name Block Water Depth (feet) Year of Discovery Field Size
Class Field Size (MMB oe ) Start Y ear of
Production

Marmalard MC300 6,148 2012 12 90 2016 Appomattox MC392 7,217 2009 15 693 2017
Son Of Bluto 2 MC431 6,461 2012 12 90 2016 Santiago MC519 6,526 2011 12 90 2021 Rydberg MC525 7,500 2014 14 357 2019
Isabela MC562 6,535 2007 11 44 2017

Santa Cruz MC563 6,515 2009 12 90 2015 Big Bend MC698 7,273 2012 12 90 2016
Troubadour MC699 7,273 2013 12 90 2018
Tubular Bells MC725 4,334 2003 12 90 2014
Deimos South MC762 3,122 2010 12 90 2014
Kodiak MC771 4,986 2008 13 176 2018
Dantzler MC782 6 ,565 2013 12 90 2016

West Boreas MC792 3,112 2004 12 90 2014
Gunflint MC948 6,095 2008 12 90 2016

Vito MC984 4,038 2009 13 176 2020
Phobos SE039 8,500 2013 13 176 2018

Tomcat WC176 1,200 2014 12 90 2019 Big Foot WR029 5,235 2005 12 90 2015
Shenandoa h WR052 5,874 2009 13 176 2017
Yucatan North WR095 5,860 2013 12 90 2017
Coronado WR098 6,127 2013 14 357 2017

Stones WR508 9,556 2005 12 90 2018
Julia WR627 7,087 2007 12 90 2016
St. Malo WR678 7,000 2003 14 357 2014
Jack WR759 6,963 2004 14 357 201 4
Hal WR848 7,657 2008 11 44 2019 Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Office of Energy Analysis.



### Table 9. 10

. Offshore exploration and production technology levels

Technology Level Total Improvement over 30 years (% )

Exploration success rates 30

Delay to commence first exploration and between 15

Exploration & development drilling costs 30

Operating cost 30

Time to construct production facility 15

Production facility construction costs 30

Initial constant produ ction rate 15

Decline rate 0 Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Office of Energy Analysis.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 141 

## Alaska crude oil production Projected Alaska oil production includes both existing producing fields and undiscovered fields that are expected to e xist, based upon the region’s geology. The existing fields category includes the expansion fields around the Prudhoe Bay and Alpine Fields for which companies have already announced development schedules. Projected North Slope oil production also includes the initiation of oil production in the Point Thomson Field in 2016. Alaska crude oil production from the undiscovered fields is determined by the estimates of available resources in undeveloped areas and the net present value of

the cash flow calculated f or these undiscovered fields based on the expected capital and operating costs, and on the projected prices.

The discovery of new Alaskan oil fields is determined by the number of new wildcat exploration wells drilled each year and by the average wildcat s uccess rate. The North Slope and South

- Central wildcat well success rates are based on the success rates reported to the Alaska Oil and Gas Conservation Commission for the period of 1977 through 2008.

New wildcat exploration drilling rates are determined d ifferently for the North Slope and South

- Central Alaska. North Slope wildcat well drilling rates were found to be reasonably well correlated with prevailing West Texas Intermediate crude oil prices. Consequently, an ordinary least squares statistical

regre ssion was employed to develop an equation that specifies North Slope wildcat exploration well drilling rates as a function of prevailing West Texas Intermediate crude oil prices. In contrast, South

Central wildcat well drilling rates were found to be uncor related to crude oil prices or any other criterion. However, South

- Central wildcat well drilling rates on average equaled just over three wells per year during the 1977 through 2008 period, so three South

- Central wildcat exploration wells are assumed

to be drilled every year in the future.

On the North Slope, the proportion of wildcat exploration wells drilled onshore relative to those drilled offshore is assumed to change over time. Initially, only a small proportion of all the North Slope wildcat explorat ion wells are drilled offshore. However, over time, the offshore proportion increases linearly, so that after 20 years, 50% of the North Slope wildcat wells are drilled onshore and 50% are drilled offshore. The 50/50 onshore/offshore wildcat well apportion ment remains constant through the remainder of the projection in recognition of the fact that offshore North Slope wells and fields are considerably more expensive to drill and develop, thereby providing an incentive to continue drilling

onshore wildcat we lls even though the expected onshore field size is considerably smaller than the oil fields expected to be discovered offshore.

The size of the new oil fields discovered by wildcat exploration drilling is based on the expected field

sizes of the undiscover ed Alaska oil resource base, as determined by the U.S. Geological Survey for the onshore and state offshore regions of Alaska, and by the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM) (formerly known as the U.S. Minerals Management Service) for the federal offs hore regions of Alaska. It is assumed that the largest undiscovered oil fields will be found and developed first and in preference to the small and midsize undiscovered fields. As the exploration and discovery process proceeds and as the largest oil fields are discovered and developed, the discovery and development process proceeds to find and develop the next largest set of oil fields. This large to small discovery and development process is predicated on the fact that developing new infrastructure in Alas ka, particularly on the North Slope, is

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 142 

### an expensive undertaking and that the largest fields enjoy economies of scale, which make them more profitable and less risky to develop than the smaller fields.

Oil and gas exploration and production currently are n ot permitted in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge. The projections for Alaska oil and gas production assume that this prohibition remains in effect throughout the projection period.

Three uncertainties are associated with the Alaska oil projections:

• whet her the heavy oil deposits located on the North Slope, which exceed 20 billion barrels of

oil

- in

- place, will be producible in the foreseeable future at recovery rates exceeding a few

percent.

• the oil production potential of the North Slope shale formations is unknown at this time.

• the North Slope offshore oil resource potential, especially in the Chukchi Sea , is untested.

In June 2011, Alyeska Pipeline Service Company released a report regarding potential operational problems that might occur as Trans

- Alask a Pipeline System (TAPS) throughput declines from the current production levels. [9 8 ] Although the onset of TAPS low flow problems could begin at around 550,000 barrels per day (bbl/d), absent any mitigation, the severity of the TAPS operational problems is expected to increase significantly as throughput declines. As the types and severity of problems multiply, the investment required to mitigate those problems is expected to increase significantly. Because of the many and diverse operational problems exp ected to occur below 350,000 bbl/d of throughput, considerable investment might be required to keep the pipeline operational below this threshold. Thus, North Slope fields are assumed to be shut down, plugged, and abandoned when the following two condition s are simultaneously satisfied: 1) TAPS throughput would have to be at or below 350,000 bbl/d and two) total North Slope oil production revenues would have to be at or below $5.0 billion per year.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 143 

## Legislation and regulations

The Outer Continental Shelf D eep Water Royalty Act (Public Law 104

- 58) gave the Secretary of the Interior the authority to suspend royalty requirements on new production from qualifying leases and required that royalty payments be waived automatically on new leases sold in the five ye ars following its November 28, 1995 enactment. The volume of production on which no royalties were due for the five years was assumed to be 17.5 million barrels of oil equivalent (BOE) in water depths of 200 to 400 meters, 52.5 million BOE in water depths of 400 to 800 meters, and 87.5 million BOE in water depths greater than 800 meters. In any year during which the arithmetic average of the closing prices on the New York Mercantile Exchange for light sweet crude oil exceeded $28 per barrel or for natural g as exceeded $3.50 per million Btu, any production of crude oil or natural gas was subject to royalties at the

lease

- stipulated royalty rate. Although automatic relief expired on November 28, 2000, the act provided the Minerals Management Service (MMS) the authority to include royalty suspensions as a feature of leases sold in the future. In September 2000, the MMS issued a set of proposed rules and regulations that provide a framework for continuing deep water royalty relief on a lease

- by

- lease basis. In th e model it is assumed that relief will be granted at roughly the same levels as provided during the first five years

of the Act.

Section 345 of the Energy Policy Act of 2005 provides royalty relief for oil and gas production in water depths greater than 40 0 meters in the Gulf of Mexico from any oil or gas lease sale occurring within five years after enactment. The minimum volumes of production with suspended royalty payments are:

1. 5,000,000 BOE for each lease in water depths of 400 to 800 meters;

2. 9,000,00 0 BOE for each lease in water depths of 800 to 1,600 meters;

3. 12,000,000 BOE for each lease in water depths of 1,600 to 2,000 meters; and

4. 16,000,000 BOE for each lease in water depths greater than 2,000 meters.

The water depth categories specified in Sectio n 345 were adjusted to be consistent with the depth categories in the Offshore Oil and Gas Supply Submodule. The suspension volumes are 5,000,000 BOE for leases in water depths of 400 to 800 meters; 9,000,000 BOE for leases in water depths of 800 to
1,600 meters; 12,000,000 BOE for leases in water depths of 1,600 to 2,400 meters; and 16,000,000 for leases in water depths greater than 2,400 meters. Examination of the resources available at 2,000 to 2,400 meters showed that the differences between the depths used in the model and those specified in the bill would not materially affect the model result.

The MMS published its final rule on the “Oil and Gas and Sulphur Operations in the Outer Continental Shelf Relief or Reduction in Royalty Rates Deep Gas Provisi ons” on January 26, 2004, effective March 1, 2004. The rule grants royalty relief for natural gas production from wells drilled to 15,000 feet or deeper on leases issued before January 1, 2001, in the shallow waters (less than 200 meters) of the Gulf of

Me xico. Production of gas from the completed deep well must begin before five years after the effective date of the final rule. The minimum volume of production with suspended royalty payments is 15 billion cubic feet for wells drilled to at least 15,000 fee t and 25 billion cubic feet for wells drilled to more than 18,000 feet. In addition, unsuccessful wells drilled to a depth of at least 18,000 feet would receive a royalty credit for 5 billion cubic feet of natural gas. The ruling also grants royalty suspen sion for volumes

of not less than 35 billion cubic feet from ultra

- deep wells on leases issued before January 1, 2001.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 144 

### Section 354 of the Energy Policy Act of 2005 established a competitive program to provide grants for

cost

- shared projects to enhance oil and natural gas recovery through CO2 injection, while at the same time sequestering CO2 produced from the combustion of fossil fuels in power plants and large industrial

processes.

From 1982 through 2008, Congress did not appropriate funds needed by the MM S to conduct leasing activities on portions of the federal Outer Continental Shelf (OCS) and thus effectively prohibited leasing. Further, a separate Executive ban in effect since 1990 prohibited leasing through 2012 on the OCS, with the exception of the W estern Gulf of Mexico and portions of the Central and Eastern Gulf of Mexico. When combined, these actions prohibited drilling in most offshore regions, including areas along the Atlantic and Pacific coasts, the eastern Gulf of Mexico, and portions of the central Gulf of Mexico. In 2006, the Gulf of Mexico Energy Security Act imposed yet a third ban on drilling through 2022 on tracts in the Eastern Gulf of Mexico that are within 125 miles of Florida, east of a dividing line known as the Military Mission Lin e, and in the Central Gulf of Mexico within 100 miles of Florida.

On July 14, 2008, President Bush lifted the Executive ban and urged Congress to remove the Congressional ban. On September 30, 2008, Congress allowed the Congressional ban to expire. Althoug h the ban through 2022 on areas in the Eastern and Central Gulf of Mexico remains in place, the lifting of the Executive and Congressional bans removed regulatory obstacles to development of the Atlantic and

Pacific OCS.



## Oil and gas supply alternative case s

Tight O il and S hale G as R esource c ase Estimates of technically recoverable tight/shale crude oil and natural gas resources are particularly uncertain and change over time as new information is gained through drilling, production, and technology experime ntation. Over the last decade, as more tight/shale formations have gone into production, the estimate of technically recoverable tight oil and shale gas resources has increased. However, these increases in technically recoverable resources embody many ass umptions that might not prove to betrue over the long term and over the entire tight/shale formation. For example, these resource estimates assume that crude oil and natural gas production rates achieved in a limited portion of the formation are representa tive of the entire formation, even though neighboring well production rates can vary by as much as a factor of three within the same play. Moreover, the tight/ shale formation can vary significantly across the petroleum basin with respect to depth, thickne ss, porosity, carbon content, pore pressure, clay content, thermal maturity, and water content. Additionally, technological improvements and innovations may allow development of crude oil and natural gas resources that have not been identified yet, and thu s are not included in the Reference case.



## High Oil and Gas Resource case The High Oil and Gas Resource case was developed using assumptions that result in higher estimates of technically recoverable crude oil and natural gas resources than those in the Ref erence case. This case

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 145 

### allows for an examination of the potential impacts of higher domestic supply on energy demand, imports, and prices, but it does not represent an upper bound for future domestic oil and natural gas supply. Th e assumptions includes :

• 50% higher EUR per tight oil, tight gas, and shale gas well than in the reference case;

• 50% closer acre well spacing for tight and shale formations (minimum of 40 acres per well) than in the Reference case as well as additional unidentified tight oil re sources to reflect the possibility that additional layers or new areas of low

- permeability zones are identified and developed;

• diminishing returns on the EUR once drilling levels in a county exceed the number of potential

wells assumed in the Reference cas e to reflect the increased probability that wells begin to interfere with one another at greater drilling density;

• long term technology improvement trends beyond what is assumed in the Reference case, represented as a 1% annual increase in the estimated ul timate recovery for tight oil, tight gas, and shale gas wells;

• kerogen development reaching 135,000 bbl/d by 2025; and

• 50% higher technically recoverable undiscovered resources in Alaska and the offshore Lower 48

States than in the Reference case. A few of fshore Alaska fields are assumed to be discovered and thus developed earlier than in the Reference case.

The total unproved technically recoverable resources are 4 53 billion barrels of crude oil and 3, 267

trillion cubic feet in the High Oil and Gas Resourc e case compared to 2 26 billion barrels of crude oil and
1,9 68 trillion cubic feet of dry natural gas in the Reference case. Proved reserves of oil and natural gas

are the same in both cases; 33 billion barrels of crude oil and 3 08 trillion cubic feet of dr y natural gas.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 146 

# Notes and sources

[ 93 ] The current development of tight oil plays has shifted industry focus and investment away from the development of U.S. oil shale (kerogen) resources. Considerable technological development is required prior to the la rge

- scale in

- situ production of oil shale being economically feasible. Consequently, the Oil Shale Supply Submodule assumes that large

- scale in

- situ oil shale production is not commercially

feasible in the Reference case prior to 2040.

[ 94 ] Technically rec overable resources are resources in accumulations producible using current recovery technology but without reference to economic profitability.

[9 5 ] Proved reserves are the estimated quantities that analysis of geological and engineering data

demonstrates with reasonable certainty to be recoverable in future years from known reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions.

[9 6 ] Unproved resources include resources that have been confirmed by exploratory drilling and undiscovered resources, which are located outside oil and gas fields in which the presence of resources has been confirmed by exploratory drilling; they include resources from undiscovered pools within confirmed fields when they occur as unrelated accumulations controlled by distinctl y separate structural features or stratigraphic conditions.

[ 9 7 ] The Bakken areas are consistent with the USGS Bakken formation assessment units shown in Figure

1 of Fact Sheet 2013

- 3013, Assessment of Undiscovered Oil Resources in the Bakken and Three For ks Formations, Williston Basin Province, Montana, North Dakota, and South Dakota, 2013 at http://pubs.usgs.gov/fs/2013/3013/fs2013

- 3013.pdf

.

[ 9 8 ] Alyeska Pipeline Service Company, Low Flow Impact Study, Final Report, June 15, 2011, Anchorage, Alaska, at www.alyeskapipe.com/Inthenews/LowFlow/LoFIS_Summary_Report_P6%2027_FullReport.pdf

.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 147 

# Natural Gas Transmission and Distribution Module

The NEMS Natural Gas Transmission and Distribution Module (NGTDM) derives domestic natural gas production, wellhead and border prices, end

- use prices, and flows of natural gas through a regional

interstate r epresentative pipeline network, for both a peak (December through March) and off

- peak period during each projection year. These are derived by solving for the market equilibrium across the three main components of the natural gas market: the supply compone nt, the demand component, and the transmission and distribution network that links them. Natural gas flow patterns are a function of the pattern in the previous year, coupled with the relative prices of the supply options available to bring gas to market c enters within each of the NGTDM regions (Figure 9). The major assumptions used within the NGTDM are grouped into four general categories. They relate to (1) structural components of the model, (2) capacity expansion and pricing of transmission and distribu tion services, (3) Arctic pipelines, and (4) imports and exports. A complete listing of NGTDM assumptions and in

- depth methodology descriptions are presented in Model Documentation: Natural Gas Transmission and Distribution Module of the National Energy M odeling System, Model Documentation 201 4 , DOE/EIA

- M062 (201 4 ) (Washington, DC, 201 4 )

.
Figure 9

. Natural Gas Transmission and Distribution regions

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 148 

## Key assumptions

Structural components The primary and secondary region

- to

- region flows represented in the model are shown in Figure 9. Primary flows are determined, along with nonassociated gas production levels, as the model equilibrates supply and demand. Associated

- dissolved gas production is determined in the Oil and Gas Supply

Mo dule (OGSM). Secondary flows are established before the equilibration process and are generally set exogenously. In the Northeast, where secondary flows are expected to grow significantly, secondary flows are endogenously set based on price differentials b etween sending and receiving regions. Liquefied natural gas (LNG) imports and domestically

- produced natural gas exports are also not directly part of the equilibration process, but are set at the beginning of each NEMS iteration in response to the price fr om the previous iteration and projected future prices, respectively. LNG re

- exports are set exogenously to the model. Flows and production levels are determined for each season, linked by seasonal storage. When required, annual quantities (e.g., consumptio n levels) are split into peak and

off

- peak values based on historical averages. When multiple regions are contained in a Census Division, regional end

- use consumption levels are approximated using historical average shares. Pipeline and
storage capacity ar e added as warranted by the relative volumes and prices. Regional pipeline fuel and lease and plant fuel consumption are established by applying an historically based factor to the flow of gas through a region and the production in a region, respectively. Prices within the network, including at the borders and the wellhead, are largely determined during the equilibration process. Delivered prices for each sector are set by adding an endogenously estimated markup (generally a distributor tariff) to either t he regional representative city gate price or the regional market hub price. Supply curves and electric generator gas consumption are provided by other NEMS modules for subregions of the NGTDM regions, reflective of how their internal regions overlap with the NGTDM regions.



## Capacity expansion and pricing of transmission and distribution For the first two projection years, announced pipeline and storage capacity expansions (that are deemed highly likely to occur) are used to establish limits on flows and sea sonal storage in the model. Subsequently, pipeline and storage capacity is added when increases in consumption, coupled with an anticipated price increase, warrant such additions (i.e., flow is allowed to exceed current capacity if the

demand still exists given an assumed increased tariff). Once it is determined that an expansion will occur, the associated capital costs are applied in the revenue requirement calculations in future years. Capital costs are assumed based on average costs of recent comparable expansions for compressors, looping, and new pipeline.

It is assumed that pipeline and local distribution companies build and subscribe to a portfolio of interstate pipeline and storage capacity to serve a region

- specific colder

- than

- normal winter demand

l evel, currently set at 30% above the daily average. Maximum pipeline capacity utilization in the peak period is set at 99%. In the off

- peak period, the maximum is assumed to vary between 75 % and 99% of the design capacity. The overall level and profile of consumption, as well as the availability and price of supplies, generally cause realized pipeline utilization levels to be lower than the maximum.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 149 

## Pricing of services Transport rates between regions are set for the purposes of determining natural gas flow s through the representative pipeline network based on historical observed differentials between regional spot prices. Ultimately regional city gate prices reflect the addition of reservation charges along each of the connecting routes and within a region. Per

- unit pipeline reservation charges are initially based on a regulated cost

- of

- service calculation and an assumed flow rate, and are dynamically adjusted based on the realized utilization rate. Reservation rates for interstate pipeline services (both be tween NGTDM regions and within a region) are calculated assuming that the costs of new pipeline capacity will be rolled into the existing rate base.

For the industrial and electric generator sectors delivered natural gas prices are based on regional prices which do not directly include any pipeline reservation fees (i.e., spot prices), with an added markup based on averaged or econometrically estimated historical values. For the residential and commercial customers delivered natural gas prices are based on regional city gate prices with an added econometrically estimated distributor markup. The distributor tariffs are projected using econometrically estimated equations, primarily in response to changes in consumption levels. Historically based differentials are used to establish separate prices for energy

- intensive and non

energy

- intensive industrial customers. Prices are originally set on a seasonal basis and are averaged with quantity

- weights to derived annual prices.

The natural gas vehicle sector is segr egated into compressed natural gas (CNG) and liquefied natural gas (LNG) at private refueling stations (fleets) and at public retail stations. The distributor markup for natural gas delivered via pipeline to a CNG station is based off historical data for t he sector. A retail markup and motor fuel (excise) taxes are added to set the final retail price. The excise taxes applied and the value and assumptions behind the retail markups assumed are shown in Table 10.1. The price for delivered dry natural gas to a liquefaction plant is approximated by using the price to electric generators. The price for LNG is therefore set to the price to electric generators, plus the assumed price to liquefy and transport the LNG to a station, the retail price markup at the stat ion, and the excise taxes. The values

for these components and the primary assumptions behind them are shown in Table 10.1. The ta ble shows the national average s tate excise tax, while in the model these taxes vary by region.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 150 

### Table 10. 1

. Assumptions related to CNG and LNG fuel prices

CNG CNG LNG LNG

Year fleet retail fleet retail

Retail markup after dry gas pipeline delivery, with no excise tax (2010$/dge) 0.80 0.93 1.39 1.58

Capacity (dge/day) 1600 1100 4000 4000

Usage (percent of capacity) 80 60 80 60
Capital cost (million 2010$) 80 0.5 1.0 1.0

Capital recovery (years) 5 10 5 10

Weighted average cost of capital (rate) 0.10 0.15 0.10 0.15
Operating cost (2010$/dge) 0.34 0.51 0.41 0.59
Charge for liquefying and delivering LNG (2010$/dge)

-- -- 0.75 0.75
Federal excise tax (nominal$/dge) 0.21 0.21 0.42 0.42
State excise tax (nominal$/dge) 0.15 0.15 0.24 0.24

Fuel loss for liquefyi ng and delivering LNG (percent of input volumes)

-- - - 10 10

Fuel loss at station (percent of input volumes) 0.5 0.5 1.0 2.0 Dge=diesel gallon equivalent. Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Office of Petroleum, Natural Gas, and Biofuels Analysis, U.S. Tax Code and
State Tax Codes.



### Prices for natural gas to fuel ships are set at the same rate as for vehicles less state motor fuel taxes. For

trains

, both federal and state motor fuels taxes are not included in the price. In addition, the retail markup above the cost of dry gas for LNG for rail w as assumed at $0.90 (2010$ ) per diesel gallon equivalent (dge) (compared to $1.39/dge for fleet vehicles as shown in Table 10.1), with the assumption that liquefaction would occur at the refueling point and cost $0.53/dge (compared to $0.75/dge for

vehicle s), operating costs would be $0.21/dge (compared to $0.41/dge for fleet vehicles), and capital cost recovery for additional equipment beyond the liquefiers would be $0.16/dge (compared to $0.23/dge for fleet vehicles, not shown in table).



## Pipelines from ar ctic areas into Alberta The outlook for natural gas production from the North Slope of Alaska is affected strongly by its extreme distance from the necessary infrastructure to transport it to major commercial markets. At present there are three basic optio ns for commercializing the natural gas that has been produced in association with the Prudhoe Bay oil fields and reinjected in the oil wells to maintain pressure, and is therefore relatively low

- cost to recover: build a pipeline to the Lower 48 states via Alberta, produce and transport the natural gas as liquid fuel in a gas

- to

- liquid (GTL) plant, or pipe the natural gas to a seaport, liquefy and ship it overseas. The GTL option was not considered for AEO2015. Which, if any, of the other two options that is determined within the model to be economically viable first is assumed to have primary access to the proved low

- cost reserves on the North Slope and preclude the economic viability of the other option. The assumptions associated with the LNG option are pr ovided in a later section. The primary assumptions associated with estimating the cost of North Slope Alaskan gas to Alberta, as well as for Mackenzie Delta gas from Canada’s Northwest Territories to Alberta, are shown in Table 10.2. A calculation is perfo rmed to estimate a regulated, levelized tariff for each pipeline. Additional items are

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 151 

### added to account for the wellhead price, treatment costs, pipeline fuel costs, and a risk premium to reflect the potential impact on the market price if the pipeline com es online.

To assess the market value of Alaskan and Mackenzie Valley gas against the Lower 48 market, a price differential of $0.77 (2013 dollars per Mcf) is assumed between the price in Alberta and the average Lower 48 wellhead price. The resulting cost of Alaska gas, relative to the Lower 48 wellhead price, is approximately $8.32 (2013 dollars per Mcf), with some variation across the projection due to changes in gross domestic product. Construction of an Alaska

- to

- Alberta pipeline is projected to commenc e if the assumed total costs for Alaska gas in the Lower 48 states exceed the average Lower 48 gas price in each of the previous two years, on average over the previous five years (with greater weight applied to more recent years), and as expected to avera ge over the next three years. An adjustment is made if prices were declining over the previous fi ve years. Once the assumed four

- year construction period is complete, expansion can occur if the price exceeds the initial trigger price by $7.09 (2013 dollars per Mcf). Supplies to fill an expanded pipeline are assumed to require new gas wells. When the Alaska

- to

Alberta pipeline is built in the model, additional pipeline capacity is added to bring the gas across the

border into the United States. For accountin g purposes, the model assumes that all of the Alaska gas will be consumed in the United States and that sufficient economical supplies are available at the North Slope to fill the pipeline over the depreciation period.

Natural gas production from the Macke nzie Delta is assumed to be sufficient to fill a pipeline over the projection period should one be built connecting the area to markets in the south in the United States and Canada. The basic methodology used to represent the decision to build a Mackenzie pipeline is similar to the process used for an Alaska

- to

- Lower 48 pipeline, using the primary assumed parameters

listed in Table 10.2.



## Supplemental natural gas The projection for supplemental gas supply is identified for three separate categories: pipeline quality synthetic natural gas (SNG) from coal or coal

- to

- gas (CTG), SNG from liquids, and other supplemental supplies (propane

- air, coke oven gas, refinery gas, biomass air, air injected for Btu stabilization, and manufactured gas commingled and distribut ed with natural gas). The third category, other supplemental supplies, are held at a constant level of 8.8 billion cubic feet per year throughout the projection because this level is consistent with historical data and it is not believed to change signific antly in the context of a Reference case. SNG from liquid hydrocarbons in Hawaii is assumed to continue over the projection at the average historical level of 2.6 billion cubic feet per year. SNG production from coal at the currently operating Great Plains Coal Gasification Plant is also assumed to continue through the projection period at an average historical level of 52.2 billion cubic feet per year. It is assumed that additional CTG facilities will be built if and when natural gas prices are high enough to make them economic. One CTG facility is assumed capable of processing 6,040 tons of bituminous coal per day, with a production capacity of 0.1 billion cubic feet per day of synthetic fuel and approximately 100 megawatts of capacity for electricity coge neration sold to the grid. A CTG facility of this size is assumed to cost nearly $1 billion in initial capital investment (201 3 dollars). CTG facilities are assumed to be built near existing coal mines. All NGTDM regions are considered potential locations for CTG facilities except for New England. Synthetic gas products from CTG facilities are assumed to be competitive when natural gas prices rise

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 152 

### above the cost of CTG production (adjusted for credits from the sale of cogenerated electricity). It is

assumed that CTG facilities will not be built before 2015.

Table 10. 2

. Primary assumptions for natural gas pipel ines from Alaska and Mackenzie D elta into Alberta, Canada

Alaska to Alberta Mackenzie Delta to Alberta

Initial flow into Alberta 3.8 billion cubic feet per day 1.1 billion cubic feet per day

Expansion potential 22% 58%
Initial capitalization $3 8.0 billion (201 3 dollars) $11. 4 billion (201 3 dollars)

Cost of d ebt (premium over 10

- year treasury note yield) 0.75% 0.00%

Cost of equity (premium over 10

- year treasury note yield) 6.50% 7.50%

Debt fraction 70% 60%

Depreciation period 20 years 20 years Minimum wellhead price (including treatment and fuel costs) $3.7 6 (201 3 dollars per Mcf) $4. 46 (201 3 dollars per Mcf)

Expected price reduction $1.0 7 (201 3 dollars per Mcf) $0.06 (201 3 dollars per Mcf)

Construction period 4 years 4 years
Planning period 5 years 2 years

Earliest start year 2021 2018 Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Office of Petroleum, Natural Ga s, and Biofuels Analysis. Alaska pipeline cost data are based on Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Docket PF09

- 11

- 001, “Open Season Plan Documents Submitted in Connection with Request for Commission Approval of Detailed Plan for Conducting an Open Sea son,” submitted by TransCanada Alaska Company LLC on January 29, 2010, Volume III of III, Appendix C, Exhibit J

- Recourse Rate Output, various pages. Note that the capital cost figure is the arithmetic average of the two $30.7 and $40.4 billion 2009 do llars capital cost estimates that include the mainline gas pipeline and the gas treatment plant, but which exclude the gas field line from Point Thomson to the gas treatment plant. National Energy Board of Canada, “Mackenzie Gas Project

- Hearing Order GH

- 1

- 2004, Supplemental

Information

- Project Update 2007,” dated May 15, 2007; National Energy Board of Canada, “Mackenzie Gas Project

- Project Cost

Estimate and Schedule Update,” dated March 12, 2007; Canada Revenue Agency, “T2 Corporation Income Tax Guide 2006,” T4012(E)

Rev. 07. National Energy Board of Canada, “Application for Approval of the Development Plan for Taglu Field

- Project Description,” submitted by Imperial Oil Resources Ltd., TDPA

- P1, August 2004; National Energy Board of Canada, “Appl ication for Approval of the Development Plan for Niglintgak Field

- Project Description,” submitted by Shell Canada Ltd., NDPA

- P1, August 2004; and National Energy Board of Canada, “Application for Approval of the Development Plan for Parsons Lake Field

- Project Description. Note: These assumptions (particularly the earliest start year) were not updated for AEO2015 since these projects were not economically viable under any of the scenarios included

. ”



## Natural gas imports and exports U.S. natural gas tra de with Mexico is determined endogenously based on various assumptions about the natural gas market in Mexico. Natural gas consumption levels in Mexico are set exogenously based on projections from the International Energy Outlook 2013 and are provided in Table 10.3, along with initially assumed Mexico natural gas production and LNG import levels targeted for markets in Mexico. Adjustments to production are made endogenously within the model to reflect a response to price

fluctuations within the market and reflect laws concerning foreign investment at the time of the projection. Domestic production is assumed to be supplemented by LNG from receiving terminals constructed on both the east and west coasts of Mexico. Maximum LNG import volumes targeted for

mark ets in Mexico are set exogenously and will be realized if endogenously determined LNG imports into North America are sufficient. The difference between production plus LNG imports and

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 153 

### consumption in Mexico in any year is assumed to be either imported from, or exported to, the United

States.

Table 10. 3

. Exogenously specified Mexico natural gas consumption, production, and LNG imports

billion cubic feet per year

Consumption Initial Dry Production Initial LNG Imports

2015 2, 785 1 ,5 91 318

2020 3, 228 1, 4 75 633

2025 3,8 01 1, 735 798

2030 4,5 76 2,111 813

2035 5, 586 2, 825 678

2040 6, 981 3,781 393

Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Office of Petroleum, Natural Gas, and Biofuels Analysis, based on U.S. Energy Informatio n Administration, International Energy Outlook 2013 DOE/EIA

0484(2013). Note: Excludes any LNG imported to Mexico for export to the United States.



### Similarly to Mexico, Canada is modeled through a combination of exogenously and endogenously specified comp onents. Western Canadian production, U.S. import flows from Canada, and U.S. export flows to Canada are determined endogenously within the model. Canadian natural gas production in Eastern Canada, consumption, and LNG exports are set exogenously in the mod el and are shown in Table 10.4. Production from conventional and tight formations in the Western Canadian Sedimentary Basin (WCSB) is calculated endogenously to the model using annual supply curves based on beginning

of

- year proved reserves and an estimate d production

- to

- reserve ratio. Reserve additions are set equal to the product of successful natural gas wells and a finding rate (both based on an econometric estimation). The initial coalbed methane , shale gas, and conventional WCSB economically recoverab le unproved resource base estimates assumed in the model are 45 trillion cubic feet, 90 trillion cubic feet,

and 127 trillion cubic feet , respectively, all as of 2011. [ 99 ] Potential production from tight formations was approximated by increasing the conven tional resource level by 2.35% annually. Production from coalbed and shale sources is established based on an assumed production path which varies in response to the level of remaining resources and the solution price in the previous projection year. LNG i mports to Canada are set in conjunction with the LNG import volumes for the Lower 48 states.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 154 

### Table 10. 4

. Exogenously specified Canada natural gas consumption, production, and LNG
exports

billion cubic feet per year

Year Cons umption Production Eastern Canada LNG Exports

2015 3

, 196 159 0

2020 3,711 67 255

2025 4,157 29 771

2030 4,475 12 1,022

2035 4,762 0 1,228

2040 5,062 0 1,603 Source: Consumption

– Based on U.S. Energy Information Administration

, International Energy Outlook 2013, DOE/EIA

- 0484(2013); Production

- Energy Information Administration, Office of Petroleum, Natural Gas, and Biofuels Analysis. LNG exports

– U.S. Energy Information Administration, International Energy Outlook 2013, DOE/EIA

- 0848(2013).



### LNG im ports to the United States and Canada are determined endogenously within the model using Atlantic/Pacific and peak/off

- peak supply curves derived from model results generated by EIA’s International Natural Gas Model (INGM). Prices from the previous model i teration are used to establish the total level of U.S./Canada LNG imports in the peak and off

- peak period and in the Atlantic and Pacific regions. First, assumed LNG imports which are consumed in Mexico are subtracted (presuming the volumes are sufficient) . Then, the remaining levels are allocated to the model regions based on last year’s import levels, the available regasification capacity, and the relative prices. Regasification capacity is limited to facilities currently in existence and those already un der construction, which is fully sufficient to accommodate import levels projected by the model.

LNG exports of domestically produced natural gas from the Lower 48 states and Alaska are set endogenously in the model. The model assesses the relative economi cs of a generic 200 billion cubic feet train/project in operation over the next 20 years in each viable coastal region by comparing a

model

- generated estimate of the expected market price in Europe and Asia over the next 20 years against the expected price of natural gas in each coastal region plus assumed charges for liquefaction, shipping, and regasification (shown in Table 10.5). A present value of the differential is set using a discount rate of 10%. The model limits the annual liquefaction capacity bui lds to three trains a year. Once it is determined that a train is economically viable, the size and location of the train is set based on a list of trains that have been approved and it is phased in over a two

- year period. If the list is exhausted, a gener ic 200 billion cubic feet per year train is added in the region showing the greatest positive economic potential. Once a facility is built, it is assumed to operate at its design capacity throughout the projection period unless the competing price in Asia or Europe falls below the delivered price of U.S. LNG in the region, excluding assumed reservation charges (i.e., “sunk” costs) for liquefaction.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 155 

### Table 10. 5

. Charges related to LNG exports

2010 dollars per million Btu

South Atlantic West South Central Washington/Oregon Alaska
Liquefaction & Pipe Fee 3.30 3.00 4.10 7.00

Shipping to Europe 0.98 1.28 3.86 3.65

Shipping to Asia 2.63 2.55 1.15 0.90

Regasification 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10

Fuel charge (percent)* 15 15 15 15

*Pe rcent increase in market price of natural gas charged by liquefaction facility to cover fuel

- related expenses, largely fuel used in the liquefaction process.



### Other constraining assumptions are considered, such as earliest start year and maximum export

vo lumes. Any existing facilities or ones under construction are set exogenously to the model, which for AEO2015 include the four trains under construction at Sabine Pass (starting in mid

- 2015 and reaching 800 billion cubic feet per year in 2018). The project ed market price s of LNG in Europe (National Balancing Point) and Asia (Japan) are based on the assumed values shown in Table 10.6, projected Brent oil prices, and the level of North American LNG exports. Annual U.S. exports of liquefied natural gas (LNG) t o Japan via Alaska’s existing Kenai facility are assumed to cease in 2015. LNG re

- exports are assumed to stay at 3 billion cubic feet per year throughout the projection period.

Table 10. 6

. International natural gas volume driver s for world LNG Europe and Asia market price projections

billion cubic feet

Consumption Consumption Consumption Consumption Production

Flexible LNG* OECD Europe Japan S. Korea China China

2015 4,362 19,714 4,318 1,532 5,615 3,806

2020 5,821 20,378 4 ,583 1,657 7,752 4,242

2025 7,273 20,774 4,937 1,858 10,270 5,165

2030 8,577 22,052 5,143 1,968 13,041 6,702

2035 10,097 23,183 5,233 2,291 15,634 8,500

2040 11,452 24,478 5,242 2,502 17,498 10,119 *Flexible LNG is a baseline projection of the volumes of LNG sold in the spot market or effectively available for sale

at flexible destinations. Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Internat ional Energy Outlook 2013, DOE/ EIA

- 0484(2013) and U.S. Energy Information Administration, Office of Petroleu m, Natural Gas, and Biofuels Analysis.



## Legislation and regulations The methodology for setting reservation fees for transportation services is initially based on a regulated rate calculation, but is ultimately consistent with FERC’s alternative ratemakin g and capacity release position in that it allows some flexibility in the rates pipelines ultimately charge. The methodology is

market

- based in that rates for transportation services will respond positively to increased demand for

services while rates will decline should the demand for services decline.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 156 

### Section 116 of the Military Construction Appropriations and Emergency Hurricane Supplemental Appropriations Act, 2005 (Public Law 108

- 324) gives the Secretary of Energy the authority to issue Federal loan gu arantees for an Alaska natural gas transportation project, including the Canadian portion, that would carry natural gas from northern Alaska, through the Canadian border south of 68 degrees north latitude, into Canada, and to the Lower 48 states. This auth ority would expire 2 years after the final certificate of public convenience and necessity is issued. In aggregate, the loan guarantee would not exceed: (1) 80% of total capital costs (including interest during construction); (2) $18 billion (indexed

for i nflation at the time of enactment); or (3) a term of 30 years. The Act also promotes streamlined permitting and environmental review, an expedited court review process, and protection of rights

- of

way for the pipeline. The assumed costs of borrowing money for the pipeline were reduced to reflect the decreased risk as a result of the loan guarantee.

Section 706 of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (Public Law 108

- 357) provided a 7

- year cost

- of

investment recovery period for the Alaska natural gas pipeli ne, as opposed to the previously allowed 15

- year recovery period, for tax purposes. The provision is effective for property placed in service after 2013 (or treated as such) and is assumed to have minimal impact on the decision to build the pipeline.

Secti on 707 of the American Jobs Creation Act extended the 15

- percent tax credit previously applied to costs related to enhanced oil recovery to construction costs for a gas treatment plant that supplies natural gas to a 2 trillion Btu per day pipeline, lies in Northern Alaska, and produces carbon dioxide for injection into hydrocarbon

- bearing geological formations. A gas treatment plant on the North Slope that feeds gas into an Alaska pipeline to Canada is expected to satisfy this requirement. The provision is effective for costs incurred after 2004. The impact of this tax credit is assumed to be factored into the cost estimates filed by the participating companies.

Section 312 of the Energy Policy Act of 2005 authorizes the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) to allow natural gas storage facilities to charge market

- based rates if it was believed that they would not exert market power. Storage rates are allowed to vary in the model from regulation

- based rates, depending on market conditions.



# Notes and sou rces

[9 9 ] Coalbed, shale gas, and tight sands unproved resource based on the National Energy Board of Canada’s “Canada’s Energy Future: Energy supply and demand projections to 2035,” November 2011.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 157 

# Liquid Fuels Market Module

The NEMS Liquid Fuels Market M odule (LFMM) projects petroleum product prices and sources of liquid fuels supply for meeting petroleum product demand. The sources of liquid fuels supply include petroleum

- based fuels, such as crude oil (both domestic and imported), petroleum product impo rts, and unfinished oil imports. It also includes non

- petroleum

- based inputs, including alcohols, ethers, esters, corn, biomass, natural gas, and coal. In addition, liquid fuels supply includes natural gas plant liquids production, and refinery processing gain. The LFMM also projects capacity expansion and fuel consumption at domestic refineries.

Figure 10

. Liquid Fuels Market Module Regions

The LFMM contains a linear programming (LP) representation of U.S. petroleum refining acti vities, biofuels production activities, and other non

- petroleum liquid fuels production activity in eight U.S. regions. It also represents refining activity in the non

- U.S. Maritime Canada/Caribbean refining region, which pred ominantly serves U.S. markets. In order to better represent policy, import/export patterns, and biofuels production, the eight U.S. regions are defined by subdividing three of the five Petroleum

Administration for Defense Districts (PADDs) (Figure 10). The LP model also represents supp ly curves for crude imports, petroleum product imports and exports, biodiesel imports, and advanced ethanol imports from Brazil. The nine LFMM regions and import/export curves are connected in the LP via crude and product transport links. In order to inter act with other NEMS modules with different regional

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 158 

### representations, certain LFMM inputs and outputs are converted from sub

- PADD regions to other regional structures and vice versa. For example, the LP model converts end

- use product prices from the

LFMM re gions (excluding Maritime Canada/Caribbean region) into prices for the nine U.S. Census Divisions (shown in Figure 5) using the assumptions and methods described below.



## Key assumptions

Product types and specifications The LFMM models refinery production of the products shown in Table 11.1.

The LFMM assumes no change in the state and federal specifications for the products listed below. The costs of producing different formulations of gasoline and diesel fuel required under current regulations

are determin ed within the LP representation of refineries

.

Table 11. 1

. Petroleum product categories

Product Category Specific Products

Motor Gasoline Conventional, Reformulated (including CARB gasoline)

Jet Fuel Kerosene

- type

Distillate s Kerosene, Heating Oil, Low

- Sulfur, Ultra

- Low

- Sulfur and CARB Diesel

Residual Fuels Low

- Sulfur, High

- Sulfur

Liquefied Petroleum Gases Ethane, Propane, Propylene, normal

- and iso

- Butane

Petrochemical Feedstock Petrochemical Naphtha, Petrochemical Gas Oi l, Aromatics

Others Lubricating Products and Waxes, Asphalt/Road Oil, Still Gas

Petroleum Coke, Special Naphthas, Aviation Gasoline
Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Office of Energy Analysis.



## Motor gasoline specifications and market share s The LFMM models the production and distribution of two different types of gasoline: conventional and reformulated. The following specifications are included in the LFMM to differentiate between conventional and reformulated gasoline blends (Table 11 .2): Reid vapor pressure (RVP), benzene content, aromatic content, sulfur content, olefins content, and the percent evaporated at 200 and 300 degrees Fahrenheit (E200 and E300). The LFMM incorporates the EPA Tier 3 program requirement that

the sulfur conte nt of delivered gasoline be no greater than 10 parts per million (PPM) by January 1, 2017. [100]

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 159 

### Table 11. 2

. Year

- round gasoline specifications by Petroleum Administration for Defense District (PADD)

Reid Vapor Arom a tics
Volume Benzene
Volume Sulfur 1 Olefin
Volume Percent Percent

Pressure Percent Percent PPM Percent Evaporated Evaporated PADD/Type (Max PSI) (Max) (Max) (Max) (Max) at 200 o (Min) at 300 o (Min)

Conventional

PADD I 10.11 24.23 0.62 22.4 /5.0 10.8 45.9 81.7

PADD II 10.11 24.23 0.62 22.4/5.0 10.8 45.9 81.7

PADD III 10.11 24.23 0.62 22.4/5.0 10.8 45.9 81.7

PADD IV 10.11 24.23 0.62 22.4/5.0 10.8 45.9 81.7

PADD V 10.11 24.23 0.62 22.4/5.0 10.8 45.9 81.7

Reformulated

PADD I 8.8 21.0 0.62 23.8/5.0 10.36 54.0 81.7

PADD II 8.8 21.0 0.62 23.8/5.0 10.36 54.0 81.7

PADD III 8.8 21.0 0.62 23.8/5.0 10.36 54.0 81.7

PADD IV 8.8 21.0 0.62 23.8/5.0 10.36 54.0 81.7

PADD V

Nonattainment 8.8 21.0 0.62 23.8/5.0 10.36 54.0 8 1.7

CARB (attainment) 7.7 23.12 0.58 10/5.0 6.29 42.9 86.3

1 Values reflect sulfur levels “prior to / after” January 1, 2017, to meet EPA final ruling: “EPA Sets Tier 3 Motor Vehicle Em ission and Fuel Standards,” http://www.epa.gov/otaq/documents/tier3/4 20f14009.pdf.
Max = maximum, Min. = minimum, PADD = Petroleum Administration for Defense District. PPM = parts per million by weight, PSI = pounds per square inch. Benzene volume percent changed to 0.62 for all regions and types in 2011 to meet the MSAT2 ruling. Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Office of Energy Analysis.



### Reformulated gasoline must meet the Complex Model II compliance standards, which cannot exceed average 1990 levels of toxic and nitrogen oxide emissions [101]. Reformula ted gasoline has been required in many areas in the United States since January 1995. In 1998, EPA began certifying reformulated gasoline using the “Complex Model,” which allows refiners to specify reformulated gasoline based on emissions reductions from t heir companies’ respective 1990 baselines or EPA’s 1990 baseline. The LFMM reflects “Phase 2” reformulated gasoline requirements which began in 2000. The LFMM uses a set of specifications that meet the “Complex Model” requirements, but it does not

attempt to determine the optimal specifications that meet the “Complex Model.”

Cellulosic biomass feedstock supplies and costs are provided by the NEMS Renewable Fuels Model. Initial capital costs for biomass cellulosic ethanol were obtained from a research projec t reviewing cost estimates from multiple sources [102]. Operating costs and credits for excess electricity generated at biomass ethanol plants were obtained from a survey of literature [103].

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 160 

### Corn supply prices are estimated from the USDA baseline projec tions to 2019 [104]. Operating costs of corn ethanol plants are obtained from USDA survey of ethanol plant costs [105]. Energy requirements are obtained from a study of carbon dioxide emissions associated with ethanol production [106].

AEO2015 assumes a m inimum 10% blend of ethanol in domestically consumed motor gasoline. Federal reformulated gasoline (RFG) and conventional gasoline can be blended with up to 15% ethanol (E15) in light

- duty vehicles of model year 2001 and later. Reformulated and conventiona l gasoline can also be blended with 16% biobutanol. Actual levels will depend on the ethanol and biobutanol blending value

and relative cost

- competitiveness with other gasoline blending components. In addition, current state regulation, along with marketpl ace constraints, limit the full penetration of E15 in the projection. The Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA2007) defines a requirements schedule for having renewable fuels blended into transportation fuels by 2022.

RVP limitations are in e ffect during summer months, which are defined differently by consuming region. In addition, different RVP specifications apply within each PADD. The LFMM assumes that these variations in RVP are captured in the annual average specifications, which are base d on summertime RVP limits, wintertime estimates, and seasonal weights.

Within the LFMM, total gasoline demand is disaggregated into demand for conventional and reformulated gasoline by applying assumptions about the annual market shares for each type. In AEO2015 the annual market shares for each region reflect actual 2010 market shares and are held constant throughout the projection (see Table 11.3 for AEO2015 market share assumptions).

Table 11. 3

. Market share for gasoline type s by Census Division

Gasoline Type New England Middle
Atlantic East
North
Central West
North
Central South
Atlantic East
South
Central West
South
Central Mountain Pacific

Conventional Gasoline 18 41 81 88 81 95 72 86 25

Reformulated Gasoline 82 59 19 12 19 5 28 14 75

Note: Data derived from EIA

- 782C, “Monthly Report of Prime Supplier Sales of Petroleum Products Sold for Local Consumption,”
January

- December 2010.

Note: As of January 2007, Oxygenated Gasoline is included within Conventional Gasoline.

Sour ce: U.S. Energy Information Administrati on, Office of Energy Analysis.



## Diesel fuel specifications and market shares

In order to account for ultra

- low

- sulfur diesel (ULSD, or highway diesel) regulations related to the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 (C AAA90), ULSD is differentiated from other distillates. In NEMS, the California portion of the Pacific Region (Census Division 9) is required to meet California Air Resources

Board (CARB) standards. Both Federal and CARB standards currently limit sulfur to 15 parts per million (ppm).

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 161 

### Demand for highway

- grade diesel in LFMM is assumed to equal total transportation distillate demand. Over the past few years, highway

- grade diesel supplies have nearly matched total transportation distillate sales, although some highway

- grade diesel has gone to non

- transportation uses such as construction and agriculture.

AEO2015 incorporates the “nonroad, locomotive, and marine” (NRLM) diesel regulation finalized in May 2004 for large refiners and importers. The final NRLM r ule established a new ULSD limit of 15 ppm for nonroad diesel by mid

- 2010. For locomotive and marine diesel, the rule established an ULSD limit of 15 ppm in mid

- 2012.



## End

- u se product prices

End

- use petroleum product prices are based on marginal costs of pr oduction

, plus production

- related fixed costs, plus distribution costs and taxes. The marginal costs of production are determined within the LP and represent variable costs of production, including additional costs for meeting reformulated fuels provisions of CAAA90. Environmental costs associated with controlling pollution at refineries are implicitly assumed in the annual update of the refinery investment costs for the processing units.

The costs of distributing and marketing petroleum products are repres ented by adding product

- specific distribution costs to the marginal refinery production costs (product wholesale prices). The distribution costs are derived from a set of base distribution markups (Table 11.4).

State and federal taxes are also added to tra nsportation fuels to determine final end

- use prices (Tables 11.5 and 11.6). Tax trend analysis indicates that state taxes increase at the rate of inflation; therefore, state taxes are held constant in real terms throughout the projection. This assumption i s extended to local taxes, which are assumed to average 1% of motor gasoline prices [107]. Federal taxes are assumed to remain at current levels in accordance with the overall AEO2015 assumption of current laws and regulations. Federal taxes are not held c onstant in real terms, but are deflated as follows:

Federal Tax product, year 

### = Current Federal Tax product 

### /GDP Deflator year


## Crude oil quality In the LFMM, the quality of crude oil is characterized by average gravity and sulfur levels. Both domestic

and imported crude oil are divided into eleven categories as defined by the ranges of gravity and sulfur

shown in Table 11.7.

A “composite” crude oil with the appropriate yields and qualities is developed for each category by averaging the characteristics of specific crude oil streams in the category. Each category includes both domestic and foreign crude oil, which are both used to determine category characteristics. For each category’s domestic crude oil volumes, estimates of total regio nal production are ma de first. Each region’s production is then divided among each of the eleven categories based on that region’s distribution of average API gravity and sulfur content. For AEO2015, processed API 50+ crude is assumed to be processed condensate and, under the current ruling by the US Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS), is allowed to be exported [108]. For imported crude oil, a separate supply curve is provided (by the IEM) for each category.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 162 

### Table 11. 4

. Petroleum product end

- use markups by sector and Census Division

2013 dollars per gallon

Census Division

East West East West

New Middle North North South South South
Sector/Product England Atlantic Central Central Atlantic Central Central Mountain Pacific

Reside ntial Sector

Distillate Fuel Oil 0.59 0.69 0.52 0. 52 0.58 0. 62 0. 64 0. 49 0. 62

Kerosene 0.19 0.77 0.63 0.64 0.68 0.59 0.66 0.79 0.00 Liquefied Petroleum Gases 1.16 1.2 3 0.63 0.42 1.15 0.99 0.98 0.82 1.07
Commercial Sector

Distillate Fuel Oil 0.4 7 0. 4 2 0. 59 0. 54 0. 52 0. 54 0. 54 0. 49 0.61
Gasoline 0.16 0.1 5 0.15 0.1 3 0.1 3 0.16 0.1 4 0.1 8 0. 19

Kerosene 0.18 0.78 0.63 0.64 0.75 0.69 0.55 1.05 0.00 Liquefied Petroleum Gases 0.42 0.66 0.42 0.42 0.55 0.52 0.5 7 0.47 0.36

Lo w

- Sulfur Residual Fuel Oil 1 0.1 5 0.0 6

- 0.1 5

- 0. 1 3 0. 1 2

- 0. 1 3 0.0 1 0.00 0.00
Utility Sector

Distillate Fuel Oil 0. 2 0 0. 20 0. 35 0. 32 0. 27 0. 35 0. 27 0. 22 0. 25
Residual Fuel Oil 1

- 0.38

- 0.11 0.78 0.65

- 0.07

- 0.35

- 0.60 0.00 0.00
Transport ation Sector

Distillate Fuel Oil 0.56 0. 4 5 0.51 0.50 0.45 0.51 0.5 1 0.47 0.62

E85 2 0.15 0.14 0.12 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.10 0.16 0.15
Gasoline 0.18 0.18 0.15 0.14 0.1 4 0.1 5 0.12 0.20 0.19 High

- Sulfur Residual Fuel Oil 1 0.12

- 0.0 1 0.09 0. 06 0. 17 0. 25 0. 18 0. 47 0. 28
Jet Fuel 0.03

- 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.05 0.03 0.01

- 0.03 Liquefied Petroleum Gases 0.37 0.71 0.91 0.91 0.68 0.95 0.99 0.82 0.79
Industrial Sector Asphalt and Road Oil 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.0 0
Distillate Fuel Oil 0. 54 0. 56 0. 56 0. 59 0.4 9 0.54 0.51 0. 46 0. 3 9
Gasoline 0.1 8 0.17 0.15 0.14 0.14 0.16 0.15 0.19 0.19

Kerosene 0.00 0.09 0.00 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.41 0.00 Liquefied Petroleum Gases 0.76 0.97 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.54 0.21 0.52 0.70

Low

- S ulfur Residual Fuel Oil 1 0. 4 7 0. 43 0.0 0 0. 09 0. 24 0. 24 0.29 0. 13 0.00

1 Negative values indicate that average end

- use sales prices were less than wholesale prices. This often occurs with residual fuel which is produced as a byproduct when crude oil is ref ined to make higher

- value products like gasoline and heating oil.

2 E85 refers to a bl end of 85% ethanol (renewable) and 15 % motor gasoline (non

- renewable). To address cold starting issues, the
percentage of ethanol varies seasonally. The annual average e thanol content of 74% is used. Note: Data from markups based on Form EIA

- 782A, Refiners’/Gas Plant Operators’ Monthly Petroleum Product Sales Report; EIA,

Form EIA

- 782B, Resellers’/Retailers’ Monthly Petroleum Report Product Sales Report; Form FERC

- 423, Mo nthly Report of Cost and Quality of Fuels for Electric Plants prior to 2008; Form EIA

- 923, Power Plant Operations Report starting in 2008; EIA Form EIA

- 759 Monthly Power Plant Report; EIA, State Energy Data Report 2010, Consumption (June 2012); EIA, State Energy Data 2010: Prices and Expenditures (June 2012)

. Sources: U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA), Office of Energy Analysis.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 163 

### Table 11. 5

. State and local taxes on petroleum transportation fuels by Census Divis ion

2013 dollars per gallon

Census Division

Year/Product New England Middle
Atlantic East
North
Central West
North
Central South
Atlantic East
south
Central West
South
Central Mountain Pacific

Gasoline 1 0. 32 0. 28 0. 27 0. 26 0. 23 0. 24 0. 24 0. 2 5 0. 25
Diesel 0. 2 9 0.33 0.23 0.23 0.22 0.19 0.19 0.23 0.32 Liquefied Petroleum Gases 0.14 0.14 0.19 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.15 0.16 0.06

E85 2 0.22 0.23 0.18 0.17 0.15 0.16 0.15 0.17 0.27
Jet Fuel 0.07 0.06 0.00 0.04 0.08 0.08 0.03 0.05 0.03

1 Tax also applies to gasoline consumed in the commercial and industrial sectors.

2 E85 refers to a blend of 85% ethanol (renewable ) and 15% motor gasoline (non

- renewable). To address cold starting issues, the percentage of ethanol varies seasonally. The annual average eth anol content of 74% is used. Source: “Compilation of United States Fuel Taxes, Inspection, Fees and Environmental Taxes and Fees,” Defense Energy Support Center, Editions 2011

- 09, May 18, 2011).



### Table 11. 6

. Federal taxes

nomi nal dollars per gallon

Product Tax

Gasoline 0.1 8 4
Diesel 0.24 4

Jet Fuel 0.04 3

E85 1 0.20

1 74% ethanol and 26% gasoline.

Note: IRS Internal Revenue Bulletin 2006

- 43 available on the web at

www. irs.gov/pub/irs

- irbs/irb06

- 43.pdf

. Sources: Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 (H.R. 2264); Tax Payer Relief Act of 1997 (PL 105

- 34), Clean Fuels Report (Washington, DC, April 1998) and Energy Policy Act of 2005 (PL 109

- 58).



### Table 11. 7

. Crude oil specifications

Crude oil categories a.k.a. Sulfur (%) Gravity (degrees API)

API 50+ Light Sweet <0.5 API>=50

API 40

- 50 Light Sweet <0.5 40<=API<50

API 35

- 40 sweet Light Sweet <0.5 35<=API<40

API 35 + sour Light Sour >=0.5 API>=35

API 27

- 35 Med

- sour Medium Sour <1.1 27<=API<35

API 27

- 35 sour Medium Sour >=1.1 27<=API<35

API<27 sweet Heavy Sweet <1.1 API<27

API<27 sour Heavy Sour >=1.1 API<27

California 1.1

- 2.6 API<27
Syncrude <0.5 API>=35

DilB it/SynBit >1.1 API<27
Note: Sources include U.S. Energy Information Administration, “U.S. Crude Oil Production Forecast

- Analysis of Crude Types,” Dilbit/Synbit definition = Bitumen diluted with lighter petroleum products or synthetic crude
May 29, 20 14, ( http://www.eia.gov/analysis/petroleum/crudetypes/

Sources: U.S. Energy Information Administration.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 164 

## Capacity expansion The LFMM allows for capacity expansion of all processing unit types. This includes distillation units like the atmospheric distillation unit (ADU), vacuum distillation unit (VDU), and condensate splitters, as well as secondary processing units like the hydrotreating, coking, fluid catalytic cracking, hydrocracking, a nd alkylation units. Capacity expansion occurs by processing unit, starting from regional capacities established using historical data.

Expansion occurs in LFMM when the value received from the sale of products that could be produced with new processing ca pacity exceeds the investment and operating costs of adding this new capacity, plus the cost of purchasing additional feedstock. The investment costs assume a financing ratio of 60% equity and 40% debt, with a hurdle rate and an after

- tax return on investm ent ranging from 6% for building new refinery processing units to over 13% for higher

- risk projects like the construction of a coal

to

- liquids plant.

The LFMM models capacity expansion using a three

- period planning approach similar to that used in the

NEM S Electricity Market Module (EMM). The first two periods contain a single planning year (current year and next year, respectively), and the third period represents a net present value of the next 19 years in the projection. The second and third planning pe riods are used to establish an economic plan for capacity expansion for the next NEMS model year. In period 2, product demands and legislative requirements must be met. Period 3 acts like a leverage in the capacity expansion decision for period 2,

and is c ontrolled by the discount rate assumptions. Larger discount rates increase the net present value (NPV) of revenue and expenditures in earlier periods and decrease the NPV of revenue and expenditure in later periods. The LFMM uses multiple discount rates fo r the NPV calculation to represent various categories of risk. For AEO2015, the LFMM uses an 18% discount rate.

Capacity expansion is also modeled for production of corn and cellulosic ethanol, biobutanol, biomass pyrolysis oil, biodiesel, renewable diese l, coal

- to

- liquids, gas

- to

- liquids, and biomass

- to

- liquids. All process unit capacity that is expected to begin operating in the future is added to existing capacities in their respective start year. The retirement and replacement of existing refining capa city is not explicitly represented in the LFMM.

For the High Oil and Gas Resource case with restricted crude exports (current regulations), refiners would need to expand processing capacity in response to the higher oil production level and export

restrict ion. The cost of expanding crude oil refining capacity is used to determine the discount at which

domestic crude oil is sold relative to an otherwise free market environment. This d iscount provides the refinery margin needed to motivate refiners to expand processing capacity and assume any associated market or policy risk that could impact an expansion project’s long

- term profitability.

The amortized capital cost is the revenue per barrel needed to pay the total cost of a processing capacity
expansion over a determined time period for paying back the ini tial investment, plus interest. The time period and interest rate are adjusted to account for the level of risk associated with a given project, with a shorter payback period and higher intere st rates for ris kier projects. A 100,000

- bbl/d hydroskimmer

built with a 10

- year investment payback period at 18% annual interest is estimated by EIA to have an amortized capital cost of $6.00/bbl (2013 dollars). [109][110] This reduction is phased in over time, reaching the $6.00 when the first crude processing capacity is built.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 165 

### Capacity utilization of a process unit is the ratio of the actual throughput for a unit to the total capacity for that unit. The throughput for an atmospheric distillation unit (ADU) typically is a blend of crude oils, but historically has included unfinished oil imports at some refineries. Therefore, historical ADU capacity utilization at these refineries includes both crude oil and unfinished oil imports. Since the LFMM only processes unfinished oil imports in secondary units, downstream from the ADU, an assumption was made to include a historical percentage of the unfinished oils imported to the refinery as part of the throughput when calculating the ADU capacity utilization reported in AEO2015.



## Non

- petroleum fuel technology characteristics The LFMM explicitly models a number of liquid fuels technologies that do not require petroleum feedstock. These technologies produce both fuel

- grade products for blending with traditional petroleum products, a nd alternative feedstock for the traditional petroleum refinery (Table 11.8)

.

Table 11. 8

. Alternative fuel technology product type

Technology Product Type

Biochemical
Corn Ethanol Fuel Grade
Advanced Grain Ethanol Fuel Grad e Cellulosic Ethanol Fuel Grade
Biobutanol Fuel Grade Thermochemical Catalytic Methyl Ester Biodiesel Fuel Grade

Non

- Ester Renewable Diesel Fuel Grade Pyrolysis Fuel Grade
Thermochemical Fischer

- Tropsch

Gas

- to

- Liquids (GTL) Fuel Grade/Refinery Feed
Coal

- to

- Liquids (CTL) Fuel Grade/Refinery Feed

Biomass

- to

- Liquids (BTL) Fuel Grade/Refinery Feed Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Office of Energy Analysis.



### Estimates of capital and operating costs corresponding to specified namep late capacities for these technologies are shown in Table 11.9. The cost data are defined assuming a 2020 base year, and are deflated to 2013 dollars using the GDP deflator in NEMS.

Overnight Capital Cost is defined as the anticipated cost for a standard s ize commercial

- scale plant. Since some components of technologies have not yet been proven at a commercial scale, a technology optimism factor is applied to the assumed first

- of

- a

- kind capital cost, a multiplier that increases the

first

- of

- a

- kind plant co st (e.g., 1.25). The multiplier is an estimate of the underestimated construction errors (redos) and underestimated costs in building the first full

- scale commercial plant. As experience is gained (after building the first 4 units), the technological opt imism factor is gradually reduced to 1.0.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 166 

### The learning function has the nonlinear form:

OC(C) = a*C

- b,

where C is the cumulative capacity (or number of standard

- sized units) for each technology component and OC represents the overnight capital co st expected with cumulative capacity C of the technology.

The learning function in NEMS is determined at a component level. Each new technology is broken into its major components, and each component is identified as revolutionary, evolutionary or mature. Different learning rates are assumed for each component, based on the level of construction experience with the component. In the case of the LFMM, the second and third phases of a technology will have only evolutionary/revolutionary (fast) and mature (slo wer) learning components, depending on the mix (percent) of new and mature processes that compose a particular technology.

The progress ratio (pr) is related by the speed of learning or learning rate (LR) (e.g., how much costs decline for every doubling of capacity). The reduction in capital cost for every doubling of cumulative capacity (LR) is an exogenous input parameter for each component. The progress ratio and LR are related by:
pr = 2 - b 

### = (1

- LR).

The parameter “b” is calculated from the seco nd half of the equality above:

b =

- (ln(1

- LR)/ln(2)).

The parameter “a” is computed from initial overnight cost and capacity conditions of the nonlinear learning curve. a = OC (C0)/Co

- b



### Note that Co is the cumulative capacity or number of units built as of the beginning of the current time period/year.

As a new technology matures, the capital cost is expected to decline, reflecting the principle of “learn by doing” and manufacturing experience. This principle is implemented in the LFMM similar to the

m ethodology used in the EMM. The learning occurs in three phases. The first phase is represented by the linear phase out of optimism (and some revolutionary learning) over the first four plants (such that the optimism factor for the fifth and later plant is 1.0). The non

- linear learning function shown above is used for the second (up to 32 plants built) and third (beyond 32 plants) phases.

Each technology was assessed to determine the mix of technological maturity of each component (revolutionary/evolutionar y or mature). This was used to define what percent (m) of the cost would decline slowly (slow for mature) versus quickly (fast for evolutionary/revolutionary) due to learning. Next, for each learning category (fast and slow), a rate of learning (f) is assu med (i.e., a percent reduction in overnight capital cost for every doubling of cumulative capacity).

The overall learning factor is the weighted combination of the fast and slow learning factors (OC), weighted by the percentage that each component represen ts of the technology. Model parameters are

shown in Table 11.10.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 167 

### Table 11. 9

. Non

- petroleum fuel technology characteristics 1

Nameplate Base Overnight 3 Contingency Factors 4
, 5 Overnight Thermal

AEO2015 2020 Basis (201 3 $) Onlin e Year Capacity 2 b/ s d Capital $/ b / s d Project Optimism Capital 6 $/b / s d Efficiency Energy %

Biochemical

Corn Ethanol

- 6,800 $18, 5 00 3% 0% $1 9

, 1 00 49%

Advanced Grain Ethanol 2014 3,400 $4 4, 0 0 0 3% 0% $4 5

, 3 00 49%

Cellulosic Ethanol 2013 4,400 $114, 7 00 10% 20% $15 2

, 7 00 28%
Biobutanol (retrofit of corn ethanol plant) 2015 6,500 $9,500 10% 20% $12,5 0 0 62%

Thermochemical Catalytic
Methyl Ester Biodiesel (FAME)

- 1,200 $ 20

, 0 00 3% 0% $20,6 00 21%

Non

- Ester Renewable
Diesel (NERD )

- 2,100 $28, 4 00 10% 0% $3 1

, 2 00 21%

Pyrolysis 2013 5,200 $23 5

, 5 00 10% 20% $3 1 0, 900 60%

Thermochemical Fis c her

- Tropsch

Gas

- to

- Liquids (GTL) 7 20 20 48,000 $12 7

, 9 00 10% 10% $15 4

, 8 00 55%

Coal

- to

- Liquids (CTL) 20 25 48,000 $152

, 2 00 10% 15% $19 2

, 5 00 4 9%

Biomass

- to

- Liquids (BTL) 2020 6,000 $26 5

, 9 00 10% 20% $35 1

, 0 00 38 %

1 This table is based on the AEO2015 Reference case projections for year 2020.

2 For all processes except corn ethanol and FAME biodiesel, annual capacity refers to the capacity of one plant as defined in the Liquid Fuels Market Module of NEMS. For corn ethanol and FAME biodiesel, annual capacity is the most common plant size as of 2013. Capacit y amounts provided on an output basis.

3 Overnight cost is defined as the cost of a project wi th no interest incurred, or the lump sum cost of a project as if it were completed overnight. It excludes additional costs from regional adjustments and project delays due to learning effects.

4 Contingency is defined by the American Association of Cost Eng ineers as a “specific provision for unforeseeable elements in costs within a defined project scope; particularly important where previous experience has shown that unforeseeable events which will increa se costs are likely to occur.”

5 The technology optimis m factor is applied to the first four units of an unproven design, reflecting a demonstrated tendency to underestimate
costs for a first

- of

- a

- kind unit.

6 Total overnight capital cost is the base overnight capital cost, plus the cost of contingency factors.

7 While these costs are for a Gulf Coast facility, the costs in other regions, particularly Alaska, are expected to be much hig her. b/ s d = barrels per stream day. $/b / s d = dollars per barrel per stream day Note: Values from this table come from analysis o f reports and discussions with various sources from industry, government, and the Department of Energy Fuel Offices and National Laboratories. They are meant to represent the cost and performance of typical plants under normal operating conditions for each technology. Key sources reviewed are listed in “Notes and Sources” at the end of the chapter.

Source: U.S. Ene rgy Information Administration.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 168 

### Table 11.10. Non

- petroleum fuel technology learning parameters

Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3
1st of a Kind 5th of a Kind 32 nd of a Kind
Technology Type Cumulative Plants (k) Optimism Fast 1 S low 1 Fast 1 Slow 1

Optimism Factor and

Revolutionary Learning 1.25 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Cellulosic Ethanol Learning Type Frac tion (m)

-- 33% 67% 33% 67%

Learning Rate (f)

-- 0.25 0.10 0.10 0.05

Optimism Factor and

Revolutionary Learning 1.25 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Pyrolysis Learning Type Fraction (m)

-- 33% 67% 33% 67%

Learning Rate (f)

-- 0.25 1.0.10 0.10 0.05

O ptimism Factor and

Revolutionary Learning 1.25 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Biomass

- to

- Liquids (BTL) Learning Type Fraction (m)

-- 15% 85% 15% 85%

Learning Rate (f)

-- 0.10 0.01 0.10 0.01

Optimism Factor and

Revolutionary Learning 1.25 1. 0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Coal

- to

- Liquids (CTL) Learning Type Fraction (m)

-- 15% 85% 15% 85%

Learning Rate (f)

-- 0.10 0.01 0.10 0.01

Optimism Factor and

Revolutionary Learning 1.25 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Gas

- to

- Liquids (GTL) Learning Type Fraction (m)

-- 10% 90% 10% 90%

Learning Rate (f)

-- 0.10 0.01 0.10 0.01

1 Fast = evolutionary/revolutionary learning; slow = mature learning. Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Office of Energy Analysis.



### Biofuels supply Supply functions for corn, n on

- corn grain, and cellulosic biomass feedstocks are provided on an annual basis through 2040 for the production of ethanol (blended into transportation fuel). Supply functions for soy oil, other seed

- based oils, and grease are provided on an annual basis through 2040 for the production of biodiesel and renewable diesel.

• Corn feedstock supplies and costs are provided exogenously to NEMS. Feedstock costs reflect

credits for co

- products (livestock feed, corn oil, etc.). Feedstock supplies and costs reflect th e competition between corn and its co

- products and alternative crops, such as soybeans and their

co

- products.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 169 

### • Biodiesel and renewable diesel feedstock supplies and costs are provided exogenously to NEMS.

• Cellulosic (biomass) feedstock supply and costs ar e provided by the Renewable Fuels Module in

NEMS.

• To model the Renewable Fuels Standard in EISA2007, several assumptions were required.

o The penetration of cellulosic ethanol into the market is limited before 2020 to several planned projects with aggregate nameplate capacity of approximately 180 million gallons per year. Planned capacity through 2019 for Pyrolysis and Biomass

- to

- Liquids processes is approximately 110 million gallons per year.

o Methyl ester biodiesel production contributes 1.5 credits toward s the advanced

mandate.

o Renewable diesel fuel and cellulosic diesel fuel, including that from Pyrolysis oil, and

Fischer

- Tropsch diesel contribute 1.7 credits toward the cellulosic mandate.

o Cellulosic drop

- in gasoline contributes 1.54 credits toward the ce llulosic mandate.

o Imported Brazilian sugarcane ethanol counts towards the advanced renewable

mandate.

o Separate biofuel waivers can be activated for each of the four RFS fuel categories.

o Biodiesel and BTL diesel are assumed to be compatible with diesel engi nes without significant infrastructure modification (either vehicles or delivery infrastructure).

o Ethanol is assumed to be consumed as E10, E15 or E85, with no intermediate blends. The cost of placing E85 pumps at the most economic stations is spread over diesel and gasoline.

o To accommodate the ethanol requirements in particular, transportation modes are expanded or upgraded for E10, E15 and E85, and it is assumed that most ethanol originates from the Midwest, with nominal transportation costs of a few cent s per gallon.

o For E85 dispensing stations, it is assumed the average cost of a retrofit and new station is about $154,000 per station (2013 dollars). Interregional transportation is assumed to be by rail, ship, barge, and truck, and the associated costs ar e included in the LFMM.

o Potential RFS target reductions by EPA are provided exogenously to NEMS.



## Non

- petroleum fossil fuel supply

Gas

- to

- liquids (GTL) facilities convert natural gas into distillates, and are assumed to be built if the prices

for lower

- sulf ur distillates reach a high enough level to make them economic. The earliest start date for a GTL facility is set at 2020.

It is also assumed that coal

- to

- liquids (CTL) facilities will be built when low

- sulfur distillate prices are high enough to make them economic. A 48,000

- barrel

- per

- day CTL facility is assumed to cost over $7 billion in initial capital investment (2013 dollars). These facilities could be built near existing refineries. For the East Coast, potential CTL facilities could be built near the Delaware River basin; for the Central region, near the Illinois River basin or near Billings, Montana; and for the West Coast, in the vicinity of Puget Sound in Washington State. It is further assumed that CTL facilities can only be built after 2025.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 170 

## Combi ned heat and power (CHP) Electricity consumption at the refinery and other liquid fuels production facilities is a function of the throughput of each unit. Sources of electricity consist of refinery power generation, utility purchases,

and CHP from other l iquid fuels producers (including cellulosic/advanced ethanol, coal and biomass to liquids). Power generators and CHP plants are modeled in the LFMM linear program as separate units, and are allowed to compete along with purchased electricity. Operating cha racteristics for these electricity producers are based on historical parameters and available data. Sales to the grid or own

- use decisions are made on an economic basis within the LP solution. The price for electricity sales to the grid is set to the margi nal energy price for baseload generation (provided by the EMM).



## Short

- term methodology Petroleum balance and price information for 2014 and 2015 are projected at the U.S. level in the Short

Term Energy Outlook, (STEO). The LFMM adopts the STEO results for 2014 and 2015, using regional estimates derived from the national STEO projections.



## Legislation and regulation The Tax Payer Relief Act of 1997 reduced excise taxes on liquefied petroleum gases and methanol produced from natural gas. The reductions set tax es on these products equal to the Federal gasoline tax

on a Btu basis.

Title II of CAAA90 established regulations for oxygenated and reformulated gasoline and on

- highway diesel fuel. These are explicitly modeled in the LFMM. Reformulated gasoline represent ed in the LFMM meets the requirements of Phase 2 of the Complex Model, except in the Pacific region where it meets CARB 3 specifications.

AEO2015 reflects “Tier 3 Vehicle Emissions and Fuel Standards” which states that the average annual

sulfur content of federal gasoline will not contain more than 10 ppm by January 1, 2017. For projection years prior to 2017, AEO2015 reflects the “Tier 2” Motor Vehicle Emissions Standards and Gasoline Sulfur Control Requirements which requires that the average annual sulfu r content of all gasoline used in the United States be 30 ppm.

AEO2015 reflects Heavy

- Duty Engine and Vehicle Standards and Highway Diesel Fuel Sulfur Control Requirements. All highway diesel is required to contain no more than 15 ppm sulfur at the pump.

A EO2015 reflects nonroad locomotive and marine (NRLM) diesel requirements that nonroad diesel supplies contain no more than 15 ppm sulfur. For locomotive and marine diesel, the action establishes a NRLM limit of 15 ppm in mid

- 2012.

AEO2015 represents major provisions in the Energy Policy Act of 2005 (EPACT05) concerning the petroleum industry, including removal of the oxygenate requirement in RFG.

AEO2015 includes provisions outlined in the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA2007)
concerning t he petroleum industry, including a Renewable Fuels Standard (RFS) increasing total U.S. consumption of renewable fuels. In order to account for the possibility that RFS targets might be unattainable at reasonable cost, LFMM includes a provision for purchas e of waivers. The price of a cellulosic waiver is specified in EISA2007. The non

- cellulosic LFMM RFS waivers function as maximum

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 171 

### allowed RIN prices. LFMM also assumes that EPA will reduce RFS targets as allowed by the EISA2007

statute.

AEO2015 includes the EPA Mobil Source Air Toxics (MSAT 2) rule which includes the requirement that all gasoline products (including reformulated and conventional gasoline) produced at a refinery during a calendar year will need to contain no more than 0.62 percent benzene by volume. This does not include gasoline produced or sold in California, which is already covered by the current California Phase 3 Reformulated Gasoline Program.

AEO2015 includes California’s Low Carbon Fuel Standard which aims to reduce the Carbon Intensit y (CI) of gasoline and diesel fuels in that state by about 10% respectively from 2012 through 2020.

AEO2015 incorporates the cap

- and

- trade program within the California Assembly Bill (AB 32), the Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006. The program started Ja nuary 1, 2012, with enforceable compliance obligations beginning in 2013. Petroleum refineries are given allowances (calculated in the LFMM) in the

cap

- and

- trade system based on the volumetric output of aviation gasoline, motor gasoline, kerosene

type jet fuel, distillate fuel oil, renewable liquid fuels and asphalt. Suppliers of Reformulated Blend Stock for Oxygenate Blending ( RBOB ) and Distillate Fuel Oil #1 and #2 are required to comply starting in 2015 if the emissions from full combustion of these prod ucts are greater than or equal to 25,000 metric tons

CO 2 

### equivalent (MTCO 2 

### e) in any year 2011

- 2014.

AEO2015 includes mandates passed in 2010 by Connecticut, Maine, New York, and New Jersey that aim to lower the sulfur content of all heating oil to ultra

- lo w

- sulfur diesel over different time schedules. It

also includes transition to a 2% biodiesel content in the case of Maine and Connecticut.

Due to the uncertainty surrounding compliance options, AEO2015 did not include any explicit modeling

treatment of the International Maritime Organization’s “MARPOL Annex 6” rule covering cleaner marine fuels and ocean ship engine emissions.

The AEO2015 Reference Case does not extend the $1.00

- per

- gallon biodiesel excise tax credit or the $1.01

- per

- gallon cellulosic biofu els production tax credit over the projection.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 172 

# Notes and sources

[100] U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), “EPA Sets Tier 3 Vehicle Emission and Fuel Standards,” http://www.epa. gov/otaq/documents/tier3/420f14009.pdf

.

[101] Federal Register, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 40 CFR Part 80, Regulation of Fuels and Fuel Additives: Standards for Reformulated and Conventional Gasoline, Rules and Regulations, p. 7800, (Washingto n, DC, February 1994).

[102] Marano, John, “Alternative Fuels Technology Profile: Cellulosic Ethanol”, March 2008.

[103] Ibid.

[104] U.S. Department of Agriculture, “USDA Agricultural Baseline Projections to 2019,” February 2009, www.ers.usda.gov/publications/oce

- usda

- agricultural

- projections/oce

- 2010

- 1.aspx

.

[105] Shapouri, Hosein and Gallagher, Paul. USDA’s 2002 Ethanol Cost

- of

- Production Survey, July 2005.

[106] U.S. Department of Agriculture. 2008 Energy Balance for the Corn

- Ethanol Industry, June 2010.

[107] American Petroleum Institute, How Much We Pay for Gasoline: 1996 Annual Review, May 1997.

[108] U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Industr y and Security (BIS) allows, “under 754.2(a), lease condensate that has been processed through a crude oil distillate tower” to be classified as product, with no export restrictions. See FAQ#3 under the heading “FAQs

– Crude Oil and Petroleum Products

Dece mber 30, 2014,” https://www.bis.doc.gov/index.php/policy

- guidance/deemed

- exports/deemed

exports

- faqs

[109] U.S. Energy Information Administration, “Techni cal options for processing additional light tight oil volumes within the United States,” April 6, 2015, http://www.eia.gov/analysis/studies/petroleum/lto/pdf/lightightoil .pdf

[110] After AEO2015 was released, an adjustment was made that changed the $6.00/bbl (2013 dollars) to $6.90/bbl (2013 dollars) to reflect policy and market risks.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 173 

# Coal Market Module

The NEMS Coal Market Module (CMM) provides projections of U.S. co al production, consumption, exports, imports, distribution, and prices. The CMM comprises three functional areas: coal production, coal distribution, and coal exports. A detailed description of the CMM is provided in the EIA publication,

Coal Market Module of the National Energy Modeling System 2014, DOE/EIA

- M060 (2014) (Washington, DC, 2014).



## Key assumptions

Coal production The coal production submodule of the CMM generates a different set of supply curves for the CMM for each year of the projection. Comb inations of 14 supply regions, nine coal types (unique groupings of thermal grade and sulfur content), and two mine types (underground and surface), result in 41 separate supply curves. Supply curves are constructed using an econometric formulation that re lates the minemouth prices of coal for the supply regions and coal types to a set of independent variables. The independent variables include: capacity utilization of mines, mining capacity, labor productivity, the user cost of capital of mining equipment, the cost of factor inputs (labor and fuel), and other mine supply

costs.

The key assumptions underlying the coal production modeling are:

• As capacity utilization increases

, higher minemouth prices for a given supply curve are projected. The opportunity to add capacity is allowed within the modeling framework if capacity utilization rises to a pre

- determined level , typically in the 80% range. Likewise, if capacity utilization falls, mining capacity may be retired. The amount of capacity that can be added or retired in a given year depends on the level of capacity utilization, the supply region, and the mining process (underground or surface). The volume of capacity expansion permitted in a projection year is based upon historical patterns of capacity additio ns.

• Between 1980 and 2000, U.S. coal mining productivity increased at an average rate of 6.6% per year, from 1.93 to 6.99 short tons per miner per hour. The major factors underlying these gains were interfuel price competition, structural change in the ind ustry, and technological improvements in coal mining [1 11 ]. Between 2000 and 2013, however, growth in overall U.S. coal mining productivity has been negative, declining at a rate of 1.8% per year to 5 .5 4 short
tons per miner

- hour in 2013. By region, produc tivity in all but one ( Alaska/Washington) of the coal producing basins represented in the CMM has declined from its productivity level in 2000. In the Central Appalachian coal basin, which has been mined extensively, productivity declined by 50% between 20 00 and 2013, correspond ing to an average decline of 5. 2% per year. While productivity declines have been more moderate at the highly productive mines in Wyoming’s

Powder River Basin, coal mining productivity in this region still fell by 30% between 2000 an d 2013 corresponding to an average rate of decline of 2.7% per year. Of the top coal producing
regions showing declines , the Eastern Interior has shown the best overall performance

, with coal mining productivity declining by only 2.7% between 2000 and 2013 , or 0.2% per year. The Eastern Interior region, which has a substantial amount of thick, underground

- minable coal

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 174 

### reserves, is currently experiencing a resurgence in coal mining activity

, with several coal companies either opening or in the process of ope ning new, highly productive longwall mines.

• Over the projection period, labor productivity is expected to decline in most coal supply regions, reflecting the trend of the previous decade. Higher stripping ratios and the added labor needed

to maintain more extensive underground mines offset productivity gains achieved from improved equipment, automation, and technology. Productivity in some areas of the e ast ern coalfields is projected to decline as operations move from mature coalfields to marginal reserve areas. Regulatory restrictions on surface mines and fragmentation of underground reserves limit the benefits that can be achieved by Appalachian producers from economies of scale.

• In the CMM, different rates of productivity improvement are assumed for each of the 41 coal supply curves used to represent U.S. coal supply. These estimates are based on recent historical data and expectations regarding the penetration and impact of new coal mining technologies. Data on labor productivity are provided on a quart erly and annual basis by individual coal mines and preparation plants on the U.S. Department of Labor, Mine Safety and Health

Administration’s Form 7000

- 2, “Quarterly Mine Employment and Coal Production Report,” and the U.S. Energy Information Administrati on’s Form EIA

- 7A, “ Annual Survey of Coal Production and Preparation”. In the Reference case, overall U.S. coal mining labor productivity declines at

rate of 0. 9 % per year between 2013 and 2040. Reference case projections of coal mining productivity by reg ion are provided in Table 12.1.

Table 12. 1

. Coal mining productivity by region

short tons per miner hour

Supply Region 201 3 2020 2025 2030 2035 2040 Average Annual
Growth 1 3

- 40
Northern Appalachia 3. 19 2. 99 2. 78 2. 59 2. 44 2. 32

- 1. 2 %

Central Appalachia 2.0 7 1. 70 1. 40 1.18 1

. 0 5 0. 94

- 2.9 %

Southern Appalachia 1. 90 1. 57 1. 43 1. 31 1. 23 1.15

- 1. 8 %

Eastern Interior 4. 5 9 5.01 5.11 5.25 5.37 5.49 0. 7 %

Western Interior 2. 17 1. 87 1. 76 1. 66 1. 61 1. 57

- 1.2 %

Gulf Lignite 6. 85 6. 22 5. 92 5

. 63 5. 43 5. 24

- 1.0%

Dakota Lignite 11. 3 6 1 1.4 4 10.88 10.35 9.99 9 .64

- 0.6 %

Western Montana 1 6

. 74 1 5.10 1 4.65 1 4.16 1 3.55 12.93

- 1.0%

Wyoming, Northern Powder River Basin 2 8

. 4 1 2 6 .0 8 2 4.43 2 2.88 21.98 21.12

- 1. 1 %

Wyoming, Southern Powder River Basin 3 3

. 88 31.10 2 9.13 2 7.29 2 6.21 2 5.18

- 1. 1 %

Western Wyoming 6. 9 3 6. 21 5. 94 5. 68 5.61 5.45

- 0.9 %

Rocky Mountain 5.5 7 4. 64 4.28 3. 94 3.79 3.66

- 1. 5 %

Arizona/New Mexico 7.9 8 7. 95 7. 83 7.20 7.04 6. 83

- 0. 6 %
Alaska/Washington 5. 70 5.87 5.99 6. 11 6. 1 7 6. 23 0. 3 %

U .S. Average 5. 54 5.50 5.21 4. 79 4.55 4.40

- 0. 9 %

Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, AEO201 5 National Energy Modeling System run REF201 5 .D02 1915 A.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 175 

### • In the AEO2015 Reference case, the wage rate for U.S. coal miners increases by 0.9% per year and mine equipment costs are assumed to remain constant in 2013 dollars (i.e., increase at the general rate of inflation) over the projection period.



## Coal distribution

The coal distribution submodule of the CMM determines the least

- cost (minemouth price pl us transportation cost) supplies of coal by supply region for a given set of coal demands in each demand sector using a linear programming algorithm. Production and distribution are computed for 14 supply (Figure 11) and 16 demand regions (Figure 12) for 4 9 demand subsectors.

The projected levels of coal

- to

- liquids, industrial steam, coking, and commercial/institutional coal demand are provided by the liquid fuel market, industrial, and commercial demand modules, respectively. Electricity coal demands are projected by the Electricity Market Module (EMM). Coal imports and coal exports are projected by the CMM based on non

- U.S. supply availability, endogenously determined U.S. import demand, and exogenously determined world coal import demands (non

- U.S.).

The key assumptions underlying the coal distribution modeling are as follows:

• Base

- year (2013) transportation costs are estimates of average transportation costs for each
origin

- destination pair without differentiation by transportation mode (rail, truck, bar ge, and conveyor). These costs are computed as the difference between the average delivered price for a demand region (by sector and for export) and the average minemouth price for a supply curve. Delivered price data are from Form EIA

- 3, “Quarterly Coal C onsumption and Quality Report, Manufacturing and Transformation/Processing Coal Plants and Commercial and Institutional
Coal Users”, Form EIA

- 5, Quarterly Coal Consumption and Quality Report, Coke Plants”, Form

EIA

- 923, “Power Plant Operations Report”, and the U.S. Bureau of the Census, “Monthly Report

EM

- 545”. Minemouth price data are from Form EIA

- 7A, “Coal Production and Preparation Report”.

For the electricity sector only, a two

- tier transportation rate structure is used for those regions which, in

resp onse to rising demands or changes in demands, may expand their market share beyond historical

levels. The first

- tier rate is representative of the historical average transportation rate. The second

- tier transportation rate is used to capture the higher cos t of expanded shipping distances in large demand regions. The second tier is also used to capture costs associated with the use of subbituminous coal at units that were not originally designed for its use. This cost is estimated at $0.10 per million Btu (2 000 dollars) [112].

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 176 

### Figure 11

. Coal Supply Regions

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 177 

### Figure 12

. Coal Demand Regions

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 178 

### • Coal transportation costs, both first

- and second

- tier rates, are modified over time by two regional (east and west ) transportation indices. The indices, calculated econometrically, are measures of the change in average transportation rates for coal shipments on a tonnage basis, which occurs between successive years for coal shipments. An east index is used for coal

or iginating from coal supply regions located east of the Mississippi River

, while a west index is used for coal originating from coal supply regions located west of the Mississippi River. The east index is a function of railroad productivity, the user cost o f capital for railroad equipment, and national average diesel fuel price. The user cost of capital for railroad equipment is calculated from the producer price index (PPI) for railroad equipment, and accounts for the opportunity cost of money used to purch ase equipment, depreciation occurring as a result of use of the equipment (assumed at 10%), less any capital gain associated with the worth of the equipment. In calculating the user cost of capital, three percentage points are added to the cost of

borrowin g in order to account for the possibility that a national level program to regulate greenhouse gas emissions may be implemented in the future. The west index is a function of railroad productivity, investment, and the western share of national coal consump tion. The indices are universally applied to all domestic coal transportation movements within the CMM. In the AEO2015 Reference case, both eastern and western coal transportation rates are projected to remain near their 2013 levels in 2013 dollars.

• For th e projection period, the explanatory variables are assumed to have varying impacts on the

calculation of the multipliers . For the west, investment is the analogous variable to the user cost of capital of railroad equipment. The investment value and the PPI for rail equipment, which is used to derive the user cost of capital, increase with an increase in national ton

- miles (total tons of coal shipped multiplied by the average distance). Increases in investment (west) or the user cost of capital for rail roa d equipment (east) cause projected transportation rates to increase

while a relative decline in these values cause rates to fall. For both the east and the west, any related financial savings due to productivity improvements are assumed to be retained by the railroads and are not passed on to shippers in the form of lower transportation rates. For that reason, transportation productivity is held flat for the projection period for both regions. For the projection period, diesel fuel is removed from the equ ation for the east in order to avoid

double

- counting the influence of diesel fuel costs with the impact of the fuel surcharge program. The transportation rate indices for six AEO2015 cases are shown in Table 12.2.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 179 

### Table 12. 2

. Transportation rate multipliers

constant dollar index, 2013=1.000

Scenario Region: 201 3 2020 2025 2030 2035 2040

Reference East 1.0000 0.9596 0.9502 0.9437 0.9448 0.9482

West 1.0000 1.0306 1.0602 1.0559 1. 0453 1.0381

Low Oil Price East 1.0000 0.9567 0.9522 0.9421 0.9419 0.9433

West 1.0000 1.0303 1.0630 1.0625 1. 0517 1.0 491

High Oil Price East 1.0000 0.9692 0.9527 0.9488 0.9507 0.9510

West 1.0000 1.0187 1.0440 1.0533 1.0515 1.0 633

Low Economic Growth East 1.0000 0.9611 0.9558 0.9499 0.9535 0.95 70

West 1.0000 1.0203 1.0485 1.0450 1. 0347 1. 0278

High Economic Growth East 1.0000 0.9551 0.9487 0.9414 0.9397 0.9427

West 1.0000 1.0358 1.0678 1.0620 1.0516 1.0478

High Resource East 1.0000 0.9577 0.9650 0.9500 0.9529 0.9542

West 1.0000 0.9956 1 .0171 1.0110 1. 0023 0.9960

Source: Projections: U.S. Energy Information Administration, National Energy Modeling System runs

REF201 5.D021915 A, LOWPRICE.D 021915 A, HIGHPRICE. D 021915 A, LOWMACRO.D 021915 A,

HIGHMACRO.D 021915 A, and HIGHRESOURCE.D021915B . Based on methodology described in Coal Market Module of the National Energy Modeling System 2014, DOE/EIA

- M060(2014) (Washington, DC, 2014).



### • Major coal rail carriers have implemented fuel surcharge programs in which higher transportation fuel costs have been pa ssed on to shippers. While the programs vary in their design, the Surface Transportation Board (STB), the regulatory body with limited authority to oversee rate disputes, recommended that the railroads agree to develop some consistencies among their dispar ate programs and likewise recommended closely linking the charges to actual fuel use. The STB cited the use of a mileage

- based program as one means to more closely estimate actual fuel expenses.

• For AEO2015, representation of a fuel surcharge program is in cluded in the coal transportation costs. For the west, the methodology is based on BNSF Railway Company’s mileage

- based program. The surcharge becomes effective when the projected nominal distillate price to the transportation sector exceeds $1.25 per gall on. For every $0.06 per gallon increase above $1.25, a $0.01 per carload mile is charged. For the east, the methodology is based on CSX Transportation’s mileage

- based program. The surcharge becomes effective when the projected nominal distillate price to the transportation sector exceeds $2.00 per gallon. For every $0.04 per gallon increase above $2.00, a $0.01 per carload mile is charged. The number of tons per carload and the number of miles vary with each supply and demand region combination and are

a p re

- determined model input. The final calculated surcharge (in constant dollars per ton) is

added to the escalator

- adjusted transportation rate. For every projection year, it is assumed that 100% of all coal shipments are subject to the surcharge program.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 180 

### • Coal contracts in the CMM represent a minimum quantity of a specific electricity coal demand that must be met by a unique coal supply source prior to consideration of any alternative sources of supply. Base

- year (2013) coal contracts between coal producer s and electricity generators are estimated on the basis of receipts data reported by generators on the Form EIA

923, “Power Plant Operations Report”. Coal contracts are specified by CMM supply region, coal type, demand region, and whether or not a unit has flue gas desulfurization equipment. Coal contract quantities are reduced over time on the basis of contract duration data from information reported on the Form EIA

- 923, “Power Plant Operations Report”, historical patterns of coal use, and information obt ained from various coal and electric power industry publications and reports.

• Coal

- to

- liquids (CTL) facilities are assumed to be economic when low

- sulfur distillate prices reach high enough levels. These plants are assumed to be co

- production facilities wi th generation capacity of 832 megawatts (MW) (295 MW for the grid and 537 MW to support the conversion process) and the capability of producing 48,000 barrels of liquid fuels per day. The technology assumed is similar to an integrated gasification combined cycle, first converting the coal feedstock to gas, and then subsequently converting the syngas to liquid hydrocarbons using

the Fisher

- Tropsch process. Of the total amount of coal consumed at each plant, 40% of the energy input is retained in the product with the remaining energy used for conversion and for the production of power sold to the grid. For AEO2015, coal

- biomass

- to

- liquids (CBTL) are not modeled. CTL facilities produce paraffinic naptha used in plastics production and blendable naptha used in motor gasoline (together about 28% of the total by volume) and distillate fuel oil (about 72%).



## Coal imports and exports Coal imports and exports are modeled as part of the CMM’s linear program that provides annual projections of U.S. steam and metallurgic al coal exports, in the context of world coal trade. The CMM projects steam and metallurgical coal trade flows from 17 coal

- exporting regions of the world to 20 import regions for two coal types (steam and metallurgical). It includes five U.S. export regio ns and four U.S. import regions. The linear program determines the pattern of world coal trade flows that minimizes the production and transportation costs of meeting U.S . import demand and a pre

- specified set of regional coal import demands. It does this subject to constraints on export capacity and trade flows.

The key assumptions underlying coal export modeling are:

• Coal buyers (importing regions) tend to spread their purchases among several suppliers in order to reduce the impact of potential supply dis ruptions, even though this may add to their purchase costs. Similarly, producers choose not to rely on any one buyer and instead endeavor to diversify their sales.

• Coking coal is treated as homogeneous. The model does not address quality parameters that

d efine coking coals. The values of these quality parameters are defined within small ranges and affect world coking coal flows very little.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 181 

### The data inputs for coal trade modeling are:

• World steam and metallurgical coal import demands for the AEO2015 case s (Tables 12.3 and 12.4). U.S. coal exports are determined, in part, by these estimates of world coal import

demand. The assumed demands for AEO2015 are the same as in AEO2014.

• Step

- function coal export supply curves for all non

- U.S. supply regions. The curves provide estimates of export prices per metric ton, inclusive of minemouth and inland freight costs, as well as the capacities for each of the supply steps.

• Ocean transportation rates (in dollars per metric ton) for feasible coal shipments between

in ter national supply regions and in ternational demand regions. The rates take into account typical vessel sizes and route distances in thousands of nautical miles between supply and demand regions.



## Coal quality Each year the values of base year coal producti on

- ̶ heat, sulfur, and mercury content

- ̶ and carbon dioxide emission factors for each coal source in CMM are calibrated to survey data. Surveys used for this purpose are the Form EIA

- 923, a survey of the origin, cost

, and quality of fossil fuels delivered to generating facilities, the Form EIA

- 3, which records the origin, cost, and quality of coal delivered to U.S. manufacturers, transformation and processing plants, and commercial and institutional users, and the

Form EIA

- 5, which records the origin, cost

, a nd quality of coal delivered to domestic coke plants. Estimates of coal quality for the export sector are based on coal quality data collected on EIA surveys for domestic shipments. Mercury content data for coal by supply region and coal type, in units of pounds of mercury per trillion Btu, shown in Table 12.5, were derived from shipment

- level data reported by electricity generators to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency in its 1999 Information Collection Request. Carbon dioxide emission factors for ea ch coal type, based on data published by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, are shown in Table 12.5 in units of pounds of carbon dioxide emitted per million Btu [1 13 ].

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 182 

### Table 12. 3

. World steam coal import demand by impor t region 1

million metric tons of coal equivalent

2012 2020 2025 2030 2035 2040

The Americas 30.8 29.3 28.7 29.4 32.2 32.9

United States 2 6.4 0.8 0.4 0.0 0.8 0.0

Canada 3.5 2.0 1.2 0.7 0.7 0.7

Mexico 6.0 6.6 6.5 7.1 7.5 7.5

South Amer ica 14.9 19.9 20.6 21.6 23.2 24.7 Europe 165.9 188.5 185.8 181.7 176.7 172.6

Scandinavia 8.2 6.6 5.9 5.0 4.6 4.1
U.K./Ireland 36.0 29.2 26.4 24.6 22.8 20.1
Germany/Austria/Poland 39.3 38.8 37.8 36.8 35.8 34.8

Other NW Europe 15.4 21.6 20.5 19.5 18.5 17.5

Iberia 17.5 17.3 16.9 16.9 15.7 14.0

Italy 14.3 22.8 21.9 20.1 18.2 16.4
Med/E Europe 35.2 52.2 56.4 58.8 61.1 65.7

Asia 561.0 626.6 684.5 739.1 795.9 849.0

Japan 94.2 94.3 93.5 92.2 90.6 88.0

East Asia 123.9 129.0 134 .4 136.5 144.5 149.9
China/Hong Kong 189.0 212.8 236.3 258.1 272.2 286.2

ASEAN 44.1 60.0 79.3 94.9 113.0 131.2

Indian Sub 109.8 130.5 141.0 157.4 175.6 193.7

TOTAL 757.7 844.4 899.0 950.2 1,004.8 1,054.5

1 Import Regions: United States: East Coast, Gul f Coast, Northern Interior, Non

- Contiguous; Canada: Eastern, Interior; South America: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Puerto Rico; Scandinavia: Denmark, Finland, Norway, Sweden; Other NW Europe: Belgium, France, Luxembourg, Netherlands; Iberia: Portugal, Spain; Med/E

. Europe: Algeria, Bulgaria, Croatia, Egypt, Greece, Israel, Malta, Morocco, Romania, Tunisia, Turkey; East Asia: North Korea, South Korea, Taiwan; ASEAN: Malaysia, Philippines, Thailand, Vietnam; Indian Sub: Bangladesh, India, Iran, Pakistan, Sri Lan ka.

2 Excludes imports to Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Notes: One “metric ton of coal equivalent” equals 27.78 million Btu. Totals may not equal sum of components due to independent rounding.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 183 

### Table 12. 4

. World met allurgical coal import demand by import region 1

million metric tons of coal equivalent

2012 2020 2025 2030 2035 2040

The Americas 21.6 31.0 34.0 37.0 41.0 47.1

United States 2 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Canada 4.5 3.9 3.9 3.7 3.6 3.5

Mexico 1 .0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3.1

South America 15.1 24.6 27.7 30.8 34.9 39.5

Europe 57.1 62.1 60.9 59.9 59.8 59.8

Scandinavia 2.9 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7
U.K./Ireland 5.6 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0
Germany/Austria/Poland 10.4 13.2 12.2 11.2 11.2 11.2

Other NW Europe 13.1 14.7 14.5 14.4 14.2 14.1

Iberia 2.2 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.6 3.5

Italy 7.1 7.4 7.3 7.2 7.3 7.3
Med/E Europe 15.8 14.2 14.4 14.6 14.8 15.0

Asia 193.9 240.3 256.7 266.3 274.0 280.0

Japan 70.5 79.0 77.2 74.8 71.9 67.1

Eas t Asia 36.0 41.2 43.3 45.5 47.1 48.8
China/Hong Kong 52.0 60.9 63.0 65.0 67.2 69.5

ASEAN 3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Indian Sub 35.4 59.2 73.2 81.0 87.8 94.6

TOTAL 272.6 333.4 351.6 363.2 374.8 386.9

1 Import Regions: United States: East Coast , Gulf Coast, Northern Interior, Non

- Contiguous; Canada: Eastern, Interior; South America: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Puerto Rico; Scandinavia: Denmark, Finland, Norway, Sweden; Other NW Europe: Belgium, France, Luxembourg, Netherlands; Iberia: Portugal, Spain; Med/E

. Europe: Algeria, Bulgaria, Croatia, Egypt, Greece, Israel, Malta, Morocco, Romania, Tunisia, Turkey; East Asia: North Korea, South Korea, Taiwan; ASEAN: Malaysia, Philippines, Thailand, Vietnam; Indian Sub: Bangladesh, India, Iran, Pakistan, Sri Lanka.

2 Excludes imports to Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

3 Malaysia, Philippines, Thailand, and Vietnam are not expected to import significant amounts of metallurgical coal in the projection. Notes: One “metric ton of coal equivalent” equals 27.78 million Btu. Totals may not equal sum of components due to independent rounding.



## Legislation and regulations The AEO2015 is based on current laws and regulations in effect before September 30, 2014. The Mercury Air Toxics Standard MATS), finalized in December 2011, is included in the AEO2015 Reference

case , as is the Clean Air Interstate Rule (CAIR). MATS sets emissions limits for mercury, other heavy metals, and acid gases from coal and oil power plants that are 25 MW or greater. Since generators are expected to request one

- year extensions for compliance, MATS is assumed to be fully in place by 2016 rather than 2015 as stated in the regulation.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 184 

### CAIR is a cap

- and

- trade program that regulates sulfur dioxide and nitrous oxide (NO X ) emissions from

fo ssil

- fueled power plants with a nameplate capacity greater than 25 MW in 27 states and the District of Columbia. Initial implementation of CAIR for NO X occurred in 2009 and for SO 2 in 2010, with both caps subject to further tightening in 2015. The AEO2015 includes trading and banking of allowances consistent with CAIR’s provisions. States covered by CAIR can trade allowances amongst themselves or

with non

- CAIR states participating in the Clean Air Act Amendment Title IV program. Non

- CAIR state

allowances a re considered less valuable than CAIR state allowances and are traded at a discounted rate.

Table 12. 5

. Production, heat content, sulfur, mercury and carbon dioxide emission factors by coal type and region

Coal Supply Region S tates Coal Rank and
Sulfur Level Mine Type 2013
Production (million short tons) Heat Content (million Btu

per short ton) Sulfur

Content (pounds per million Btu) Mercury
Content (pounds per trillion Btu) CO 2 (pounds

per million Btu)

Northern PA, OH, MD, Metallurgical Underground 16.8 28.7 1 0. 89 N/A 2 0 4. 7
Appalachia WV (North) Mid

- Sulfur

Bituminous All 31.5 25. 2 9 1. 41 11.17 204.7 High

- Sulfur

Bituminous All 7 6.4 24. 70 2.7 2 11.67 204.7

Waste Coal (Gob and Gum) Surface 1 0 .2 1 2.43 3.6 0 63.90 204.7

Central KY (East), WV Metallurgical Underground 5 5.5 2 8.71 0.6 5 N/A 206.4 Appalachia (South), VA, TN Low

- Sulfur (North) Bituminous All 6.9 2 5.0 2 0.5 5 5.61 206.4
Mid

- Sulfur

Bituminous All 65 .8 2 4. 47 0.9 3 7.58 206.4
Southern AL, TN (South) Metallurgical Underground 12. 7 2 8.71 0.4 8 N/A 204.7 Appalachia Low

- Sulfur

Bituminous All 0.2 2 4.9 0 0.5 1 3.87 204.7
Mid

- Sulfur

Bituminous All 5.7 24. 52 1. 29 10.15 204.7

E ast Interior IL, IN, KY(West), MS Mid

- Sulfur

Bituminous All 6.7 22. 68 1.2 9 5.60 203.1 High

- Sulfur

Bituminous All 12 5.8 22. 61 2.6 9 6.35 203.1
Mid

- Sulfur Lignite Surface 3. 3 10. 49 0. 88 14.11 216.5

West Interior IA, MO, KS, AR, High

- Su lfur OK, TX (Bit) Bituminous Surface 1.6 2 2.05 1. 35 21.55 202.8 Gulf Lignite TX (Lig), LA Mid

- Sulfur Lignite Surface 3 5.4 13. 55 1.2 8 14.11 212.6 High

- Sulfur Lignite Surface 1 0.3 11.9 8 2.6 7 15.28 212.6

Dakota Lignite ND, MT (Lig) Mid

- Sulfur Lignite Surface 2 8.0 13.2 3 1.2 4 8.38 219.3

Western MT (Bit & Sub) Low

- Sulfur

Montana Bituminous Underground 8 .7 20.33 0. 38 5.06 215.5

Low

- Sulfur
Subbituminous Surface 20.5 18. 51 0.38 5.06 215.5

Mid

- Sulfur
Subbi tuminous Surface 1 2.7 17. 04 0.7 9 5.47 215.5 Wyoming,
Northern PRB WY (Northern Powder

River Basin Low

- Sulfur
Subbituminous Surface 1 29.6 1 6.8 5 0.3 7 7.08 214.3

Mid

- Sulfur
Subbituminous Surface 1.7 16. 18 0.6 7 7.55 214.3 Wyoming,
Southern PR B WY (Southern Powder River Basin) Low

- Sulfur
Subbituminous Surface 2 43 .0 17.6 6 0.28 5.22 214.3

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 185 

### Table 12.5. Production, heat content, sulfur, mercury and carbon dioxide emission factors by coal type and region (cont.)

Coal Supply Region States Coal Rank and
Sulfur Level Mine Type 2013
Production (million short tons) Heat
Content (million

Btu per

short ton) Sulfur

Content (pounds

per million

Btu) Mercury
Content (pounds

per trillion

Btu) CO 2 (pounds

per million

Btu)
Western Wyoming WY (Other basins, Low

- Sulfur excluding Powder Subbituminous Underground 4.4 18.76 0. 67 2.19 2 1 4. 3 River Basin) Low

- Sulfur

Subbituminous Surface 4.3 19. 1 0 0.4 7 4.06 214.3
Mid

- Sulfur

Subbituminous Surface 4. 8 19. 77 0.79 4.35 214 .3 Rocky Mountain CO, UT Metallurgical Surface 0. 7 2 8.71 0.4 8 N/A 209.6

Low

- Sulfur

Bituminous Underground 34.9 22. 55 0.5 0 3.82 209.6

Low

- Sulfur
Subbituminous Surface 5. 6 20.07 0.5 4 2.04 212.8
Southwest AZ, NM Low

- Sul fur

Bituminous Surface 7. 9 2 1.53 0.56 4.66 207.1
Mid

- Sulfur
Subbituminous Surface 15.7 1 8.13 0.9 6 7.18 209.2
Mid

- Sulfur

Bituminous Underground 6 .0 1 8.45 0. 88 7.18 207.1
Northwest WA, AK Low

- Sulfur
Subbituminous Surface 1.6 1 5.27 0.2 6 6.99 216.1 N/A = not available. Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Form EIA

- 3, “Quarterly Coal Consumption and Quality Report, Manufacturing and Transformation/Processing Coal Plants a nd Commercial and Institutional Coal Users”; Form EIA

- 5, “Quarterly Coal Consumption and Quality Report, Coke Plants”; Form EIA

- 7A, “Coal Production and Preparation Report”, and Form EIA

- 923, “Power Plant Operations Report”. U.S. Department of Commerce, Bu reau of the Census, “Monthly Report EM

- 545.” U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Emission Standards Division, Information Collection Request for Electric Utility Steam Generating Unit, Mercury Emissions In formation Collection Effort (Research Triangle P ark, NC, 1999). U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Inventory of U.S. Greenhouse Gas Emissions
and Sinks: 1990

- 2008, ANNEX 2 Methodology and Data for Estimating CO2 Emissions from Fossil Fuel Combustion, EPA 430

- R

- 10

- 006 (Washington, DC, April 2010), Tab le A

- 37, http://www.epa.gov/climatechange/ghgemissions/usinventoryreport/archive.html.



### The Energy Improvement and Extension Act of 2008 (EIEA) and Title IV, under Energy and Water Development, of the American Recovery and Revitalization Act of 2009 (ARRA ), together, are assumed to result in the development of about 1 gigawatt of coal

- fired generating capacity with carbon capture and sequestration by the end of 2018.

EIEA was passed in October 2008 as part of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 20 08. Subtitle B provides investment tax credits for various projects sequestering CO2. Subtitle B of EIEA, which extends the payment of current coal excise taxes for the Black Lung Disability Trust Fund program of $1.10 per
ton on underground

- mined coal and $0.55 per ton on surface

- mined coal from 2013 to 2018, is also represented in the AEO2015. Prior to the enactment of EIEA, contribution rates for the Black Lung Disability Trust Fund were to be reduced in 2014 to $0.50 per ton on underground

- mined coal an d to $0.25 per ton on surface

- mined coal. Lignite production is not subject to the Black Lung Disability Trust Fund program’s coal excise taxes.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 186 

### Title IV under ARRA provides $3.4 billion for additional research and development on fossil energy technologie s. This includes $800 million to fund projects under the Clean Coal Power Initiative (CCPI) program, focusing on projects that capture and sequester greenhouse gases or use captured carbon dioxide for enhanced oil recovery (EOR). The Hydrogen Energy Calif ornia (HECA) project in Kern County, California and the Texas Clean Energy Project (TCEP) in Penwell, Texas include efforts to use captured

carbon dioxide for EOR.

Title XVII of the Energy Policy Act of 2005 (EPACT2005) authorized loan guarantees for proje cts that avoid, reduce, or sequester greenhouse gasses. EPACT05 also provided a 20% investment tax credit for Integrated Coal

- Gasification Combined Cycle (IGCC) capacity and a 15% investment tax credit for other advanced coal technologies. EIEA allocated an additional $1.25 billion in investment tax credits for IGCC

and other advanced

, coal

- based generation technologies. For the AEO2015, all of the EPACT 2005 and EIEA investment tax credits are assumed to have been fully allocated and, therefore, not avai lable for new, unplanned capacity builds in the NEMS Electricity Market Module.

Beginning in 2008, electricity generating units of 25 megawatts or greater were required to hold an

allowance for each ton of CO 2 emitted in nine Northeastern States as part of the Regional Greenhouse Gas Initiative (RGGI). The States currently participating in RGGI include Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Vermont, New York, New Hampshire, and Delaware. RGGI is modeled in

AEO2015 as an emissions reducti on program for the Central Atlantic region. In the AEO2015, the impact on coal use is generally small, as the CO 2 allowance price remains relatively low in the projections.

The AEO2015 includes a representation of California Assembly Bill 32 (AB32), the Ca lifornia Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006. The bill authorized the California Air Resources Board (CARB) to set California’s overall GHG emissions reduction goal to its 1990 level by 2020 and establish a comprehensive, multi

- year program to reduce GHG emissions in California, including a cap

- and

- trade program. The cap

- and

- trade program features an enforceable cap on GHG emissions that will decline over time. In the AEO2015, an allowance price, representing the incremental cost of complying with
AB32 cap

- and

- trade, is modeled in the NEMS Electricity Market Module via a region

- specific emissions constraint. This allowance price increases the effective delivered price of coal, reducing its ability to compete with other generating sources such as natural gas which emits less CO 2 per unit of electricity produced.

In accordance with California Senate Bill 1368 (SB 1368), which established a greenhouse gas emission performance standard for electricity generation, the AEO2015 prohibits builds of new coal

- fired

ge nerating capacity without carbon capture and storage (CCS) for satisfying electricity demand in California. SB 1368 limits the generating emissions rate for all power plants that California utilities build, invest in, or sign a long

- term contract with to b e no more than 1,100 pounds of CO 2 per megawatthour, which is the approximate emissions rate for a new natural gas combined

- cycle power plant [1 14 ]. For AEO2015, the methodology to represent SB 1368 was further refined by modeling the expiration of

contr acts for imported coal

- fired generation from the Four Corners, Navajo, Reid Gardner, San Juan, and Boardman plants and the retirement of the Intermountain plant in 2025.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 187 

# Notes and sources

[1 11 ] Flynn, Edward J., “Impact of Technological Change and Produc tivity on The Coal Market,” U.S. Energy Information Administration (Washington, DC, October 2000), http://www.eia.gov/oiaf/analysispaper/pdf/coal.pdf ; and U.S. Energy Information Administr ation, The U.S. Coal Industry, 1970

- 1990: Two Decades of Change, DOE/EIA

- 0559 (Washington, DC, November 1992).

[1 12 ] The estimated cost of switching to subbituminous coal, $0.10 per million Btu (2000 dollars), was derived by Energy Ventures Analysis, Inc. and was recommended for use in the CMM as part of an Independent Expert Review of the Annual Energy Outlook 2002’s Powder River Basin production and transportation rates. Barbaro, Ralph and Schwartz,Seth, Review of the Annual Energy Outlook 2002

Reference Case Forecast for PRB Coal, prepared for the Energy Information Administration (Arlington, VA: Energy Ventures Analysis, Inc., August 2002).

[1 13 ] U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Inventory of U.S. Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Sinks:

1990

- 2008, Anne x 2 Methodology and Data for Estimating CO 2 Emissions from Fossil Fuel Combustion,

EPA 430

- R

- 10

- 006 (Washington, DC, April 2010), Table A

- 37, http://www.epa.gov/cl imatechange/ghgemissions/usinventoryreport/archive.html

.

[1 14 ] California Energy Commission, SB 1368 Emission Performance Standards, http://www.energy.ca.gov/emission_standards/index.ht ml

.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 188 

# Renewable Fuels Module

The NEMS Renewable Fuels Module (RFM) provides natural resources supply and technology input information for projections of new central

- station U.S. electricity generating capacity using renewable energy resources. The RFM has six submodules representing various renewable energy sources: biomass, geothermal, conventional hydroelectricity, landfill gas, solar thermal, solar photovoltaic, and

wind [1 15 ].

Some renewables, such as landfill gas (LFG) from municipal solid waste (MSW) and other biomass materials, are fuels in the conventional sense of the word, while others, such as water, wind, and solar radiation, are energy sources that do not involve the production or consumption of a fuel. Commercial market penetration of renewabl e technologies varies widely.

The submodules of the RFM interact primarily with the Electricity Market Module (EMM). Because of the high level of integration with the EMM, the final outputs (levels of consumption and market penetration over time) for renew able energy technologies are largely dependent upon the EMM. Because some types of biomass fuel can be used for either electricity generation or for the production of liquid fuels, such as ethanol, there is also some interaction with the Liquid Fuels Marke t Module (LFMM), which contains additional representation of some biomass feedstocks that are used primarily for liquid fuels production.

Projections for residential and commercial grid

- connected photovoltaic systems are developed in the

end

- use demand mod ules and not in the RFM; see the Distributed Generation and Combined Heat and Power description in the “Commercial Demand Module” and “Residential Demand Module” sections of the report. Descriptions for biomass energy production in industrial settings, suc h as the pulp and paper industries, can be found in the “Industrial Demand Module” section of the report.



## Key assumptions

Nonelectric renewable energy uses In addition to projections for renewable energy used in central station electricity generation, AEO 2015 contains projections of nonelectric renewable energy consumption for industrial and residential wood heating, solar residential and commercial hot water heating, biofuels blending in transportation fuels, and residential and commercial geothermal (gro und

- source) heat pumps. Assumptions for these projections are found in the Residential Demand, Commercial Demand, Industrial Demand, and Liquid Fuels Market Module (LFMM) sections of this report. Additional minor renewable energy applications
occurring out side energy markets, such as direct solar thermal industrial applications or direct lighting,

off

- grid electricity generation, and heat from geothermal resources used directly (e.g., district heating and greenhouses) are not included in the projections.



## El ectric power generation The RFM considers only grid

- connected central station electricity generation systems. The RFM submodules that interact with the EMM are the central station grid

- connected biomass, geothermal, conventional hydroelectricity, landfill gas, solar (thermal and photovoltaic), and wind submodules, which provide specific data or estimates that characterize the respective resource. A set of technology

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 189 

### cost and performance values is provided directly to the EMM and is central to the build and dispatch decisions of the EMM. The technology cost and performance values are summarized in Table 8.2 in the chapter discussing the EMM.



## Capital costs Capital costs for renewable technologies are affected by several factors. Capital costs for technology to exploit some resources, especially geothermal, hydroelectric, and wind power resources, are assumed to be dependent on the quality, accessibility, and/or other site

- specific factors in the areas with exploitable resources. These factors can include additi onal costs associated with reduced resource quality; need to build or upgrade transmission capacity from remote resource areas to load centers; or local impediments to permitting, equipment transport, and construction in good resource areas due to
siting i ssues, inadequate infrastructure, or rough terrain.

Short

- term cost adjustment factors increase technology capital costs as a result of a rapid U.S. buildup in a single year, reflecting limitations on the infrastructure (for example, limits on manufacturin g, resource assessment, and construction expertise) to accommodate unexpected demand growth. These factors, which are applied to all new electric generation capacity, are a function of past production rates and are further described in “The Electricity Mar ket Module of the National Energy Modeling System: Model Documentation 2014” report, available at www.eia.gov/forecasts/aeo/nems/documentation/electricity/pdf /m068(2014).pdf

.

Also assumed to affect all new capacity types are costs associated with construction commodities. Through much of the period from 2000 to 2008, the installed cost for most new plants was observed to increase. Although several factors con tributed to this cost escalation, some of which may be more or less important to specific types of new capacity, much of the overall cost increase was correlated with increases in the cost of construction materials, such as bulk metals, specialty metals, a nd concrete. Capital costs are specifically linked to the projections for the metals producer price index found in the Macroeconomic Module of NEMS. Independent of the other two factors, capital costs for all electric generation technologies, including ren ewable technologies, are assumed to decline as a function of growth in installed capacity for each technology.

For a description of NEMS algorithms lowering generating technologies’ capital costs as more units enter service (learning), see “Technological o ptimism and learning” in the EMM chapter of this report. A detailed description of the RFM is provided in the EIA publication, Renewable Fuels Module of the National Energy Modeling System, Model Documentation 2014, DOE/EIA

- M069(2014) Washington, DC,

2014 . To access please see www.eia.gov/forecasts/aeo/nems/documentation/renewable/pdf/m069(2014).pdf

.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 190 

## Solar S ubmodule

Background

The Solar Submodule curr ently includes both solar thermal (also referred to as “concentrating solar power” or CSP) and photovoltaic (PV) technologies. The representative solar thermal technology

assumed for cost estimation is a 100

- megawatt central

- receiver tower without integrat ed energy storage, while the representative solar PV technology is a 150

- megawatt array of flat plate PV modules using single

- axis tracking. PV is assumed available in all EMM regions, while CSP is available only in the Western regions with the arid atmosp heric conditions that result in the most cost

- effective capture of direct sunlight. Cost estimates for both technologies are based on a report by SAIC entitled “EOP III Task 1606, Subtask 3

– Review of Power Plant Cost and Performance Assumptions for NEMS: Technology Documentation Report,” published in 2013, http://www.eia.gov/forecasts/capitalcost/pdf/updated_capcost.pdf

. Technology

- specific performance

characteristics are ob tained from information provided by the National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL).



## Assumptions

• NEMS represents the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPACT92) permanent 10% investment tax credit (ITC) for solar electric power generation by tax

- paying entities. I n addition, the current 30% ITC, scheduled to expire at the end of 2016, is also represented to qualifying new capacity

installations.

• Existing capacity and planned capacity additions are based on EIA survey data from the Form

EIA

- 860, “Annual Electric Gen erator Report” and Form EIA

- 860M, “Monthly Update to the Annual Electric Generator Report.” Planned capacity additions under construction or having all regulatory approvals and having an expected completion date prior to the expiration of the 30%

ITC were included in the model’s planned capacity additions, according to respondents’ planned completion dates.

.

• Capacity factors for solar technologies are assumed to vary by time of day and season of the year, such that nine separate capacity factors are provide d for each modeled region, three for time of day and for each of three broad seasonal groups (summer, winter, and spring/fall). Regional capacity factors vary from national averages based on climate and latitude.

• Solar resources are well in excess of conce ivable demand for new capacity; energy supplies are considered unlimited within regions (at specified daily, seasonal, and regional capacity factors). Therefore, solar resources are not estimated in NEMS. In the regions where CSP technology is not modeled, the level of direct, normal insolation (the kind needed for that technology) is assumed to be insufficient to make that technology commercially viable through the projection

horizon.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 191 

## Wind Energy Power Submodule

Background Because of limits to windy lan d areas, wind is considered a finite resource, so the submodule calculates maximum available capacity by NEMS EMM (Electricity Market Module) regions. The minimum economically viable average wind speed is about 15 mph at a hub

- height of 80 meters (m), an d wind speeds are categorized by annual average wind speed based on a classification system originally from the Pacific Northwest Laboratory (see http://rredc.nrel.gov/wind/pubs/atlas/ta bles/1

- 1T.html ). The RFM tracks wind capacity by resource quality and costs within a region, and moves to the next best wind resource when one category is exhausted. Wind resource data on the amount and quality of wind per EMM region come from the Nation al Renewable Energy Laboratory [1 1 6 ]. T The technological performance, cost, and other wind data used in NEMS are based on a report by SAIC entitled “EOP III Task 1606, Subtask 3

– Review of Power Plant Cost and Performance Assumptions for NEMS: Technology Documentation Report”, published in 2013. To access, please see http://www.eia.gov/forecasts/capitalcost/pdf/updated_capcost.pdf

. Cost estimates for AEO2015 were updated ba sed on the report by the Department of Energy entitled “2013 Wind Technologies Market Report” [11 7 ]. To access, please see http://emp.lbl.gov/sites/all/files/ 2013_Wind_Technologies_Market_Report_Final3.pdf

. Maximum wind capacity, capacity factors, and incentives are provided to the EMM for capacity planning and dispatch decisions. These form the basis on which the EMM decides how much power generation capacit y is available from wind energy. The fossil

- fuel heat rate equivalents for wind are used for energy consumption calculation purposes only.



## Assumptions

• Only grid

- connected (utility and nonutility) generation is included. Projections for distributed wind gen eration are included in the commercial and residential modules.

• In the wind energy submodule, wind supply costs are affected by three modeling measures addressing: (1) average wind speed, (2) distance from existing transmission lines, and (3) resource degr adation, transmission network upgrade costs, and market factors.

• Available wind resource is reduced by excluding all windy lands not suited for the installation of wind turbines because of: excessive terrain slope (greater than 20%); reservation of land fo r

non

- intrusive uses (such as national parks, wildlife refuges, etc.); inherent incompatibility with existing land uses (such as urban areas, areas surrounding airports and water bodies, including offshore locations); and insufficient contiguous windy lan d to support a viable wind plant (less than 5 square kilometers of windy land in a 100

- square

- kilometer area). Half of the wind resource located on military reservations, U.S. Forest Service land, state forested land, and all

non

- ridge

- crest forest areas is excluded from the available resource base to account for the uncertain ability to site projects at such locations. These assumptions are detailed in Appendix

3

- E of the “The Renewable Fuels Module of the National Energy Modeling System: Model

Documentat ion”, DOE/EIA

- MO69(2014), Washington, DC, 2014. To access please see http://www.eia.gov/forecasts/aeo/nems/documentation/renewable/pdf/m069(2014).pdf

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 192 

### • Capita l costs for wind technologies are assumed to increase in response to: (1) declining natural resource quality as the best sites are utilized, such as terrain slope, terrain roughness, terrain accessibility, wind turbulence, wind variability, or other natu ral resource factors , (2) increasing costs of upgrading existing local and network distribution and transmission lines to accommodate growing quantities of remote wind power, and (3) market conditions, such as the increasing costs of alternative land uses , including aesthetic or environmental reasons. Capital costs are left unchanged for some initial share, then increased by 10%, 25%, 50%, and finally 100%, to represent the aggregation of these factors.

• Proportions of total wind resources in each category vary by EMM region. For all EMM regions combined, about 1% of windy land (107 GW of 11,600 GW in total resource) is available with no cost increase, 3.4% (390 GW) is available with a 10% cost increase, 2% (240 GW) is available with
a 25% cost increase, and over 90% is available with a 50% or 100% cost increase.

• Depending on the EMM region, the cost of competing fuels, and other factors, wind plants can be built to meet system capacity requirements or as a “fuel saver” to displace generation from
existing ca pacity. For wind to penetrate as a fuel saver, its total capital and fixed operations and maintenance costs minus applicable subsidies must be less than the variable operating costs, including fuel, of the existing (non

- wind) capacity. When competing in t he new capacity market, wind is assigned a capacity credit that declines based on its estimated contribution to regional reliability requirements.

• Because of downwind turbulence and other aerodynamic effects, the model assumes an average spacing between tu rbine rows of 5 rotor diameters and a lateral spacing between turbines of 10 rotor diameters. This spacing requirement determines the amount of power that can be generated from wind resources, about 6.5 megawatts per square kilometer of windy land, and is factored into requests for generating capacity by the EMM.

• Capacity factors for each wind class are calculated as a function of overall wind market growth. The capacity factors are assumed to be limited to about 50% for a typical Class 6 site. As better

wi nd resources are depleted, capacity factors are assumed to go down, corresponding with the

use of less

- desirable sites. By 2040, the typical wind plant build will have a somewhat lower capacity factor than those found in the best wind resource areas. Capac ity factors in the Reference case increase to about 40% in the best wind class resulting from taller towers, more reliable equipment, and advanced technologies, although, as noted, these may not represent

the best available sites because of other site

- spec ific factors.

• AEO2015 allows plants under construction by 2015 to claim the federal Production Tax Credit (PTC), a 2.3

- cent

- per

- kilowatthour tax incentive for wind that was initially set to expire for wind only on December 31, 2014. Wind plants are assumed to depreciate capital expenses using the Modified Accelerated Cost Recovery System with a 5

- year tax life and 5

- year double declining balance depreciation.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 193 

### Offshore wind resources are represented as a separate technology from onshore wind resources.

Of fshore resources are modeled with a similar model structure as onshore wind. However, because of the unique challenges of offshore construction and the somewhat different resource quality, the assumptions with regard to capital cost, learning

- by

- doing cost reductions, and variation of resource exploitation costs and performance differ significantly from onshore wind.

• Like onshore resources, offshore resources are assumed to have an upwardly sloping supply curve, in part influenced by the same factors that d etermine the onshore supply curve (such as distance to load centers, environmental or aesthetic concerns, variable terrain/seabed) but also explicitly by water depth.

• Because of the more difficult maintenance challenges offshore, performance for a given an nual average wind power density level is assumed to be somewhat decreased by reduced turbine availability. Offsetting this, however, is the availability of resource areas with higher overall power density than is assumed available onshore. Capacity factors for offshore are limited to be

about 53% for a Class 7 site.

• Cost reductions in the offshore technology result in part from learning reductions in onshore wind technology as well as from cost reductions unique to offshore installations, such as

foundation design and construction techniques. Because offshore technology is significantly less mature than onshore wind technology, offshore

- specific technology learning occurs at a

somewhat faster rate than on

- shore technology. A technological optimism factor ( see EMM

documentation: www.eia.gov/forecasts/aeo/nems/documentation/electricity/pdf/m068(2014).pdf) is included

for offshore wind to account for the substa ntial cost of establishing the unique construction infrastructure required for this technology.



## Geothermal Electric ity Submodule

Background Beginning in AEO2011, all geothermal supply curve data come from the National Renewable Energy Laboratory’s updated U.S. geothermal supply curve assessment. The report, released in February 2010, assigns cost estimates to the U.S. Geological Survey’s (USGS) 2008 geothermal resource assessment. Some data from the 2006 report, “The Future of Geothermal Energy,” prepared for Idaho National Laboratory by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, were also incorporated into the NREL report; however, this would be more relevant to deep, dry, and unknown geothermal resources, which EIA did not include in its supply curve. NRE L took the USGS data and used the Geothermal Electricity Technology Evaluation Model (GETEM), a techno

- economic systems analysis tool, to estimate the costs [118]. Only resources with temperatures above 110 degrees Celsius were considered. There are appr oximately 125 of these known, hydrothermal resources which EIA used in its supply curve. Each of these sites also has

what NREL classified as “near

- field enhanced geothermal energy system potential” which are in areas

around the identified site that lack t he permeability of fluids that are present in the hydrothermal potential. Therefore, there are 250 total points on the supply curve since each of the 125 hydrothermal sites has corresponding enhanced geothermal system (EGS) potential.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 194 

### In the past, EIA cost estimates were broken down into cost

- specific components. Unfortunately, this

level of detail was not available in the NREL data. A site

- specific capital cost and fixed operations and maintenance cost were provided. Two types of technology, flash and bina ry cycle, are also included with capacity factors ranging from 90% to 95%. While the source of the data was changed beginning in AEO2011, the site

- by

- site matrix input that acts as the supply curve has been retained.



## Assumptions

• Existing and identified pla nned capacity data are obtained directly by the EMM from Form EIA

860 and Form EIA

- 860M.

• The permanent investment tax credit of 10% available in all projection years, based on EPACT92, applies to all geothermal capital costs, except through December 2014 w hen the 2.3

- cent year kilowatthour production tax credit is available to this technology and is assumed chosen instead. Projects that began construction and are beyond the exploratory drilling phase by that date are eligible for this production tax credit.

• Plants are not assumed to retire unless their retirement is reported to EIA. The Geysers units are not assumed to retire but instead are assigned the 35% capacity factors reported to EIA reflecting their reduced performance in recent years.



## Biomass Submod ule

Background Biomass consumed for electricity generation is modeled in two parts in NEMS. Capacity in the wood products and paper industries, the so

- called captive capacity, is included in the Industrial Demand Module as cogeneration. Generation in the electricity sector is represented in the EMM. Fuel costs are calculated in NEMS and passed to EMM, while capital and operating costs and performance characteristics are assumed as shown in Table 8.2, available at http://www.eia.gov/forecasts/aeo/assumptions/pdf/electricity.pdf

. Fuel costs are provided in sets of regional supply schedules. Projections for ethanol production are produced by the LFMM, with the quantities of bioma ss consumed for ethanol decremented from, and prices obtained from, the EMM regional supply schedules.



## Assumptions

• Existing and planned capacity data are obtained from Form EIA

- 860 and Form EIA

- 860M.

• The conversion technology represented is an 80

- MW dedica ted combustion plant. The cost estimates for this technology are based on a report by SAIC entitled “EOP III Task 1606, Subtask

3

– Review of Power Plant Cost and Performance Assumptions for NEMS: Technology Documentation Report,” published in 2013, http://www.eia.gov/forecasts/capitalcost/pdf/updated_capcost.pdf

.

• Biomass co

- firing can occur up to a maximum of 15% of fuel used in coal

- fired generating plants.

Fuel supply sche dules are a composite of four fuel sources: forestry materials, wood residues from

federal forests and from non

- federal forests, agricultural residues and energy crops. Feedstock potential from agricultural residues and dedicated energy crops are calculate d from a version of the Policy

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 195 

### Analysis (POLYSYS) agricultural model that uses the same oil price information as the rest of NEMS. Forestry residues are calculated from inventories conducted by the U.S. Forest Service and Oak Ridge National Laboratory. Th e forestry materials component is made up of logging residues, rough rotten salvageable dead wood, and excess small pole trees [11 9 ]. The wood residue component consists of primary mill residues, silvicultural trimmings, and urban wood such as pallets, con struction waste, and

demolition debris that are not otherwise used [1 20 ]. Agricultural residues are wheat straw, corn stover, and a number of other major agricultural crops [1 2 1 ]. Energy crop data are for hybrid poplar, willow, and switchgrass grown on e xisting cropland. POLYSYS assumes that the additional cropland needed for energy crops will displace existing pasturelands. The maximum amount of resources from forestry is

fixed based on “U.S. Billion

- Ton Update: Biomass Supply for a Bioenergy and Biopro ducts Industry” prepared by Oak Ridge National Laboratory [1 22 ]. Urban wood waste is determined dynamically based on activity in the industry sectors that produce usable biomass feedstocks. Agricultural resource (agricultural residues and energy crops) su pply is determined dynamically, and supplies available within the model at any point in time may not reflect the maximum potential for that region. In 2040, the estimated supplies of the feedstock categories are as follows: agricultural residues and energy crops are estimated at 5,559 trillion Btu; wood residues are estimated at 1,215 trillion Btu; forestry materials (from public and private lands) are estimated at 1,915 trillion Btu. For 2040, supplies of 797.1 trillion Btu

from all sectors could be availa ble given prevailing demand in the AEO2015 Reference case.



## Landfill Gas (LFG) Submodule

Background

Landfill

- gas

- to

- electricity capacity competes with other technologies using supply curves that are based on the amount of “high,” “low,” and “very low” meth ane

- producing landfills located in each EMM region. An average cost of electricity for each type of landfill is calculated using gas collection system and electricity generator costs and characteristics developed by EPA’s “Energy Project Landfill Gas

Utili zation Software” (E

- PLUS) [1 23 ].



## Assumptions

• Gross domestic product (GDP) and population are used as the drivers in an econometric equation that establishes the supply of landfill gas.

• Recycling is assumed to account for 50% of the waste stream in 2010 (co nsistent with EPA’s recycling goals).

• The waste stream is characterized into three categories: readily, moderately, and slowly decomposable material.

• Emission parameters are the same as those used in calculating historical methane emissions in

EIA’s “Emiss ions of Greenhouse Gases in the United States 2003” [1 24 ].

• The ratio of “high,” “low,” and “very low” methane production sites to total methane production is calculated from data obtained for 156 operating landfills contained in the Governmental Advisory A ssociates Inc., METH2000 database [1 25 ].

• Cost of electricity for each site was calculated by assuming each site to be a 100

- acre by 50

- foot deep landfill and by applying methane emission factors for “high,” “low,” and “very low”

methane

- emitting wastes.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 196 

## Co nventional H ydroelectricity Submodule

The conventional hydroelectricity submodule represents U.S. potential for new conventional hydroelectric capacity of 1 megawatt or greater from new dams, existing dams without hydroelectricity, and from adding capacit y at existing hydroelectric dams. Summary hydroelectric potential is derived from reported lists of potential new sites assembled from Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) license applications and other survey information, plus estimates of capital and other costs prepared by the Idaho National Engineering and Environmental Laboratory (INEEL) [ 12 6 ]. Annual performance estimates (capacity factors) were taken from the generally lower but site

- specific FERC estimates rather than from the general estimat es prepared by INEEL, and only sites with estimated costs of 10 cents per kilowatthour or lower are included in the supply. Pumped storage hydroelectric, considered a nonrenewable storage medium for fossil and nuclear power, is not included in the supply; moreover, the supply does not consider offshore or in

- stream hydroelectric, efficiency or operational improvements without capital additions, or additional potential from refurbishing existing hydroelectric capacity.

In the hydroelectricity submodule, site s are first arrayed by NEMS region from least to highest cost per kilowatthour. For any year’s capacity decisions, only those hydroelectric sites whose estimated levelized costs per kilowatthour are equal to or less than an EMM

- determined avoided cost (the least cost of other technology choices determined in the previous decision cycle) are submitted. Next, the array of

below

- avoided

- cost sites is parceled into three increasing cost groups, with each group characterized by the average capacity

- weighted cost and performance of its component sites. Finally, the EMM receives from the conventional hydroelectricity submodule the three increasing

- cost quantities of potential capacity for each region, providing the number of megawatts potential along with their cap acity

weighted average overnight capital cost, operations and maintenance cost, and average capacity factor. After choosing from the supply, the EMM informs the hydroelectricity submodule, which decrements available regional potential in preparation for th e next capacity decision cycle.



## Legislation and regulations

Renewable electricity tax credits The RFM includes the investment and energy production tax credits codified in EPACT92 as amended. The investment tax credit established by EPACT92 provides a cre dit to federal income tax liability worth 10% of initial investment cost for a solar, geothermal, or qualifying biomass facility. This credit was raised to 30% through 2016 for some solar projects and extended to residential projects. This change is

reflec ted in the RFM, Commercial Demand Module, and Residential Demand Module. The production tax credit, as established by EPACT92, applied to wind and certain biomass facilities. As amended, it provides a 2.3

- cent tax credit for every kilowatthour of electrici ty produced for the first 10 years of operation for a wind facility, under construction by December 31, 2014. The value of the credit, originally 1.5 cents, is adjusted annually for inflation. With the various amendments, the production tax

credit is avail able for electricity produced from qualifying geothermal, animal waste, certain small

- scale hydroelectric, landfill gas, municipal solid waste, and additional biomass resources. Wind, poultry litter, geothermal, and closed loop [ 12 7 ] biomass resources rece ive a 2.3

- cent tax credit per Kwh for the first 10 years of facility operations. All other renewable resources receive a 1.1

- cent (that is, one

- half the value of the credit for other resources) tax credit for the first 10 years of facility operations. EIA assumes

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 197 

### that biomass facilities obtaining the PTC will use open

- loop fuels, as closed

- loop fuels are assumed to be unavailable and/or too expensive for widespread use during the period that the tax credit is available. The investment and production tax cr edits are exclusive of one another, and thus may not both be claimed for the same geothermal facility (which is eligible to receive either).

The American Taxpayer Relief Act passed in January 2012 extended the wind PTC expiration date until December 31, 20 14. In addition, it modified the requirement for all technologies that plants be operational by the expiration date to allow any plant under construction by the expiration date to qualify. This update has been included in the AEO2015 Reference case.



## State RPS programs
EIA represents various state

- level policies generally referred to as Renewable Portfolio Standards (RPS). These policies vary significantly among states, but typically require the addition of renewable generation to meet a specified share of s tate

- wide generation. Any non

- discretionary limitations on meeting the generation or capacity target are modeled to the extent possible. However, because of the complexity of the various requirements, the regional target aggregation, and the nature of some of the limitations, the measurement of compliance is assumed to be approximate.

Regional renewable generation targets were estimated using the renewable generation targets in each state within the region. In many cases, regional boundaries intersect state boundaries; in these cases state requirements were divided among relevant regions based on sales. Using state

- level RPS compliance schedules and preliminary estimates of projected sales growth, EIA estimated the amount of renewable generation required in each state within a region. Required generation in each state was then summed to the regional level for each year, and a regional renewable generation share of total sales was determined, as shown in Table 13.1.

Only targets with established enforcement pr ovisions or established state funding mechanisms were included in the calculation; non

- enforceable goals were not included. Compliance enforcement provisions vary significantly among states, and most states have established procedures for waiving complianc e through the use of alternative compliance payments, penalty payments, discretionary regulatory waivers, or retail price impact limits. Because of the variety of mechanisms, even within a given electricity market region, these limits are not modeled.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 198 

### Ta ble 13. 1

. Aggregate regional renewable portfolio standard requirements

p ercentage share of total values

Region 1 2020 2030 2040

Texas Reliability Entity 4.4% 4.4% 4.4%

Midwest Reliability Council Organization

- East 10.0% 10.0 % 10.0%

Midwest Reliability Council Organization

- West 10.3% 11.4% 11.4%

Northeast Power Coordinating Council

– N ew England 14.3% 14.6% 14.6%

Northeast Power Coordinating Council

- NYC/Westchester 24.6% 24.6% 24.6%

Northeast Power Coordinating Council

- Long Island 24.6% 24.6% 24.6%

Northeast Power Coordinating Council

- Upstate NY 24.4% 24.5% 24.5%

ReliabilityFirst Corporation

- East 13.6% 14.8% 14.8%

ReliabilityFirst Corporation

- Michigan 10.0% 10.0% 10.0%

ReliabilityFirst Corporation

- West 7.1 % 9.3% 9.3%

SERC Reliability Corporation

- Delta 0.6% 0.6% 0.6%

SERC Reliability Corporation

- Gateway 11.2% 15.8% 15.8%

SERC Reliability Corporation

- Central 0.0% 0.1% 0.1%

SERC Reliability Corporation

- Virginia/Carolina 5.0% 5.5% 5.5%

Southwest Po wer Pool Regional Entity

- North 11.9% 13.2% 13.2%

Southwest Power Pool Regional Entity

- South 2.1% 2.2% 2.2%

Western Electricity Coordinating Council

- Southwest 9.4% 11.1% 11.1%

Western Electricity Coordinating Council

- California 33.0% 33.0% 33.0%

W estern Electricity Coordinating Council

– Northwest Power
Pool Area 10.1% 11.0% 11.0%

Western Electricity Coordinating Council

- Rockies 23.3% 23.3% 23.3%

1 See chapter on the Electricity Market Module for a map of the electricity market module supply

reg ions. Regions not shown do not have renewable portfolio standard requirements.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 199 

# Notes and sources

[115] For a comprehensive description of each submodule, see U.S. Energy Information Administration, Office of Integrated Analysis and Forecasting, Model Do cumentation, Renewable Fuels Module of the National Energy Modeling System, DOE/EIA

- M069(2014), (Washington, DC, August 2014), http://www.eia.gov/forecasts/aeo/ nems/documentation/renewable/pdf/m069(2014).pdf

.

[116] Revising the Long Term Multipliers in NEMS: Quantifying the Incremental Transmission Costs Due to Wind Power, Report to EIA from Princeton Energy Resources International, LLC. May 2007.

[117] U.S. De partment of Energy. “2013 Wind Technologies Market Report”. (Washington, DC, August 2014). http://emp.lbl.gov/sites/all/files/2013_Wind_Technologies_Market_Re port_Final3.pdf

.

[118] The one exception applies to the Salton Sea resource area. For that site, EIA used cost estimates provided by R.W. Beck, Inc. rather than NREL.

[119] U.S. Department of Energy. “U.S. Billion

- Ton Update: Biomass Supply for a Bioe nergy and Bioproducts Industry”, August 2011.

[120] Ibid.

[121] De la Torre Ugarte, D. “Biomass and bioenergy applications of the POLYSYS modeling framework” Biomass and Bioenergy Vol. 18 (April 2000), pp 291

- 308.

[122] U.S. Department of Energy. “U.S. Billion

- Ton Update: Biomass Supply for a Bioenergy and Bioproducts Industry”, August 2011.

[123] U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Atmospheric Pollution Prevention Division, Energy Project Landfill Gas Utilization Software (E

- PLUS) Version 1.0, EPA

- 430

- B

- 97

- 006 (Washington, DC, January 1997).

[124] U.S. Energy Information Administration, “Emissions of Greenhouse Gases in the United States 2003,” DOE/EIA

- 0573(2003) (Washington, DC, December 2004), www.eia.gov/oiaf/1605/archive/gg04rpt/index.html

.

[125] Governmental Advisory Associates, Inc., METH2000 Database, Westport, CT, January 25, 2000.

[126] Hall, Douglas G., Richard T. Hunt, Kelly S. Reeves, and Greg R. Carroll, Idaho Nati onal Engineering and Environmental Laboratory, “Estimation of Economic Parameters of U.S. Hydropower Resources” INEEL/EXT

- 03

- 00662, (Idaho Falls, Idaho, June 2003), http://www1.eere.e nergy.gov/water/pdfs/doewater

- 00662.pdf

[127] Closed

- loop biomass are crops produced explicitly for energy production. Open

- loop biomass are generally wastes or residues that are a byproduct of some other process, such as crops grown for food, forestry, landscaping, or wood milling.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 200 

# Appendix A: Handling of federal and selected state legislation and regulations in the AEO

Residential sector

Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basis

A

. National Appliance Energy Conservation

A ct of 1987 (NAECA87) Requires Secretary of Energy to set minimum efficiency
standards for various appliance categories with periodic updates Include categories represented in the AEO
residential sector forecast Public Law 100

- 12

a. Room air conditioners Sets standards for room air
conditioners in 2014 Require new purchases of
room air conditioners to

meet the standard Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

b. Central air

conditioners
and heat pumps Sets standards for central air
conditioner s in 2015 Require new purchases of
other air conditioners to

meet the standard Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

c. Water heaters Sets standards for water
heaters in 2015 Require new purchases of
water heaters to meet the
standard Federal Regis ter Notice of Final Rulemaking

d. Refrigerators and

freezers Sets standards for water
heaters in 201 4 Require new purchases of refrigerators/freezers to

meet the standard Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

e. Dishwashers Sets standards fo r dishwasher in 2010 Require new purchases of
dishwashers to meet the
standard Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

f. Fluorescent lamp

ballasts Sets standards for
fluorescent lamp ballasts in

2005 Require new purchases of fluorescent lamp bal lasts to
meet the standard Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

g. Clothes washers Sets standards for clothes
washers in 2011 Require new purchases of
clothes washers to meet the
standard Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

h. Furnaces S ets standards for furnaces

in 2013 Require new purchases of
furnaces to meet the
standard Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

i. Clothes dryers Sets standards for clothes dryers in 2015 Require new purchases of clothes dryers to meet the
standard Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

j. Boilers Sets standards for boilers in

2012 Require new purchases of
boilers to meet the standard Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

B. Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPACT92) Public Law 102

- 486

a

. Building codes For the IECC 2006, specifies whole house efficiency

minimums Assume that all states adopt the IECC 2006 code by 2017 Trend of states ’ adoption o f codes, allowing for lead times
for enforcement and
bui lder compliance

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 201 Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basis

b. Various lighting
types Sets standards for various lighting types in 2012 Require new purchases of

vari ous light ing types to
meet the standards Federal Register Notice of
Final Ru lemaking

C. Energy Policy Act of 2005 (EPACT05) Public Law 109

- 58 a. Torchiere lamp

standard Sets standard for torchiere lamp s in 2006 Require new purch ases of
torchiere bulbs to meet the
standard Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

b. Compact fluorescent

lamp standard Sets standard for
fluorescent lamps in 2006 Require new purchases of compact fluorescent bulbs

to meet the standard Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

c. Ceiling fan light kit

standard Sets standard for ceiling fans and ceiling fan light
kits in 2007 Reduce lighting electricity consumption by appropriate

amount Number of ceiling fan shipments and estimated
kWh s avings per unit determine overall savings

d. Dehumidifier

standard Sets standard for
dehumidifiers in 2012 Reduce dehumid i fier electricity consumption by appropriate amount Number of dehumidifier shipments and estimated kWh savings per unit
determin e overall savings

e. Energy

- efficient

equipment tax credit Provides tax credits to purchasers of certain

energy

- efficient equipment
in 2006 and 2007 Reduce cost of applicable equipment by specified

amount Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

f. New home tax credit Provides $1,000 or $2,000 tax credit to builders if they construct homes that are 30% or 50%, respectively, more efficient
than code in 2006 and 2007 Reduce shell package cost for these homes by specified amount Cost reductions to
consumers are assumed to be 100 % of the builder’s tax
credit

g. Energy

- efficient

appliance tax credit Provides tax credits to

p roducers of energy

efficient refrigerators, dishwashers, and clothes washers for each unit they produce that meets certai n efficiency specification s Assume that the cost savings are passed on to the consumer, reducing the price of the ap pliance by the specified amount Cost reductions to
consumers are assumed to
be 100 % of the producer’s
tax credit

D. Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA 07) Public Law 110

- 140

a. General service

incandescent lamp
standard Require less wattage for
bulbs in 2012

– 2014 and

2020 Reduce wattage for new
bulbs by 28 % in 2013 and

67 % in 2020 Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

b. External power

supply standard Sets standards for external power supplies in 2008 Reduce external power supply electricity

co nsumption by appropriate amount Number of shi pments and estimated kWh savings per
unit determine overall savings

c. Manufactured

housing code Require manufactured
ho mes to meet latest IECC in

2011 Require that all
manufactured homes shipped after 2011 meet
the IECC 2006 Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 2 02 Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basis

E. Energy Improvemen t and Extension Act of 08 (EIEA 08) Public Law 110

- 343
a. Energy

- efficient

equipment tax credit Purchasers of certain energy

efficient equipment can claim tax credits through 2016 Reduce the cost of applicabl e equipment by specified

amount Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

b. Energy

- efficient

appliance tax credit Producers of energy

- efficient refrigerators, clothes washers,
and dishwashers receive tax credits for each unit they produce that meets certain efficiency specifications, subject to an annual cap Assume that the cost savings are passed on to the consumer, reducing the price of the ap pliance by the specified amount Cost reductions to consumer

are assumed to be 100% of the producer’s tax credit

F. American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 20 09 (ARRA09) P ublic Law 111

- 5
a. Energy

- efficient

equip ment tax credit Increases cap of energy

efficient equipment specified
under Section E ( a ) above to $1

, 500 ; r emoves cap for solar PV, wind, and geothermal heat

pumps Reduce the cost of applicabl e equipment by sp ecified

amount Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

b

. Weatherization and

State Energy Programs Increases funding for
weatherization and other programs to i mprove the energy efficiency of existing housing stock Apply annual funding amount

to existing housing retrofits ; base s avings for heating and cooling on $2

, 600 per

- home investment as specified in weatherization program
evaluation Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

G. Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization, and J ob Creation Act of 2010 Public Law 111

- 312
a. Energy

- efficient

equip ment tax credit Extends tax credits for some

energy

- efficie nt equipment, generally to EISA07 amounts Reduce the cost of applicabl e equipment by specified

amount

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 203 

### Commercial sec t or

Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basis

A

. National Appliance Energy Conservation Act
of 1987 (NAECA87) Requires Secretary of Energy to set minimum efficiency standards for

various appliance categories with periodic updates In clude categories represented in the AEO
commercial sector forecast Public Law 100

- 12

a. Room air conditioners Change room air conditioner efficiency, including metric,
from 9.8 Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER) to 10.9 Combined Energy Efficiency Ratio (CEER )

in 2014 Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

b. Other residential

- size

air conditioners (<5.4 tons) Set central air conditioning and heat pump efficiency to 10 SEER before 2006, 13 SEER in 2006, and 14 SEER in 2015 Federal Register Noti ce of Final Rulemaking

c. Fluorescent lamp

ballasts Set standard of 0.90 power factor and minimum efficacy factor for F40 and F96 lamps based on lamp size and wattage, increasing to higher efficacy factor in 2005 that limits p urchases to electronic
ballasts Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

B. Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPACT92) Public Law 102

- 486

a

. Building codes Incorporate in to commercial building shell assumptions ; represent e fficiency of new
shell relative to existi ng shell in shell efficiency indices ;

a ssumes shell efficiency improves 6.9 % and 15.0 % by 2040 for existing buildings and new construction, r espectively Based on Science Applications International Corporation
commercial shell indices for 2003
dev eloped for EIA in 2008 and 2011

b. Window labeling H elp s consumers determine which
windows are more energy efficient Incorporate in to commer cial building shell assumptions;
represent e fficiency of new
shell relative to existing shell

in shell efficiency indices ;

a ssume shell efficiency improves 6.9 % and 15.0 % by 2040 for existing buildings and new construction, respectively Based on Science Applications International Corporation
commercial shell indices for 2003
dev eloped for EIA in 2008 and 2011

c. Commercial fu rnaces

and boilers Set gas

- fired furnace and boiler thermal efficiency to 80%; set oil furnace thermal efficiency to 81%; set oil boiler thermal efficiency to 83% Federal Regi ster Notice of Final Rulemaking

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 204 Legislation Brief description AEO han dling Basis

d

. Commercial air

conditioners and heat

pumps Set a ir

- source air
conditioners and heat pumps less than 135,000

Btu to 8.9 EER and greater than 135,000 Btu

to 8.5 EER in 2001 Federal Register Notice of Final
Rulemak ing

e

. Commercial water
heaters Set gas and oil thermal efficiency to 78%

, increasing to 80% thermal efficiency for gas units in 2003 Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

f

. Lamps Set i ncandescent efficacy

to 16.9 lumens per watt
and f lu orescent efficacy

to 75 and 80 lumens per
watt for 4

- and 8

- foot lamps, respectively

g

. Electric motors Specifies minimum efficiency levels for a variety of motor types
and sizes Model end

- use services at the equipment level (motors contained in

new equ ipment must meet the standards) Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

h

. Federal energy management Requires federal agencies to reduce energy consumption

20 % by 2000 relative to

19 8 5 U se the 10

- year Treasury

note rate for federal
share of the comme rcial

sector as a discount rate in equipment purchase
decisions Superseded by Executive
Order 13123 , EPACT05, and EISA07

i

. Business investment energy

credit Provides a permanent

10 % investmen t tax credit for solar property I ncorporate tax credit

in to cash flow for solar generation systems ; reduced investment cost
for solar water heaters by 10 % Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

C

. Executive Order 13123 : Greening the Government Through Efficient Energy Management Requires federal agencies to reduce energy consumption
30% by 2005 and 35 % by
2010 relative to 1985 through cost

- effective
life

- cycle energy

measures U se the 10

- year Treasury

note rate for federal
share of the commercial

sector as a discount rate in equipment purch ase decisions Superseded by EPACT05 and EISA07

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 205 Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basis

D. Energy Policy Act of 2005 (EPACT05) Public Law 109

- 58

a

. Commercial package air

conditioners and heat pumps Sets mi nim um efficiency
levels in 2010 Set a ir

- cooled air conditioners/ heat pumps less than 135,000 Btu to 11.2/ 11.0 EER and heating
COP of 3.3 and greater than 135,000 Btu to 11.0/ 10.6 EER and heating COP of 3.2 Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

b

. C ommercial refrigerators,

freezers, and automatic
icemakers Sets minimum efficiency
levels in 2010 and 2017 (refrigerators and freezers) Remove refrigerator and freezer systems that do not
meet standard from technology choice. Federal Register N otice of Final Rulemaking

c

. Lamp ballasts Bans manufacture or import of mercury vapor lamp ballasts in 2008 ;

s ets minimum efficacy level for T12 energy
saver ballasts in 2009
and 2010 based on application Remove mercury vapor lighting system from
techno logy choice menu in

2008 ; set minimum efficacy
of T12 ballas ts at specified
standard levels Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

d

. Compact fluorescent lamps Sets standard for medium base lamps to
ENERGY STAR specifications in 2006 Set efficacy le vel of compact fluorescent lamps at required level

. Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

e

. Illuminated exit signs and traffic

signals Set s standards to
ENERGY STAR specifications in 2006 Reduce miscellaneous electricity co nsumption by

appropr iate amount Number of shipments, share of shipments that currently meet standard, and estimated kWh savings per unit determine overall savings

f

. Distribution transformers Sets standard as National
Electrical Manufacturers
Association Class I Efficiency levels in 2007, with an update effective

in 2016 Include effects of standard in estimating the share of miscellaneous electricity consumption attributable to
transformer losses Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

g

. Pre

- rinse spray valves Sets ma ximum flow rate

to 1.6 gallons per minute

in 2006 Reduce energy use for water heating by appropriate

amount Number of shipments, share of shipments that currently meet standard, and estimated kWh savings per unit determine overall savings

h

. Federal ener gy management Requires federal agencies to reduce energy consumption
20 % by 2015 relative to 2003 through cost

effective life

- cycle

energy measures Use the 10

- year Treasury
note rate as a discount rate
for federal share of the
commercial sector as a discou nt rate in equipment purchase decisions as opposed to adding risk premiums to the 10

- year Treasury note rate to develop discount rates for
other commercial decisions Superseded by EISA07

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 206 Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basis

i

. Business investment tax credit

for fuel cells and microturbines Provides a 30 %
investment tax credit for
fuel cells and a 10 %
investment tax credit for
microturbines installed

in 2006 through 20 16 I ncorporate tax credit in to cash flow fo r fuel cells and
microturbines Extended through 2008 by
Public Law 109

- 432 and through 2016 by EIEA08

j

. Business solar investment tax

credit Provides a 30 %
investment tax credit for solar property installed in 2006 through 20 16 I ncorporate tax cred it in to cash flow for solar generation
systems ; r educe investment

cost for solar water heaters by 30 % Extended through 2008 by
Public Law 109

- 432 and through 2016 by EIEA08

E. Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA07)

a

. Co mmercial walk

- in c oolers and
walk

- in freezers Requires use of specific energy efficiency

measures in equipment
manufactured in or after 2009, w ith an update
effective in 2017 Remove walk

- in refrigerator
and freezer systems that do

not meet s tandard from technology choice Fe deral Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

b

. Incandescent and halogen

lamps Sets maximum allowable wattage based on lumen output starting in 2012 Remove incandescent and halogen general service lighting systems that do not

meet standard from
technolo gy choice menu in
2012 Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

c

. Metal halide lamp ballasts Sets minimum efficiency
levels for metal halide lamp ballasts starting in 2009, with an update
effective in 2017 Remove metal halide lighting systems that do not meet standard from technology
choice menu ; s et minimum
system efficiency to include specified standard levels for ballasts based on type Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

d. Federal use of energy

- efficient

lighting Requires use of ener gy

efficient lighting fixtures
and bulbs in federal buildings to the

maximum extent possible starting in 2009 Increase proportion of sector using 10

- year T reasury note

rate for lighting purchase
decisions to represent all existing and new federal floorspa ce in 2009 Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

e

. Federal energy management Requires federal agencies to reduce energy consumption per square foot 30 % by 2015 relative to 2003 through

cost

- effective life

- cycle

energy measures U ses the 10

- year Tre asury
note rate for federal share of
the commercial sector as a discount rate in equipment purchase decisions as opposed to adding risk premiums to the 10

- year Treasury note rate to develop
discount rates for other
commercial decisions Federal Register Not ice of Final Rulemaking

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 207 Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basis

F. Energy Improvement and Ex tension Act of 2008 (EIEA08) Public Law 110

- 343

a

. Business solar investment tax

credit Extends the EPACT05

30 % inve stment tax credit for solar property through 2016 I ncorporate tax credit in to cash flow for solar generation
systems ; reduce investment

cost for solar water heaters by 30 % Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

b

. Business investment tax credit

for fuel cells and microturbines Extends the EPACT05
30% investment tax
credit for fuel cells and
10% investment tax
credit for micro

- turbines through 2016 I ncorporate tax credit in to cash flow for fuel cells and
microturbines Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

c

. Business investment tax credit

for CHP systems Provides a 10 %
investment tax credit for CHP systems installed in 2009 through 2016 I ncorporate tax credit in to cash flow for CHP systems Federal Register Notice of Final
Rulemakin g

d. Business investment tax credit

for small wind turbines Provides a 30 %
investment tax credit for
wind turbines installed in 2009 through 2016 I ncorporate tax credit in to cash flow for wind turbine s Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

e

. Business investment tax credit

for geothermal heat pumps Provides a 10 %
investment tax credit for geothermal heat pump systems in stalled in 2009 through 2016 Reduce i nvestment cost for geothermal heat pump
systems by 10% Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

G. American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA09) Public Law 111

- 5

a

. Business investment tax credit

for small wind turbines Removes the cap on the

EIEA08 30 % investment
tax credit for wind turbines through 2016 I ncorpora te tax credit in to cash flow for wind turbine s Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

b

. Stimulus funding to

federal agencies Provides funding for efficiency improvement
in f ederal buildings and
facilities Increase the proportion of sector using the 10

- year Treasury note rate for purchase decisions to include all existing and new federal floorspace in years stimulus funding is available to account for new, replacement, and retrofit projects ; a ssume some funding is used for solar PV

, small wind tu rbine, and fuel
cell installations Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 208 Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basis

c

. State Energy Program funding

and energy efficiency and conservation block grants Provides grants for state and local governments for energy efficiency and renewable energy purposes ( State Energy Program funding conditioned on enactment of new building
codes ) Increase the proportion of sector using the 10

- year Treasury note rate for

pur chase decisions to include all public buildings in years stimulus funding is
available ; i ncrease new building shell efficiency to

10 % better than 2003 by 2018 for improved building
codes ; a ssume some funding
is used for solar PV and
small wind turbine

inst allations Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

d

. Funding for smart grid projects Provides funding for smart grid demonstration projects Assume smart grid technologies cause
consumers to become more responsive to electricity price changes by inc reasing the price elasticity of
demand for certain end uses Federal Register Notice of Final Rulemaking

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 209 

### Industrial sec t or

Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basis

A. Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPACT92)

a. Motor efficiency

s tandards Specifies minimum efficiency levels for a variety of motor types and sizes. Not modeled because participation is voluntary; actual reductions will depend on future, unknown

commitments. EPACT 1992 , Section 342 (42 USC

6313 )

.

b. Boiler efficiency

standards Specifies minimum
combustio n efficiency for package boilers larger than 300,000 Btu/hr. Natural Gas
boilers: 80 percent . O il
boilers: 83 percent. All package boilers are
assumed to meet the efficiency standards.
While the standards do not

ap ply to field

- erected boilers,
which are typically used in

steam

- intensive industries, we assume they meet the
standard in the AEO. Standard specified in

EPACT92. 10 CFR 431.

B. Clean Air Act Amendments (CAAA90)

a

. P rocess emissions Numerous process
emissions require

ments for specified industries and/or

activities. Not modeled because they

are not directly related to

energy projections. CAAA90, 40 CFR 60.

b. Emissions related to

hazardous/toxic
substances Numerous emissions requirements relative to hazardous and/or toxic
substances. Not modeled because they

are not directly related to

energy projections. CAAA90, 40 CFR 60.

c. Industrial SO2

emissions Sets annual limit for
industrial SO2 emissions
at 5.6 million tons. If
limit is re ached, specific regulations could be implemented. Industrial SO2 emissions are not projected to reach the limit (Source: EPA, National
Air Pollutant Emissions
Trends:1990

- 1998, EPA

454/R

- 00

- 002, March 2000, p. 4

- 3.) CAAA90, Section 406 (42 USC 7651)

d

. I ndustrial boiler

hazardous air pollutants Requires industrial boilers and process
heaters to conduct periodic tune

- ups or meet emissions limits on HAPs to comply with the
Maximum Achievable Control Technology (MACT) Floor. Regulations finalized
December 2012. Costs of compliance that are not offset by efficiency gains (non

- recoverable costs)
modeled as an additional capital cost in the Macroeconomic Activity Module (MAM) based on proposed regulations as of September 2012. U.S. Environmental Prote ction Agency, National Emissions
Standards for Hazardous Air
Pollutants for Industrial, Commercial, and Institutional Boilers, Major Source (40 CFR 63, Subpart DDDDD) and Area Source (40 CFR 63 Part JJJJJJ)

e. Emissions from

stationary diesel

e ngines Requires engine
manufacturers to meet
the same emission
standards as nonroad diesel engines. Fully
effective in 2011. New stationary engines meet
the standards. 40 CFR Parts 60, 85, 89, 94, 1039, 1065, and 1068.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 210 Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basis

C. Energy Policy Act of 2005 (EPACT05)

a. Physical energy intensity Voluntary commitments to reduce physical energy intensity by 2.5 percent annually for

2007

- 2016. Not modeled because participation is voluntary;
actual re ductions will depend on future, unknown

commitments. EPACT2005, Section 106 (42 USC 15811)

b. Mineral components

of cement of concrete Increase in mineral component of federally procured cement or

concrete. Not modeled. EPACT2005, Section 108 (42 US C 6966).

c. Tax credits for coke

oven Provides a tax credit of $3.00 per barrel oil equivalent, limited to 4000 barrels per day average. Applies to most producers of coal coke or coke gas. Not modeled because no impact on U.S. coke plant activity is anticipated. EPACT2005, Section 1321 (29 USC 29).

D

. The Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA2007)

a

. Motor efficiency

standards Supersedes EPACT1992 Efficiency Standards no
later than 2011. Motor purchases must meet
the EPAct1992 standards through 2010; afterwards purchases must meet the
EISA2007 standards. EISA2007

.

E. The Energy Improvement and Extension Act of 2008 (EISA2008)

e. Combined heat and

power tax incentive Provides an investment tax credit for up to 15
megawatt s of capacity in
combined heat and power systems of 50 megawatts or less through 2016

. Costs of systems adjusted to
reflect the credit. EIEA2008, Title I, Sec. 103

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 211 

### Transportation sec t or

Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basis

A. Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPACT92) Increases the number of
alternative fuel vehicles and
alternative fuel use in federal, state, and fuel

- provided fleets Assumes federal, state and
fuel

- provided fleets meet
the mandated sales requirements. Ener gy Policy Act of 1992,
Public Law 102

- 486

- Oct. 24,

1992.

B. Low Emission Vehicle Program (LEVP) The Clean Air Act provides
California the authority to set
vehicle criteria emission
standards that exceed federal standards. A part of that program
mandates t he sale of zero

emission vehicles by
manufacturers

. O ther nonattainment states are given
the option of opting into the
federal or California emission
standards. Incorporates the LEVP

program as amended on August 4, 2005. Assumes California, Connecticut,

M aine, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York, Rhode

I sland, Vermont, Oregon,
and Washington adopt the

LEVP program as amended and that the proposed sales requirements for hybrid, electric, and fuel cell
vehicles are met. Section 177 of the Clean Air Act, 42 U .S.C. sec. 7507 (1976) and CARB, California Exhaust
Emissions Standards and Test
Procedures for Passenger Cars, Light

- Duty Trucks, and Medium

- Duty Vehicles, August 4, 2005.

C. Corporate Average Fuel Economy (CAFE)
Standard for Light Duty
Vehicles Requires manufacturers to produce vehicles that meet a
minimum federal average fuel economy standard, promul

gated jointly for model years

2012

- 2016 and 2017

- 2025 with

an average greenhouse emissions standard; cars and light trucks are regulated separately. CAFE standards are
increased for model years 2011 through 2016 to meet
the final CAF E rulemakings for model year 2011 and 2012 to 2016, respectively.
CAFE standards are
increased for model years

2017 to 2025 to meet final CAFE joint rulemakings for model year 2 017 to 20 21
and to meet augural CAFE
standards for model year

20 2 2 to 2025, which will undergo a midterm evalua

tion to finalize. CAFE
standards are held constant through the end of the projection

. Energy Policy Conservation Act of 1975; Title 49 US C , Cha pter 329; Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007, Title 1, Section 102; Average Fuel Economy Standards Passenger Cars and Light Trucks Model Year 2011; Federal Register, Vol. 74,

No. 59, March 2009; Light

- Duty
Vehicle Greenhouse Gas Emission
Standard s and Corporate Average
Fuel Economy Standards, Final Rule, Federal Register, Vol. 75, No. 88, May 2010; 2017 and Later Model Year Light

- Duty Vehicle
Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Corporate Average Fuel Economy Standards Federal Register, Vol. 77, No. 199, October 2012.

D. Electric, Hybrid, and
Alternative Fuel Vehicle

Tax Incentives Federal tax incentives are provided to encourage the purchase of electric, hybrid
and / or alternative fuel vehicles. For example, tax incentives for hybrid vehicles in the form of a $2,000 income tax deduction. Incorporates the federal tax incentives for hybrid and
electric vehicles. IRS Technical Publication 535; Business Expenses.

E. Plug

- in Hybrid Vehicle

Tax Credit EIEA2008 grants a tax credit of $2,500 for PHEVs with at lea st 4kWh of battery capacity, with larger batteries earning an additional $417 per kWh up to a maximum of $7,500 for light

- duty PHEVs. The credit will apply until 250,000 eligible PHEVs are sold or until 2015, whichever comes first. Incorporates the federal tax credits for PHEVs. Energy Improvement and Extension Act of 2008, H.R.6049.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 212 Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basis

F

. State Electric, Hybrid,
and Alternative Fuel
Vehicle Tax and Other

Incentives Approximately 20 states provide tax and other incentives to encourage the purchase of electric, hybrid and/or alternative fuel
vehicles. The tax incentives are
in the form of income reductions, tax credits, and exemptions. Other incentives
include use of HOV lanes and

e xemptions from emi ssions inspections and licensing fees.
The incentives offered and the mix varies by state. For example, Georgia offers a tax credit of $5,000 for electric
vehicles and Oklahoma offers a tax credit of $1,500 for hybrid
and alternative fuel vehicles. Does no t incorporate

state tax and other
incentives for hybrid, electric, and other
alternative fuel
vehicles. State laws in Arizona, Arkansas, California, Colorado, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Iowa, Kansas, Louisiana, Maine, Maryland, Michigan, New Hampshire, Ne w York, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Utah, Virginia, and Washington

G. HD National Program;
Greenhouse Gas

Emissions and Fuel Consumption Standards for Heavy

- Duty Vehicles Requires on

- road heavy

- duty
vehicle manufacturers to produce vehicles that meet a

minimu m federal average greenhouse gas emission standard, issued by the EPA, for model years 2014

- 2018. NHTSA established voluntary
fuel consumption standards for

MY 2014

- 2015, and mandatory fuel consumption standards for MY 2016 and beyond for
onroad heavy

- duty trucks and their engines; vocational and combination engines are regulated separately. HD National program standards begin for MY

2014 as set by the GHG

emissions portion of
the rule with the assumption that the
vehicles comply with the voluntary portion of
the rule for fuel consumption. The
model allows for both the engine and chassis technologies to meet the standards to finalize. CAFE standards

are held constant through the end of the projection

. Section 202 of the Clean Air Act; Title 49 US C , Chapter 3 2902[k]; Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007, Title 1, Section 102; Federal Register, Vol. 76, No. 179, September 2011.

H. The International

Convention for the
Prevention of P ollution
from S hips (MARPOL)

Annex VI Sets limits on sulfur oxides and
oxides of nitrogen emissions from ship exhausts and prohibits deliberate emissions
of ozone depleting substances.

First entered into force on May 19, 2005. New requirements
added on January 1, 2015, mandating a maximum of 0.1%
sulfur fuel or scrubber use, from a previous 1% limit. MARPOL Annex VI fuel
sulfur mandates
reflected in domestic
and international shipping fuel shares starting in 2015. MARPOL 73/78, (33 U.S.C 1901(a) (4) & (5), 1902(a)(1)&(5), and 1907 (a), as amended by the Maritime Pollution

Prev ention Act of 2008 (MPPA), Pub.L.

110

- 280, 122 Stat 2611).

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 213 

### Electric power generation

Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basis

A. Clean Air Act
Amendments of 1990 (CAAA90) Established a national limit on electricity generator emissi ons of sulfur dioxide to be achieved through a cap

- and

- trade

program. Sulfur dioxide cap

- and

- trade program is explicitly modeled, choosing the optimal mix of options for meeting the national emissions cap. Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, Title IV, Sectio ns 401 through 406, Sulfur Dioxide Reduction Program, 42 U.S.C.7651a through

7651e.

Requires the EPA to establish

N ational Ambient Air Quality

S tandards ( NAAQ S). In 1997, EPA is currently determining which areas of the country are not in compliance wit h the
new standards. Area designations were made in
December 2004. States submitted their compliance plans, and have until 2009

- 2014 to bring all areas into compliance. These standards are not explicitly represented, but the
Clean Air Interstate Rule is incorporated (described below) and was developed to help
states meet their NAA Q S. Clean Air Act Amendment of 1990, Title I, Sections 108 and 109, National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Ozone, 40 CFR Part 50,

F ederal Register, Vol 68, No 3, January 8, 2 003.
National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Particulate Matter, 40 CFR Part 50, Federal Register, Vol 62, No. 138, July 18,

1997.

B. Clean Air Interstate Rule (CAIR) CAIR imposes a two

- phased
limit on emissions of sulfur dioxide and/or nitrogen o xide from electric generators in 27
states and the District of
Columbia. Cap

- and

- trade programs for SO2 and NOX are modeled explicitly, allowing the model to choose the best method for meeting the emission caps. Federal Register, Vol. 70, No. 91 (May 12, 2 005), 40 CFR Parts 51, 72, 73, 74, 77,
78 and 96.

C. Mercury and Air Toxics Standards (MATS) MATS sets standards to reduce

air pollution from coal

- and oil

fired power plants greater than 25 megawatts. The rule requires plants achieve the
maximum achievabl e control technology for mercury, hydrogen chloride (HCl) and fine particulate matter (PM 2.5). The EMM assumes that all coal

fired generating plants above 25 megawatts will comply beginning in 2016. Plants are assumed to reduce mercury emissions by 90 per cent relative
to uncontrolled levels. Because
the EMM does not model HCl or PM 2.5 explicitly, to meet those requirements, coal plants are required to install either an FGD or a dry sorbent injection
system including a full fabric
filter. U. S. Environment al

Protection Agency, “Mercury and Air

Toxics Standards,” website epa.gov/mats.

D. Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPACT92) Created a class of generators
referred to as exempt wholesale generators (EWGs), exempt from PUHCA as long as they sell wholesale power. Represents the development of Exempt Wholesale Generators (EWGs) or what
are now referred to as independent power p roducers (IPPs) in all regions. Energy Policy Act of 1992,
Title VII, Electricity, Subtitle A, Exempt Wholesale

Generators.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 214 Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basis

E. The Public Utility Holding Company Act
of 1935 (PUHCA) PUHCA is a federal statue which was enacted to legislate against abusive practices in the utility industry. The
act gra nts power to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to oversee and outlaw large holding companies which might otherwise control the provision of electrical service to large regions of the country. It gives the SEC power to approve or deny merger s and acquisitions and, if necessary, force utility companies to dispose of assets or change business practices if the company’s structure of
activities are not deemed to be in the public interest. It is assumed that holding companies act competitively
and do not use their regulated power businesses to cross

subsidize their unregulated
businesses. Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1936.

E. FERC Orders 888 and

889 FERC has issued two related rules: Orders 888 and 889, designed to bring low

- cost power to consumers through competition,

ensure continued reliability in the industry, and provide for open and equitable transmission services by owners
of these facilities. Specifically, Order 888 requires open access to the transmission grid currently owned and operated by
utilities. The transmission owners must file nondiscriminatory tariffs that offer other suppliers the same services that the owners provide for themselves. Order 888
also allows these utilities to recover
stranded costs (investments in generat ing
assets that are unrecoverable due to

consumers selecting another supplier).
Order 889 requires utilities to implement
standards of conduct and a n Open Access
Same

- time Information System (OASIS) through which utilities and non

- utilities
can receive inf ormation regarding the transmission system. Consequently, utilities are expected to functionally or physically unbundle their marketing
functions from their
transmission functions. These orders are represented in the forecast by assuming that all
generator s in a given region are able to satisfy load requirements anywhere within the region. Similarly, it is assumed that

transactions between regions will
occur if the cost differentials
between them make it economic
to do so. Promoting Wholesale Competition Th rough Open Access, Non

Discriminatory
Transmission Services by Public Utilities; Public
Utilities and Transmitting Utilities,
ORDER NO. 888 Issued April 24, 1996), 18 CFR
Parts 35 and 385,
Docket Nos. RM95

- 8

- 000 and RM94

- 7

- 001. Open Access Same

Time Infor mation System (formerly Real

Time Information Networks) and
Standards of Conduct, ORDER NO. 889, (Issued April 24, 1996), 18 CFR Part 37, Docket No.

RM95

- 9

- 000.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 215 Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basis

G. New Source Review (NSR) On August 28, 2003, the EPA issued a final rule defining certain power plant and industrial facility activities as routine maintenance, repair

, and replacement, which are not subject to new source review (NSR). As stated by EPA, these changes provide a category of equipment replacement activities that are not subject to m ajor NSR requirements under the routine maintenance, repair

, and replacement (RMRR) exclusion.[1] Essentially this means that power plants and industrial facilities engaging in RMRR activities
will not have to get preconstruction approval from the state or EPA and
will not have to install best available emissions control technologies that might be required if NSR were triggered. It is assumed that coal plants will be able to increase their output

as electricity demand increases. Their maximum capacity factor is set at 75 percent. No increases in the capacity of existing plants is assumed. If further analysis shows that capacity uprates may result from the NSR rule, they will be incorporated in future AEOs. However, at this time, the NSR rule is being contested in the

courts. EPA, 40 CFR Parts 51
and 52, Deterioration (PSD) and Non

Replacement Provision of the Vol. 68, No. 207,

page 61248, Prevention of Significant

Attainment New Source
Review (NSR): Eq uipment Routine Maintenance, Repair
and Replacement Exclusion; Final Rule, Federal Register, October 27, 2003.

H. State R enewable

P ortfolio S tandards (RPS) Laws, Mandates, and Goals Several states have enacted laws requiring that a certain percentage
of t heir generation come from qualifying renewable sources. The AEO reference case represents the Renewable Portfolio Standard (RPS) or substantively similar laws from
States with established enforcement provisions for their
targets. As described in the

Renew able Fuels Module chapter
of this document, mandatory targets from the various states

are aggregated at the regional level, and achievement of nondiscretionary compliance
criteria is evaluated for each region

. The states with RPS or
other mandates providin g quantified projections are detailed
in the Legislation and Regulations section of

AEO2014

.

I. Regional and State

Air Emissions Regulations The Northeast Regional Greenhouse Gas Initiative (RGGI) applies to fossil

- fueled power plants over 25 megawatts in the

n ortheastern United States.

N ew J ersey withdrew in 2011, leaving 9
states in the program. The rule caps CO2
emissions and requires they account for
CO2 emitted with allowances purchased at

auction. In February 2013, program
officials announced a tigh tening of the cap beginning in 2014. The impact of RGGI is included in the EMM, making adjustments
when needed to estimate the emissions caps at the regional
level used in NEMS. AEO201 5 incorporates the revised target beginning in 2014. Regional Greenhouse

Gas Initiative Model rule, www.rggi.org

.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 216 Legislation Brief description AEO handling The California Assembly Bill 32 (AB32) sets GHG reduction goals for 2020 for California. A cap

- and

- trade program was
d esigned to enforce the caps. The cap

and

- trade program applies to multiple economic sectors including electric power plants, large industrial facilities, suppliers of transportation fuel

, and suppliers of natural gas. Emissions resulting from electricity g enerated outside California but consumed in the state are also subject to the cap. The EMM models the cap

- and

trade program explicitly for CO2 for California through an

emission constraint that
accounts for emissions from the
other sectors. Limited banking and borrowing of allowances as
well as an allowance reserve and offsets are incorporated as specified in the Bill. California Code of Regulations, Subchapter 10 Climate Change, Article 5,
Sections 95800 to 96023, Title 17, “California Cap on
Greenhouse Ga s Emissions and Market

Based Compliance Mechanisms,” (Sacramento, CA: July 2011).

J. Energy Policy Act of

2005 Extended and substantially expanded and
modified the Production Tax Credit, originally created by EPACT1992. EPACT2005 also adds a PTC for

up t o 6,000 megawatts of new
nuclear capacity and a $1.3
billion investment tax credit for new or repowered coal

- fired power projects. The tax credits for renewables, nuclear and coal projects are explicitly modeled

as specified in the law and subsequent amend ments. Because the tax credits for new coal projects have been fully allocated, the EMM does not assume future coal capacity will receive any tax credits. Energy Policy Act of 2005, Sections 1301, 1306, and 1307

.

K. American Recovery
and Reinvestment

Act of 2009 Extends the Production Tax Credit (PTC) to wind facilities constructed by December 31, 2012 and to other eligible renewable facilities constructed by December 31,
2013. Allows PTC

- eligible facilities
to claim a 30

- percent investment tax credit (ITC ) instead of the PTC. Projects starting construction by the end of 2010 (subsequently extended to the end of 2011) may elect to take a cash grant equal
to the value of the 30

- percent ITC instead
of either tax credit. The extensions of the PTC
and 30

- percen t ITC are represented in the AEO reference case as specified
in the law (since revised) . The
AEO does not distinguish
between the effects of the 30

- percent ITC and the equivalent cash grant, and the cash grant is not specifically modeled. American Recovery
and Reinvestment Act of 2009, Division B, Title I, Sec. 1101, 1102,
and 1603.

ARRA provided $6 billion to pay the cost of guarantees for loans authorized by the Energy Policy Act of 2005. The purpose of
these loan guarantees is to stimulate the deploym ent of conventional renewable and transmission technologies and innovative biofuels technologies. However, to qualify, eligible projects must be under construction by September 30, 2011. AEO201 5 includes projects that have received loan guarantees
under th is authority, but does
not assume automatic award of the loans to potentially eligible technologies. American Recovery
and Reinvestment Act of 2009, Title IV, “Energy and Water Development”, Section

406.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 217 Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basi s ARRA provides $4.5 billion for smart grid demonstration projects. These generally include a wide array of measurement, communications, and control equipment employed throughout
the transmission and distribution system that will enable real

- time
monito ring of the production, flow, and use of power from generator to

consumer. In the electricity module, it was
assumed that line losses would fall slightly, peak loads would
fall as customers shifted their usage patterns, and customers would be more responsi ve to pricing signals American Recovery
and Reinvestment Act of 2009, Title IV, “Energy and Water Development”, Section

405.

ARRA provides $800 million to fund projects under the Clean Coal Power Initiative program focusing on capture and sequestration of greenhouse gases. It was assumed that one gigawatt of new coal with sequestration capacity would come online by 2018

. American Recovery
and Reinvestment Act of 2009, Title IV, “Energy and Water Development”

L. American Taxpayer
Relief Act of 2012 (ATRA ) ATRA was passed on January 1, 2013 and included several provisions extending tax credits to the energy sector. Most significantly, it extended the PTC for wind by one year, and redefined the criteria for all qualifying projects to be based on “ under

cons truction ” by December 31, 2013 rather than in service by that same date, thus extending the credit for length of the typical construction period. AEO201 5 explicitly models the
revised dates for these tax
credits. American Taxpayer
Relief Act of 2012, P.L.

112

- 240, Sections 401 through 412.

M. Tax Increase
Prevention Act of 2014 (TIPA) TIPA was passed in December 2014 and retroactively extended the expiration date of the production tax credit for all eligible renewable fuels by one year to January 1,

2015. TIPA was passed after the timeframe EIA typically uses for
inclusion of “current laws”. The AEO2015 was not explicitly updated to reflect it, however any plants affected by the change would already be reported as planned capacity
additions. Tax Increase

Pr evention Act of 2014, P.L. 113

- 295,
Sections 151

- 161.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 218 

### Oil and gas supply

Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basis

A. The Outer Continental
Shelf Deep Water Royalty
Relief Act (DWRRA) Mandates that all tracts offered by Nove mber 22, 2000, in deep

water in certain areas of the Gulf
of Mexico must be offered under the new bidding system

per mitted by the DWRRA. The Secretary of the Interior must
offer such tracts with a specific

minimum royalty suspension
volume based on water d epth. Incorporates royalty rates
based on water depth. 43 U.S.C. SS 1331

- 1356 (2002).

B. Energy Policy and

Conservation Act
Amendments of 2000 Required the USGS to inventory
oil and gas resources beneath
federal lands. To date, the Rocky
Mountain oil and gas resource inventory has been completed by the

USGS. The results of this inventory have been incorporated in the technically recoverable oil
and gas resource volumes
used for the Rocky Mountain region. Scientific Inventory of Onshore
Federal Lands: Oil a nd Gas
Resources and Reserves and
the Extent and Nature of Restrictions or Impediments to their Development: The Paradox/San Juan, Uinta/ Piceance, Greater Green River,
and Powder River Basins and
the Montana Thrust Belt. Prepared by the Departments
of Int erior, Agriculture and Energy, January 2003.

C. Section 29 Tax Credit for
Nonconventional Fuels The Alternative Fuel Production
Credit (Section 29 of the IRC) applies to qualified
nonconventional fuels from wells drilled or facilities placed in
service be tween January 1, 1980
and December 31, 1992. Gas

p roduction from qualifying wells could receive a $3 (1979 constant dollars) per barrel of oil equiva

lent credit on volumes pro duced through December 31, 2002. The qualified fuels are: oil produced
from shal e and tar sands; gas
from geopressurized brine,

Devonian shale, coal seams, tight formations, and biomass; liquid, gaseous, or solid synthetic fuels produced from coal; fuel from qualified processed formations or biomass; and steam from agricultural produc ts. The Section 29 Tax Credit expired on December 31, 2002, and it is not
considered in new production decisions. However, the effect of
these credits is implicitly
included in the parameters that are
derived from historical data reflecting such
credits. A lternative Fuel Production Credit (Section 29 of the Internal Revenue Code), initially established in the
Windfall Profit Tax of 1980.

D. Energy Policy Act of 2005 Established a program to provide grants to enhance oil and gas recovery through CO2 injec tion Additional oil resources

were added to account for
increased use of CO2

- enhanced oil recovery

. Title III, Section 354 of the Energy Policy Act of 2005.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 219 

### Natural gas transmission and distribution

Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basis

A. Alaska Natural Gas Pipeline Act, Sections

101

- 116 of the Military

Construction Hurricane Supplemental Appropriations Act, 2005. Disallows approval for a natural gas pipeline to enter Canada via Alaska
north of 68 degrees latitude. Also, provides federal guarantees for
loans and other debt obligations assigned to infrastructure in the
United States or Canada related to any natural gas pipeline system that carries Alaska natural gas to the
border between Alaska and Canada south of 68 degre es north latitude. This authority would expire 2 years after the final certificate of public convenience and necessity is issued.
The guarantee will not exceed 1) 80
percent of the total capital costs (including interest during construction), 2) $18 billio n (indexed for inflation at the time of enactment), or 3) a term of 30

years. Assumes the pipeline

construction cost estimate
for the “southern” Alaska pipeline route in projecting when an Alaska gas pipeline
would be profitable to build.
With more recent increases in cost estimates, well beyond $18 billion, the loan guarantee is assumed to
have a minimal impact on
the build decision. P.L. 108

- 324.

B. American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, Sections
706 and 707. Provides a 7

- year cost

- of

investment recovery p eriod for the
Alaska natural gas pipeline, as opposed to the currently allowed

15

- year recovery period, for tax purposes. The provision would be effective for property placed in

service after 2013, or treated as such. Effectively extends the 15

- percent tax credit currently applied
to costs related to enhanced oil recovery to construction costs for a gas treatment plant on the North Slope that would feed gas into an Alaska pipeline to Canada. The change in the recovery period is assumed to have a minimal imp act on the
decision to build the pipeline. The assumed

treatment costs are based on company estimates
made after these tax provisions were enacted. P.L. 108

- 357.

C

. Pipeline Safety, Regulatory Certainty, and
Job Creation Act of 2011
and other previous law s and regulations on pipeline safety. Provides for enhanced safety, reliability and environmental protection in the transportation of energy products by pipeline. Costs associated with previously imposed pipeline safety laws are assumed to already be refle cted in historical capital and operating P.L. 112

- 90, 125 Stat. 1904

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 220 Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basis

D. Energy Policy Act of

2005. Allowed natural gas storage facilities to charge market

- based rates if it was believed they would

not exert m arket power. Storage rates are allowed to

vary from regulation

- based

rates depending on market
conditions. Title III, Section 312 of the Energy Policy Act of 2005.

E. Federal Motor Fuels

Excise Taxes for Compressed Natural Gas and Liquefied Natural

Gas in Vehicles

. Taxes are levied on each gallon or gasoline

- gallon equivalent of natural gas. Federal motor fuels excise

taxes on natural gas fuel for
vehicles are included in retail prices and are assumed to be extended indefinitely at current
nominal rates. 2 6 USC 4041.

F. State Motor Fuels Taxes
for Compressed Natural

Gas and Liquefied
Natural Gas in Vehicles Taxes are levied on each gallon, gasoline

- gallon equivalent, or
diesel

- gallon equivalent of natural

gas. State motor fuels excise

taxes on natural gas fuel for
vehicles are included in retail prices and are assumed to be extended indefinitely at current
nominal rates. Determined by review of existing state laws.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 221 

### Liquid fuels m arket

Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basics

A Ultra

- Low

- Sulf ur Diesel (ULSD) regulations under
the Clean Air Act
Amendment of 1990 Since mid

- 2012, all diesel for domestic use (highway, non

road, locomotive, marine) may contain at most 15 ppm
sulfur. Reflected in diesel specifications. 40 CFR Parts 69, 80, 86, 89, 9 4, 1039, 1048, 1065, and 1068.

B. Mobile Source Air Toxics (MSAT)
Controls Under the
Clean Air Act
Amendment of 1990 Establishes a list of 21
substances emitted from
motor vehicles and known to
cause serious human health effects, particularly benzene,
for maldehyde, 1.3 butadiene, acetaldehyde, diesel exhaust organic gases, and diesel particulate matter.
Establishes anti

- backsliding
and anti

- dumping rules for gasoline. Modeled by updating gasoline specifications to

most current EPA gasoline survey data (20 05) representing anti

backsliding requirements. 40 CFR Parts 60 and 86.

C. Low

- Sulfur Gasoline Regulations Under
the Clean Air Act
Amendment of 1990 Gasoline must contain an average of 30 ppm sulfur or less by 2006. Small refiners may be permitted to del ay compliance until 2008. Reflected in gasoline specifications. 40 CFR Parts 80, 85 and 86.

D. Tier 3 Vehicle
Emission and Fuel Standards Program Gasoline must contain an average of 10 ppm sulfur or less by January 1, 2017. Small refiners may be permitted a 3 year delay. Reflected in gasoline specifications beginning

in 2017. 40 CFR Parts 79, 80, 85, et. al., final rule: http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR

- 2014

- 04

- 28/pdf/2014

- 06954.pdf

E. MTBE Bans in 25

states 2 5 states ban the use of MTBE in gasoline by 20 07. Ethanol assumed to be the oxygenate of choice for all motor gasoline
blends. State laws in Arizona, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Maine, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, New Hampshire, Ne w Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Rhode Island, South Dakota, Vermont, Washington, and Wisconsin.

F. Regional Clean Fuel

Formations States with air quality problems can specify alternative gasoline or diesel
formulations with EPA’s permission. Cal ifornia has long had authority to set its
own fuel standards. Reflected in PADD

- level gasoline and diesel specifications. State implementation plans required by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, as approved by EPA.

G. Federal Motor Fuels

Excise Taxes Taxes are levied on each gallon of transportation fuels
to fund infrastructure and general revenue. These taxes are set to expire at various
times in the future but are expected to be renewed, as they have been in the past. Gasoline, diesel, and
ethanol bl end tax rates
are included in end

- use prices and are assumed
to be extended indefinitely at current
nominal rates. 26 USC 4041 Extended by American Jobs
Creation Act of 2004

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 222 Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basics

H. State Motor Fuel Taxes Taxes are levied on each gallon of transportation fuels. The assumption
that state taxes will increase at the rate of inflation supports an implied need for additional highway revenues as driving increases. Gasoline and diesel rates are
included in end

- use prices and
are assumed to be extended indefinitely in real terms (to keep pace with inflation). Determined by review of existing state laws performed semi

- annually by EIA’s Office of Energy

Statistics.

I. Diesel Excise Taxes Phases out the 4.3 cents exc ise tax
on railroads between 2005 and

2007. Modeled by phasing out. American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, Section 241.

J. Energy Policy Act of 2005 (EPACT05)

a. Ethanol/biodiesel tax
credit Petroleum product blenders may claim tax credits for blending et hanol into gasoline and for blending biodiesel into diesel fuel or heating oil. The credits may be claimed against the federal motor fuels
excise tax or the income tax. Most recent tax credits are $1.01 per gallon of cellulosic ethanol, and $1.00 per gal lon of biodiesel. Both tax credits expire after 2014. The tax credits are applied against the production costs of the products into which they
are blended. Ethanol is used in gasoline and E85. Biodiesel
is assumed to be blended into highway diesel, and nonroad diesel or heating oil. 26 USC 40, and 26 USC
6426. Tax credits extended through December 31, 2014 by
Public Law 113

- 195) .

b. Renewable Fuels Standard (RFS) This section has largely been redefined by EISA07 (see below); however, EPA rulemaking c ompleted
for this law was assumed to contain guiding principles of the rules and
administration of EISA07. Energy Policy Act of 2005,

Section 1501.

c. Elimination of oxygen content requirement in reformulated gasoline Removes the 2% oxygen requirement for reformulated gasoline (RFG) nationwide. Oxygenate waiver already an option of the model. MTBE was phased out in 2006 resulting from the petroleum industry’s decision to
discontinue use. Energy Policy Act of 2005,

Section 1504.

d. Coal gasification

p rovisions Investment tax credit program for qualifying advanced clean coal projects including Coal

- to

- Liquids Projects. Two CTL units are available to build with lower capital costs reflecting the provision’s funding. Energy Policy Act of 2005,

Section 13 07.

K. Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA07)

a. Renewable Fuels Standard (RFS) Requires the use of 36 billion gallons of ethanol per year by 2022, with
corn ethanol limited to 15 billion gallons. Any other biofuel may be
used to fulfil l the balance of the mandate, but the balance must include 16 billion gallons per year of cellulosic biofuel by 2022 and 1 billion gallons per year of biodiesel by 2012 The RFS is included in AEO2014, however it is
assumed that the schedule for
cellulosic biiofuel is adjusted
downward consistent with waiver provisions contained in
the law. 40 CFR Part 80, Subpart M

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 223 Legislation Brief description AEO handling Basics

L. State Heating Oil
Mandates A number of Northeastern states passed legislation
that r educes the maximum sulfur content of heating oil to between 15 and 50 ppm in different phases through

2016. All state regulations included as legislated in

AEO2014. 2013 EIA heating oil consumption
data is used to calculate respective state Census
Division shares for new consumption of low sulfur diesel as heating
oil. Vermont Energy Act of 2011, Maine State Legislature HP1160, NJ State Department of Environmental Protection, Amendment

N.J.A.C. 7:27

- 9.2, New York State Senate
Bill 51145C.

M California Low
Carbon Fuel Standard (LCFS) California passed legislation which is designed to reduce the Carbon Intensity (CI) of motor gasoline and diesel fuels sold in California by 10 percent between 2012 and 2020 through the increased
sale of alternative “low

carbon” fuels. The LCFS is included in AEO2014 as legislated for gasoline and diesel fuel sold in California, and for other regulated
fuels. California Air Resources Board, “Final Regulation Order: Subarticle 7. Low Carbon
Fuel Standard.”

N California Assembly Bill 32 (AB32) The California Assembly Bill 32 (AB32), the Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006, authorized the
California Air Resources Board (CARB) to set GHG reduction goals for 2020 for California. A cap

- and

- trade program was designed to
enfor ce the caps. The cap

and

- trade program applies to multiple economic sectors including electric power plants, large indus

trial facilities, suppliers of natural gas. Emissions resulting from electricity generated outside California
but consumed in the State are also subject to the cap. The AB32 cap

- and

- trade was more fully implemented in AEO2013, adding industrial facilities, refineries, fuel providers,
and non

- CO2 GHG
emissions to the representation already in the electrical power sector of NEMS. Also,
limi ted banking and borrowing, as well as an
allowance reserve and offset purchases, were modeled, providing some compliance flexibility and cost

containment. California Code of Regulations, Subchapter 10 Climate Change, Article 5, Sections 95800 to 96023, Ti tle 17, “California Cap
on Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Market

Based Compliance Mechanisms,” (Sacramento, CA: July 2011)

O EPA ETS Waiver EPA approved two waivers
for the use of ethanol motor gasoline blends of up to 15 percent in vehicles 2001 and

newer. These two waivers were
included and modeled in AEO2013 (and remain in AEO2015) based on
forecasted vehicle fleets and potential
infrastructure and liability setbacks. EPA

– HQ

– OAR

– 2009

– 0211; FRL

– 9215

– 5,

EPA

– HQ

– OAR

– 2009

– 0211; FRL

– 9258

– 6.

P US Department of commerce, Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS):
clarification on the export of lease
condensate Under 754.2(a), “lease
condensate that has been processed through a crude
oil distillate tower is not crude oil but a petroleum product” which have few

expor t restrictions. Processed API 50+ crude
is assumed to be processed condensate,
and is allowed to be exported See FAQ#3 under the heading “FAQs

– Crude Oil and Petroleum Products December 30, 2014,” https://www.bis.doc.gov/index.php/policy

guidance/deemed

- exports/deemed

exports

- faqs

Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, Office of Energy Analysis.

### September 2015

U.S. Energy Information Administration | Assumptions to the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 224